Destaco 2848

Automating Tomorrow™
Product Catalog
Clamping Technology Vol.1: Manual, Pneumatic, Hydraulic
destaco.com
about destaco
Built on a Strong Foundation
Indexers, Positioners, and Conveyors
Grippers, Rotaries and Linear Slides End Effectors and Vacuum Products
Manual and Pneumatic Clamps Power Clamping and Locating
Remote Handling and Containment
DESTACO, a Dover company, is a global leader in the design and manufacture of high-performance
automation, workholding and remote-handling solutions. The company serves customers in a variety of
end-markets, including the automotive, life sciences, consumer packaged goods, aerospace, industrial
and nuclear sectors.
Built on a legacy of more than 100 years, DESTACO offers a comprehensive portfolio of products designed
to engineer precise movement, placement and control solutions that drive productivity and uptime for
manufacturers around the world. The DESTACO family of products consists of industry-leading brands such
as DESTACO Manual Clamps, Power Clamps, and End Effectors; CAMCO™ and Ferguson™ Indexers;
Robohand™ Grippers; and CRL™ Manipulators and Transfer Ports.
DESTACO is based in Auburn Hills, Michigan, U.S.A. The company has more than 800 employees with
13 locations, in 9 countries, across the Americas, Europe and Asia.
DESTACO is part of Dover Corporation, a diversified global manufacturer with annual revenues of
$7 billion. The company delivers innovative equipment and components, specialty systems and support
services through four major operating segments: Energy, Engineered Systems, Fluids, and Refrigeration
& Food Equipment. Headquartered in Downers Grove, IL, (NYSE: DOV)
More information is available at destaco.com and dovercorporation.com
A legacy of
performance
and dependability
Whether on the
workbench or on
the line, DESTACO
is always at the
point of precision.
For more than 100 years, we’ve focused

our resources on providing great
products, service and reliability for all
market segments around the world.
Today, our insight and high-performance
automation and workholding products
continue to help manufacturers improve
productivity and quality while reducing
scrap and production costs.
End Effectors Grippers Indexers Manual Clamps Power Clamps Remote Handling
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-TOC | 3
Clamping Technology
Vol. 1: Manual, Pneumatic, Hydraulic | Table of Contents
Vertical Hold Down Clamps................................................................ MC-VHD
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps...........................................................MC-HHD
Straight Line Action Clamps................................................................. MC-SLA
Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps......................................... MC-VSC
Pull Action Latch Clamps......................................................................MC-PAL
Squeeze Action Clamps....................................................................... MC-SAP
Accessories........................................................................................ MC-ACC
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps.................................................................... MC-PTC
Pneumatic Swing Clamps.................................................................... MC-PSC
Pneumatic Power Cylinders.................................................................. MC-PPC
MC-TOC | 4 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
Clamping Technology
Vol. 1: Manual, Pneumatic, Hydraulic | Table of Contents
Pneumatic Power Clamps..................................................................... PC-PPC
Technical Appendix...............................................................................MC-TEC
Hydraulic Clamping Technology.......................................................... MC-HYD
Product Index...................................................................................... MC-IND
Manual clamping custom solutions
Custom Solutions for Manual Clamps
Below are some examples of standard products modified to customer specified custom solutions.
If there is no product that fits your needs, we will partner with your to design a product that fits.
Model 330 Model 2002-U Model 604

Standard Product Standard Product Standard Product
330-201 Stainless steel clamp with

special hook and locking tab
2002-200 with bar cut and 604-229 Stainless steel straight

bolt retainer welded on line clamp used in chemical
machining process
Contact us today to get started on your custom application: clamps@destaco.com
Markets
Industrial Aerospace Food & Packaging Transportation Consumer Goods
Applications
Assembly Welding Fixture and Testing CNC/Machining White Goods/ Woodworking

Appliance
MC-TOC | 6 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
Making our products special for you
Custom Solutions for Manual Clamps
DESTACO offers three levels of modifications for customizing our manual clamping products to fit
our customers specified applications. Depending on the severity of the modifications, quoting times
may take longer.
Model 630-M
Model 202
Level 1 Modifications: Standard Product
Standard Product
• Alternate standard accessories
• Removal of grips
• Alternate plating/coating
• Alternate vinyl dipping
• Quotes within 1 day*
202-200 without grip,

with imperial threaded 630-38 with electroless nickel plating
spindle
Level 2 Modifications: Model 2002-U

Standard Product
• Handle and arm extensions
• Custom hooks for pull-action clamps
• Cut-off handles and arms
• Drilled & tapped arms
• Quotes within 3 days*
2002-201 with special T-handle
Level 3 Modifications: Model 624/624-MM

Standard Product
• Engineered modifications
• Special plungers for straight line action clamps
• Quotes within 5 days*
Model 802-U
Standard Product
624-MM-872 with modified handle and

square plunger
802-U219 with handle for manual operation

(*) All inquiries subject to minimum order
5910
2002
503
317
7-101
528
2010
Sizing and Application Chart
Series
506
505
503
501
229
527
317
558
528
267
247
210
207
202
201
7-60
7-59
7-58
5110
5105
5915
5910
5905
2010
2007
2002
7-101
91090
533/535
548/578
9
7
3
MC-VHD | 1
43
43
43
43
41
40
40
40
40
39
37
36
35
33
31
29
29
27
27
27
23
23
21
17
13
11
32
Page MC-VHD-#
0 to 1000 [0 to 225]
1000 to 2000 [225 to 450]
Vertical Hold Down Clamps
2000 to 3000 [450 to 675]

3000 to 5000 [675 to 1125]
N [lbf.]
Capacity
5000 to 7000 [1125 to 1575]

Max. Holding
7000 to 10000 [1575 to 2250]

10000+ [2250+]
0 to 25 [0 to 0.98]
25 to 40 [0.98 to 1.57]
40 to 55 [1.57 to 2.17]
55 to 70 [2.17 to 2.76]
70 to 85 [2.76 to 3.35]
mm [inch]
Height Under
Clamping Bar
85 to 100 [3.35 to 3.94]

100+ [3.94+]
0 to 50 [0 to 1.97]
50 to 100 [1.97 to 3.94]
100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]
125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]
150 to 175 [5.91 to 6.89]
175 to 200 [6.89 to 7.87]
mm [inch]
200 to 225 [7.87 to 8.86]

Overall Height
225 to 250 [8.86 to 9.84]

250 to 275 [9.84 to 10.83]
275+ [10.83+]
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Vertical Hold Down Clamps
Service
Overall Length Overal Width Standard Arm Mounting
Suitable Application Areas Environ-
mm [inch] mm [inch] Material Style Style
ment
Accom. Workpiece Variation

100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]
125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]
150 to 175 [5.91 to 6.89]
175 to 200 [6.89 to 7.87]
200 to 225 [7.87 to 8.86]
225 to 250 [8.86 to 9.84]
75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]
80 to 100 [3.15 to 3.94]

50 to 75 [1.97 to 2.95]
20 to 40 [0.78 to 1.57]
40 to 60 [1.57 to 2.36]
60 to 80 [2.36 to 3.15]
Weld-on Mounting
0 to 20 [0 to 0.78]
Solid Arm Version

Checking Fixtures
Toggle Lock Plus

Food Processing
100+ [3.94+]
Stainless Steel
U-Bar Version
Woodworking
Flanged Base
Straight Base
Harsh/Dirty
Duty Cycle
Machining
Assembly
Closures
Welding
Normal
Steel
        3 3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3
 Excellent/High  Fair/Medium  Poor/Low  Not Recommended
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-VHD | 2
2002 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features: Applications: Also Available:

• Large hand clearance for improved safety • Checking fixture See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Bolt pattern interchangeable with 202 Series • Assembly & test Accepts M6 or 1/4 spindle accessories
• Three times the holding capacity of 202 Series • Light machining
• Hardened bushings at key pivot points • Woodworking
• Near vertical clamping contact
• BLK models feature a black, non-reflective fini
Covered under one or more U.S./International Patents
2002-U 2002-U-LS-BLK 2002-S 2002-UB 2002-UB-LS-BLK

Flanged Blackout Series Flanged Base Straight Base Blackout Series
Base Flanged Base Solid Bar U-Bar Straight Base
U-Bar U-Bar U-Bar
2002-SB 2002-UR 2002-SR 2002-UBR 2002-SBR

Straight Base Flanged Base Flanged Base Straight Base Straight Base
Solid Bar U-Bar Solid Bar U-Bar Solid Bar
with with with with
DESTACO® DESTACO® DESTACO® DESTACO®
Toggle Lock Toggle Lock Toggle Lock Toggle Lock
Plus Plus Plus Plus
2002-U207 2002-UR207
Flanged Base Flanged Base
U-Bar U-Bar
Interchangeable Interchangeable
with 207 Series with 207 Series,
DESTACO®
Toggle
Lock Plus
 This item is available upon request
MC-VHD | 3 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
2002 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Clamp Bar Handle
Max. Holding Bolt Spindle Flanged
Model Open- Opening Weight
Capacity Retainer Assembly Washers
ing(+10° ) (+10° )
2002-U -- 215208-M 215105
2002-U-LS-BLK -- -- 215105-BLK
2002-S 0,22kg 2002115-E -- --
2002-UB [0.48lb] -- 215208-M 215105
2002-UB-LS-BLK -- -- 215105-BLK
75° 66°
2002-SB 2700 N 2002115-E -- --
[600 lbf]
2002-UR -- 215208-M 215105
2002-SR 0,25kg 2002115-E -- --
2002-UBR [0.55lb] -- 215208-M 215105
2002-SBR 2002115-E -- --
2002-U207 90° 72° 0,26kg
-- 215208-M 215105
2002-UR207 75° 57° [0.57lb]
Holding Capacities
AF
Model X X1 X2 Y ‡HC1 ‡HC2 ‡EF(X1):AF ‡EF(X2):AF

[1.12] [1.45] [2.64] [3.66] [600 lbf] [295 lbf]
2002-( ) 11:1 5:1
Y 28,5 37 67 93 2700N 1310N
EF EF Dimensions shown “mm [inch]” ‡ HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.
HC HC
2 1
X
X1
X2
2002 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-S/-UB/-SB/-UR/-SR/-UBR/-SBR
2002-U 2002-U207/2002-UR207
Flanged Base [4.27] with interchangeable Series 207
U-Bar 108,5
[0.24]
Mounting Pattern
6,1
[1.34]
[0.48] 34,0 [1.76]
[0.12] 44,7
[0.24] 12,2
3 [0.98] 6,1
25
DESTACO® [1.95]
49,4 [0.94]
TOGGLE LOCK [3.32] 23,9
PLUS OPTION 84,2
M6 OR 1/4 75° 66° DESTACO®
IF SUPPLIED TOGGLE LOCK
[4.72] PLUS OPTION
[0.50] 119,9
12,7 [5.28] A B
134,1
[0.50]
12,7 [5.01]
[1.28] 127,3
32,5 [0.12]
[0.12] [0.18] 3
3 4,5 [1.93]
49 [1.25]
[0.25] [0.95] [1.95]
31,7
6,4 24,2 49,4
[0.90] [3.29]
22,9 83,5
[0.23]
[0.13] 5,8 [0.50]
R 3,3 12,7
[1.06]
[0.14]
27 [0.43] R3,6 [1.06]
[1.52] 10,8 26,9
38,6
[0.11]
[0.24] R 2,8
2002-SB 6,1
[0.22]
[0.22]
[1.91] Ø 5,6
Straight Base 48,5 5,6 [0.22] [1.25]
[1.36] Ø5,6 31,8
Solid Bar 34,5
[0.75]
19,1
[0.90]
mm [INCH] mm [INCH] 22,9
THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE

Model A B
PROJECTION PROJECTION
2002-U‑207 90° 72°
2002-UR207 75° 57°
vertical hold down clamps
Notes
2007 Series

• Over two times the holding capacity • Light machining
of 207 Series • Woodworking
• Hardened bushings at key pivot points

2007-U 2007-U-LS-BLK 2007-S 2007-UB 2007-UB-LS-BLK

Flanged Base Blackout Series Flanged Base Straight Base Blackout Series
U-Bar Flanged Base Solid Bar U-Bar Straight Base
U-Bar U-Bar
2007-SB 2007-UR 2007-SR 2007-UBR 2007-SBR

Straight Base Flanged Base Flanged Base Straight Base Straight Base
Solid Bar U-Bar Solid Bar U-Bar Solid Bar
with with with with
DESTACO® DESTACO® DESTACO® DESTACO®
Toggle Lock Toggle Lock Toggle Lock Toggle Lock
Plus Plus Plus Plus
Technical Information
Max. Holding Clamp Bar Handle Bolt Spindle Flanged
Model Opening Opening Weight
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Retainer Assembly Washers
2007-U -- 2007208-M 507107
2007-U-LS-BLK -- -- 507107-BLK
2007-S 2007115-E -- --
2007-UB -- 2007208-M 507107
2007-UB-LS-BLK 4450 N 0,54kg -- -- 507107-BLK
76° 64°
2007-SB [1000 lbf] [1.20lbs] 2007115-E -- --
2007-UR -- 2007208-M 507107

2007-SR 2007115-E -- --
2007-UBR -- 2007208-M 507107
2007-SBR 2007115-E -- --
2007 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Holding Capacities
AF

[1.59] [1.95] [3.92] [5.16] [1000lbf.] [470lbf.]
2007-( ) 10:1 5.3:1
Y 40,5 49,5 99,5 131 4450N 2090N
EF EF Dimensions shown “mm [inch]” ‡ HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
HC HC
2 1
X
X1
X2
Dimensions | -U/-S/-UB/-SB/-UR/-SR/-UBR/-SBR
2007-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar [6.60]
167,5
[0.33]
8,3
[0.12] [1.78]
45,1 DESTACO®
3,0
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
76° 66°
M8 OR 5/16
IF SUPPLIED [7.17]
182,0
[0.75]
19,1 [7.94]
201,6
[1.25]
31,8
[0.16] [2.88] [0.16]
[0.25] 4,2 [0.18] 73,2 [1.25] 4,2
6,4 4,5 31,8
[0.34]
[1.68] 8,6 [0.75]
42,7 19,1
[4.82]
122,4
2007-SB
Straight Base
Solid Bar [1.25]
31,8
[0.17] [0.34]
R 4,3 8,6
[1.25]
31,8
[1.94]
49,3
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.24] [0.28]
6,1 THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
[1.94] Ø 7,1 PROJECTION PROJECTION
49,3
2010 Series

• Over two times the holding capacity • Light machining
of 210 Series • Woodworking
• Hardened bushings at key pivot points
2010-U 2010-S 2010-UB 2010-SB

Flanged Base Flanged Base Straight Base Straight Base
U-Bar Solid Bar U-Bar Solid Bar
2010-UR 2010-SR 2010-UBR 2010-SBR

Flanged Base Flanged Base Straight Base Straight Base
U-Bar Solid Bar U-Bar Solid Bar
with DESTACO® with DESTACO® with DESTACO® with DESTACO®
Toggle Lock Plus Toggle Lock Plus Toggle Lock Plus Toggle Lock Plus
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
2010-U --- 240208-M 235106
2010-S 2010115-E --- ---
2010-UB --- 240208-M 235106
2010-SB 2010115-E --- ---

6230 N [1400 lbf] 78° 66° 1,16kg [2.56lbs]
2010-UR --- 240208-M 235106
2010-SR 2010115-E --- ---
2010-UBR --- 240208-M 235106
2010-SBR 2010115-E --- ---
2010 Series
AF Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Holding Capacities

Y [2.04] [2.44] [4.88] [7.00] [1400lbf.] [720lbf.]
2010-( ) 13:1 6:1
EF EF 51,8 62 124 178 6230N 3200N
Dimensions shown “mm [inch]” ‡ HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
HC HC
2 1
X
X1
X2
Dimensions | -U/-S/-UB/-SB/-UR/-SR/-UBR/-SBR
[7.51]
190.6
2010-U [0.42]
Flanged Base 10.6
U-Bar
[0.16]
[0.75] 4.2 [1.41]
18.9 35.7
DESTACO®
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
66°
78°
M10 OR 3/8
IF SUPPLIED
[9.08]
230.7 [10.00]
254.1
[1.13]
28.7
[1.70]
[2.62] 43.1
66.6
[0.43] [3.55]
90.3 [0.27]
10.9
[6.09] 6.9
2010-SB RANGE OF
154.6
ADJUSTMENT
Straight Base
[2.53]
Solid Bar 64.3
[0.64] [1.25]
16.3 31.8
[0.21] mm [INCH] mm [INCH
R5.2
[1.78] [2.62]
45.2 66.5 THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANG
PROJECTION PROJECTIO
[0.33]
8.3 [0.34]
Ø8.7
201 Series

• Smallest series in the Vertical Handle series • Checking fixture See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Stainless steel version available • Assembly & test
• Woodworking 812-U Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
(See page MC-PTC-3)
201-U 201-UB 201-TU 201-USS

Flanged Base Straight Base Flanged Flanged Base
U-Bar Base, U-Bar, U-Bar, Stainless
T-Handle Steel
Max. Holding Clamp Bar Handle Spindle Flanged
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
201-U
201-UB 440 N [100 lbf] 305208-M 102111
100° 55° 0,70kg [0.15lbs]
201-TU
201-USS 560 N [125 lbf] 201943-M 102911
Holding Capacities
AF
[2.25]
U/UB 9:1 6:1
57 [100lbf.] [55lbf.]
Y
[0.87] [1.06] [1.75] [1.38] 440N 245N
TU 22 27 44,5
8.4:1 4:4:1
EF EF 35
[2.25] [125lbf.] [60lbf.]
USS 9:1 6:1
HC HC 57 560N 270N
2 1
X See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.
X1
X2
201 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-UB/-TU/-USS
201-U [0.73]
18,6
Flanged Base [0.21]
U-Bar 5,4
[0.13]
3,3
55
[1.92]
48,8
M5 OR #10
IF SUPPLIED 100°
[0.63]
15,9
[0.31]
8,0 [3.08]
[3.53] 78,3
[2.25] [3.53]
89,7 89,7
57,3
[0.88]
22,4
[1.04]
[0.16] [0.20] [0.08]
26,4
4,0 5,0 2,0
RANGE OF [2.04]
ADJUSTMENT 51,8
201-UB
Straight Base
[1.00]
25,4
[0.18] [0.63]
4,7 16,0
[0.94] [1.34]
24,0 34,0 mm [INCH] mm [INC
[0.17]
[1.04] Ø4,3 THIRD ANGLE FIRST AN
PROJECTION PROJECT
26,4
202 Series

• Two bar styles available • Checking fixture See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Low profile T-Handle version availabl • Assembly & test
• Available in stainless steel • Light machining 802-U Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
• Accommodates M6 or ¼” spindle accessories • Woodworking (See page MC-PTC-5)
• BLK models feature a black, non-reflective fini
202-U 202-UL 202-USS 202 202-SS

Flanged Base Flanged Base Flanged Base Flange Base Flanged Base
U-Bar Long U-Bar U-bar, Stain- Solid Bar Solid Bar
less Steel Stainless Steel
202-UB 202-B 202-TU 202-T 202-U-L

Straight Base Straight Base Flanged Base Flanged Base Flanged Base
U-bar Solid Bar U-bar, Solid Bar Open U-Bar
T-Handle T-Handle
202-UB-L 202-UB-L-BLK 202305

202-U-L-BLK
Straight Base Blackout Series Flanged Grip.
Blackout Series
Open U-Bar Straight Base Provides added safety
Flanged Base
Open U-Bar and protection. Fits all
Open U-Bar
202 Series (except
T-Handle) clamps.
Order separately.
202 Series
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
202-U
890 N [200 lbf] 202208-M 215105
202-UL 0,16kg [0.35lbs]
202-USS 1110 N [250 lbf] 202943-M 215905
202 890 N [200 lbf] 202208-M ---

0,15kg [0.33lbs]
202-SS 1110 N [250 lbf] 205943-M ---
202-UB 0,16kg [0.35lbs]

105° 65°
202-B 0,15kg [0.33lbs]
202208-M 215105
202-TU 0,17kg [0.38lbs]
202-T
890 N [200 lbf]
202-U-L
202-U-L-BLK 0,16kg [0.35lbs]
--- ---
202-UB-L
202-UB-L-BLK
Holding Capacities
AF Model X X1 X2 Y ‡HC1 ‡HC2 ‡EF(X1):AF ‡EF(X2):AF
[2.25] [140 lbf]
202-U 5:1
57 [3.42] [200 lbf] 625N
Y [1.25] [2.88] 87 890N [150 lbf]
202-UL 32
10:1 4:1
73 670N
EF EF
[2.25] [3.00] [250 lbf] [170 lbf]
202-USS 5:1
57 76 1110N 760N
HC HC [3.42] [200 lbf]
2 1 202 ---
[1.88] 87 890N
X --- --- 8:1
48 [3.00] [250 lbf]
202-SS ---
X1 76 1110N
X2 [1.25] [2.25] [200 lbf] [140 lbf]
202-UB 10.1 5:1
32 57 [3.42] 890N 625N
[0.79] [1.88] 87 [200 lbf]
202-B --- --- --- 8:1
20 48 890N
[1.25] [2.25] [200 lbf] [140 lbf]
202-TU 11:1 7:1
32 57 [2.13] 890N 625N
[1.88] 54 [200 lbf]
202-T --- --- --- 6:1
48 890N
202-U-L
202-U-L-BLK
[1.25] [2.25] [3.42] [200 lbf] [140 lbf]
10:1 5:1
32 57 87 890N 625N
202-UB-L
202-UB-L-BLK
202 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-UL/-USS/-SS/-UB/-B/-TU/-T
202-U [0.26]
6,5
Flanged Base
U-Bar
[0.50]
K
12,6
H
[3.56] 106°
65°
90,4
M6 OR 1/4
IF SUPPLIED
[4.31]
109,5 [4.75]
[2.86] 120,6
[3.30] 72,8
83,7
[0.74]
[1.12] 18,7
28,4
[0.12]
3,1 [0.93] [0.12]
[0.25] [0.43]
23,6 3,1
6,3 10,9
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT [0.50]
12,7
H
Open Bar
Option
[1.06] [1.57]
See page 26,9 39,8
MC-ACC-7
for complete
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
offering of open [0.25]
bar accessories 6,4 [0.22]
[1.00] Ø5,6
Flanged Base 25,4
THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION
Model
[0.99]
202-U-L 25.1
202-U-L-BLK Bar Style Clamp Models H K
[0.25]
6.4
202-U/202-UB/ [1.73] [0.98]
202-USS/202-TU 44,1 25
[1.50]
38.1
[2.29] [1.51]
[2.51] 202-UL 58,1 38,4
63.6
202/202-B/ [1.08]
---
202-T/202-SS 27,4
Straight Base 202-U-L/ [1.50]

Model ---
202-UB-L 38,1
202-UB-L
202-UB-L-BLK  This item is available upon request
Application Example
Application Areas
Clamping during the assembling, drilling, testing, gluing,
locking of covers and much more. The vertical clamp is the
most frequently used product whenever clamping products
are to be integrated with a manual fixture
The essential product features

• In the clamping position, the handle is vertical
• Vertical clamps open at an angle between 75° and 215°
• Vertical clamps are offered with U-shaped or heavy-duty
solid clamping bars
• Vertical clamps have a straight or flanged base.
The heavy-duty vertical clamps possess a base that
can be welded on without a hole pattern
207 Series

• L argest selection of arm and mounting • Checking fixture See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
options • Assembly & test 807-U Pneumatic toggle clamp
• Low profile T-Handle version availabl • Light machining (See page MC-PTC-8)
• Available in stainless steel • Woodworking
• BLK models feature a black, non-reflective fini 807-S Pneumatic toggle clamp
(See page MC-PTC-8)
Accepts M8 or 5/16 spindle accessories
207-U 207-UL 207-USS 207-S 207-L

Flanged Base Flanged Base Stainless Flanged Base Flanged Base
U-Bar Long U-Bar Flanged Base Solid Bar Long Solid Bar
U-Bar
207-TU 207-TUL 207-UR 207-LR 207-UB

Flanged Base Flanged Base Flanged Base Flanged Base Straight Base
T-Handle T-Handle U-Bar Long Solid Bar U-Bar
U-Bar Long U-Bar with with
DESTACO® DESTACO®
Toggle Lock Toggle Lock
Plus Plus
207-ULB 207-SB 207-LB 207-LBR 207-UF

Straight Base Straight Base Straight Base Straight Base U-Bar
Long U-Bar Solid Bar Long Solid Long Solid Dual Mount
Bar Bar with
DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
Plus
207-SF 207-U-L 207-U-L-BLK 207-UB-L 207-UB-L-BLK

Solid Bar Flange Base Blackout Series Straight Base Blackout Series
Dual Mount Open Bar Flanged Base Open Bar Straight Base
Open U-Bar Open U-Bar
207305
Flanged Grip. Provides added safety and protection. Fits all
207 Series (except T-Handle) clamps. Order separately.  This item is available upon request
207 Series
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
207-U 0,30kg [0.67lb]
207-UR 1670 N [375 lbf] 0,45kg [1.00lb] --- 225208-M 507107
207-UL 0,30kg [.67lb]
207-USS 2000 N [450 lbf] 0,32kg [0.70lb] --- 207943-M 507907
207-S 0,31kg [0.69lb]

207-L 2220 N [500 lbf] 0,34kg [0.74lb] 207105 --- ---
207-LR 0,45kg [1.00lb]
99° 57°
207-UB
1670 N [375 lbf] 0,33kg [0.72lb] --- 225208-M 507107
207-ULB
207-SB 0,31kg [0.69lb]
207-LB 2220 N [500 lbf] 0,34kg [0.75lb] 207105 --- ---
207-LBR 0,45kg [1.00lb]
207-TU
1670 N [375 lbf] 0,33kg [0.72lb] --- --- 507107
207-TUL
207-UF 1670 N [375 lbf] 96° 56° 0,43kg [0.94lb] --- 225208-M 507107
207-SF 2220 N [500 lbf] 90° 0,38kg [0.84lb] 207105 --- ---
207-U-L 507107
207-U-L-BLK 57° 507107-BLK
1670 N [375 lbf] 99° 0,38kg [0.84lb] --- ---
207-UB-L 507107
207-UB-L-BLK 507107-BLK
Holding Capacities
AF
[2.00] [3.75] [225 lbf]
U/UB/UR 12:1 6:1
50,8 95,3 [375 lbf] 1000N
Y 1670N
UL/ULB [3.88] [5.00] [150 lbf]
EF EF 7:1 4:1
98,5 127 670N
[2.00] [4.90] [450 lbf] [240 lbf]
USS 5:1
HC HC 50,8 [3.75] 124,5 2000N 1070N
2 1
[2.88] 95,3
S/SB 10:1 7:1
X 73,0 [500 lbf] [350 lbf]
X1 L/LR [1.28] [2.88] [5.00] 2220N 1560N
32,6 5:1
X2 LB/LBR 73,0 127
[2.00] [3.75] [225 lbf]
TU 6:1 4:1
50,8 95,3 [3.66] [375 lbf] 1000N
[3.88] [5.00] 9 1670N [150 lbf]
TUL 4:1 3:1
98,5 127 670N
U-L
[2.00] [3.75] [4.90] [375 lbf] [2225 lbf]
12:1 6:1
50,8 95,3 124,5 1670N 1000N
UB-L
207 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-UL/-S/-L/-TU/-TUL/-UR/-LR/-UB/-ULB/-SB-/-LB/-LBR
207-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar K
[0.33]
8,4
U-BAR/LONG U-BAR
[0.56] [1.15]
14,3 29,3 DESTACO®
[3.12] TOGGLE LOCK
79,2 PLUS OPTION
57°
99°
M8 OR 5/16
IF SUPPLIED
T-HANDLE [6.93] [7.48]
[0.63] [1.25] 176 189,9
[4.43] 16 31,8
112,4
FLANGED FLANGED
BASE BASE
[1.55]
STRAIGHT [0.12] 39,4 STRAIGHT [0.12]
[0.32] 3
BASE 3 H BASE
8,1
[0.24] RANGE OF
6 ADJUSTMENT
207-SB [0.34] [0.75]

Straight Base Ø8,7 19
H
Solid Bar
SOLID BAR/LONG SOLID BAR
[1.73] [1.25]
44 31,8
[0.31] [0.28]
[0.24] 8
6 Ø7,2 mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[1.38]
35
Bar Style Clamp Models H K

[2.14] [1.30]
207-U/207-UR/207-TU/207-UB
54,4 33
[3.84] [2.94]
207-UL/207-ULB/207-TUL
97,6 74,6
[2.21]
207-S/207-SB ---
56,2
[3.48]
207-L/207-LR/207-LB/207-LBR 88,4
---
207 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | Dual Mount
[0.34] [3.20] [1.38] [1.30] [0.28]

Ø8,7 81,2 35,1 33 7,1
Model [0.34]
8,6
207-SF [1.50]
38,1
[0.25] [0.13] [1.50]
6,4 3,3 38,1 [0.45]
11,4
[3.69]
93,7
57°
90° 56°
Model
207-UF
[0.44] [8.30] [0.63] M8 OR 5/16

11,2 210,8 16
[0.63]
[0.12] 16
[0.63] 3,1
16
[2.69]
68,2 [2.68] [0.12]
68,2 3
[1.00] [1.38]
25,4 [5.03] [1.86]
35,1 [1.00]
[1.50] 127,7 47,2
38,1 25,4
[0.44] [0.27]
11,2 Ø6,7
[0.63]
16  This item is available upon request
Open Bar Option Stainless Steel

See page MC-ACC-7 for [2.11] [1.00]
[0.33] 53,5 25,3
Complete offering of 8,3
Open bar accessories
[0.59]
15
[4.44]
112,9
99° 57°
Flanged Base
Model M8 OR
[1.30] [1.30]Model 5/16
207-U-L [2.21] [5.63]
33 33207-USS[2.21]
ADJ, 56,1 ADJ, 56,1 143
207-U-L-BLK
[0.12]
[0.63] 3,1
[0.33] [0.33] 16
Ø8,4 Ø8,4 [1.25]
[3.41] [3.41] [0.18]
86,6 86,6 31,7 4,6
[1.56]
39,6
[0.75]
19,1
[0.28]
[0.31]
Ø7,1
7,9
Straight Base mm [INCH] mm [INCH] [1.75]
Model 44,3
207-UB-L [1.38] [1.25]
207-UB-L-BLK PROJECTION PROJECTION
35,1 31,6
210 Series

• DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus versions available • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Available in stainless steel • Light machining 810-U Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
• Accommodates M10 or 3/8 spindle accessories • Light welding (See page MC-PTC-9)
810-S Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
(See page MC-PTC-9)
210-U 210-USS 210-S 210-UB 210-SB

Flanged Base Flanged Base Flanged Base Straight Base Straight Base,
U-Bar U-bar, Stainless Solid Bar U-bar Solid Bar
Steel
210-UR 210-SR 210-TU

Flanged Base Flanged Base Flanged Base
U Bar Solid Bar U Bar,
with with T-Handle
DESTACO® DESTACO®
Plus Plus
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
210-U 2670 N [600 lbf] 240208-M 235106
---
210-USS 237943-M 235906
3340 N [750 lbf]
210-S 0,59kg [1.29lbs] 210114 237943-M ---
210-UB 2670 N [600 lbf] --- 240208-M 235106

103° 58°
210-SB 3340 N [750 lbf] 210114 --- ---
210-UR 2670 N [600 lbf] --- 240208-M 235106
0,73kg [1.60lbs]
210-SR 3340 N [750 lbf] 210114 --- ---
210-TU 2670 N [600 lbf] 0,62kg [1.36lbs] --- --- 235106
210 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Holding Capacties
AF
Model X X1 X2 Y ‡HC1 ‡HC2 ‡EF(X1):AF EF(X2):AF
[600lbf.] [290lbf.]
U/UB/UR
[2.38] [4.88] [6.75] 2670N 1290N
Y 14:1 7:1
60,5 124 171,5 [750lbf.] [360lbf.]
EF EF USS
[1.54] 3340N 1600N
39 [3.62] [5.25] [750lbf.] [500lbf.]
HC HC S/SR/SB 9:1
2 1 92,0 133 [4.50] 3340N 2220N
11:1
X [2.38] [4.88] 114,5 [600lbf.] [290lbf.]
TU 5:1
60,5 124 2670N 1290N
X1
X2 Dimensions shown “mm [inch]” ‡ HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
Dimensions | -U/-USS/-S/-UB/-SB-/-UR/-SR/-TU
210-U [6.70]
Flanged Base 170,2
U-Bar [2.35]
[0.40] 59,7
10,2
[0.95] [1.16]
24 29,4
DESTACO®
[6.02] TOGGLE LOCK
152,9 PLUS OPTION
103°
58°
M10 OR 3/8
[9.11]
231,5
[8.19]
208
[5.43] [1.67]
137,9 42,4
[0.79] [2.20]
20 55,9
[0.12] [0.35] [0.12]

[0.31] 3 [3.65]
9 92,8 3
8
[5.54]
140,8
[0.31] [1.26]
210-SR 8 32
Flanged Base [0.26]
Solid Bar R 6,5
with
[2.56] [1.77]
DESTACO® 45
65
Toggle Lock
Plus [0.31]
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[1.89]
8 48
[0.33]
[5.51] Ø 8,3 PROJECTION PROJECTION
140
247, 267 Series

• Hardened steel bushings • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Large bar guides for greater • Light machining 847-U Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
lateral stability on Model 247 • Welding (See page MC-PTC-15)
• Series 247 accommodates M12 847-S Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
or 1/2 spindle accessory (See page MC-PTC-15)
• Series 267 accommodates M16
or 5/8 spindle accessory
247-U 247-S 247-UB 267-U 267-S

Flanged Base Flanged Base Straight Base Flanged Base Flanged Base
U-Bar Solid Bar U-Bar U-Bar Solid Bar
Note:
Clamps shown with included accessories.
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
247-U 1,07kg [2.36lbs] --- 247208-M 247109
247-S 4400 N [1000 lbf] 120° 67° 1,08kg [2.36lbs] 247110 --- ---
247-UB 1,07kg [2.36lbs] --- 247208-M 247109
267-U 2,18kg [4.80lbs] --- 267203-M 267102
5340 N [1200 lbf] 140° 72°
267-S 1,98kg [4.36lbs] 110122 --- ---
Holding Capacities
AF
247-U/ [3.00] [6.13] [480lbf.]
12:1 6:1
247-UB [1.69] 76,2 155,7 [6.71] [1000lbf.] 2140N
Y 43 [4.56] [7.00] 170,5 4450N [650lbf.]
247-S 10:1 5:1
EF EF 115,8 177,8 2900N
[4.00] [8.00] [600lbf.]
267-U 18:1
HC HC [2.50] 101,6 203,2 [9.25] [1200lbf.] 2670N
2 1 8:1
63,5 [6.00] [8.75] 235 5340N [820lbf.]
X
267-S 152,4 222,3 3650N
12:1
X1 Dimensions shown “mm [inch]” ‡ HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
X2 See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.  This item is available upon request
247, 267 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-S/-UB
247-U [4.88]
123,8
Flanged Base
[3.15]
U-Bar 80
[1.36]
34,6
M12 OR 1/2 120°

IF SUPPLIED
67°
[0.87]
22,2
[8.86] [9.58]
225 243,4
[1.98]
50,3
[2.33]
59,3
[0.19]
4,7
[0.38] [0.39]
9,6 10
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT
247-S [0.57]
Flanged Base Ø 14,4 [4.89] [1.25]
124,2 31,8
Solid Bar
[1.78] [2.52]
45,2 64
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.37]
[0.38] 9,4
[0.35]
9,5
[2.00] Ø 8,8 THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
50,8 PROJECTION PROJECTION
267 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions
267-U [5.87]
149,1
Flanged Base
U-Bar [3.92]
99,7
[1.61]
40,8
140°
M16 OR 5/8 72°

IF SUPPLIED
[11.97]
304
[1.25]
31,8
[3.08]
78,3
[0.19]
[5.87]
4,7
149,1
[1.89] [8.87]
48 225,3
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT
267-S
Flanged Base
[5.88] [2.00]
Solid Bar 149,2 50,8
[0.38]
[0.64] 9,5
Ø 16,3 [2.75] [3.74]
69,8 95
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.50]
[3.00] [0.48]
76,2 Ø 12,3
Application Examples
Model 210-U
used in an airframe
assembly fixtur
Model 210-U
shown being used
in a checking fixture
application.
Model 533-LB
and 227-UB shown
with black finish in
a fixture for used for
optical inspection.
5905, 5910, 5915 Series
Heavy-Duty Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features: Applications:
•H igh strength forged clamping arm for • Welding fixture
heavy-duty service • Assembly fixture
• Hardened steel pivot pins and bushings
provide long life
• Black oxide finis
5905/5910/5915 5905-B/5910-B/5915-B
Flanged Base Solid Base
Max. Holding Clamp Bar Handle

Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
5905 [750lbf.] [1.08lbs] 0,49kg
135° 70°
5905-B 3340N [0.82lbs] 0,37kg
5910 [1600lbf.] [2.84lbs] 1,29kg
132° 71°
5910-B 7120N [2.24lbs] 1,02kg
5915 [2750lbf.] [6.16lbs] 2,79kg
147° 74°
5915-B 12230N [5.11lbs] 2,32kg
Removable handle stop

can be repositioned to limit
opening angle to 90.°
5905, 5910, 5915 Series
Heavy-Duty Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions
HANDLE
OPENING
BAR
OPENING
H1 H
C1
A4
B2
A5 A3 C2
B3
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
F B B1

A2 A D
A1
Model A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B B1 B2 B3 C C1 C2 D F H H1 L
[1.00] [1.50] [0.25] [1.51] [0.25] [2.49] [1.50] [2.13] [0.59] [1.02] [1.27] [0.51] [0.24] [0.29] [0.56] [6.51] [6.75] [4.02]
5905 25,4 38,1 6,4 38,4 6,4 63,2 38,1 54,1 15,0 25,9 32,3 12,9 6,1 7,3 14,2 165,4 171,4 102.10
[1.50] [2.24] [0.37] [2.25] [0.25] [3.76] [2.00] [2.76] [0.75] [1.57] [1.75] [0.75] [0.24] [0.41] [0.75] [9.04] [9.27] [6.02]
5910 38,1 56,9 9,4 57,2 6,4 95,5 50,8 70,1 19,1 39,9 44,5 19,1 6,1 10,5 19,1 229,5 235,5 152.88
[2.00] [2.95] [0.48] [2.99] [0.38] [5.00] [2.75] [3.88] [0.98] [1.97] [2.37] [1.00] [0.35] [0.55] [1.00] [10.89] [11.25] [7.50]
5915 50,8 74,9 12,2 75,9 9,7 127,0 69,9 98,6 24,9 50,0 60,2 25,4 8,9 14,0 25,4 276,7 285,7 190.50
Model A3 A5 B2 B3
[1.51] [2.49] [0.59] [1.02]
5905-B 38,4 63,2 15,0 25,9
[2.25] [3.76] [0.75] [1.57]
5910-B 57,2 95,5 19,1 39,9
[2.99] [4.92] [0.98] [1.97]
5915-B 76 125 25 50
5105, 5110 Series
•H igh strength forged clamping arm for • Welding fixture
heavy-duty service • Assembly fixture
provide long life
• Large clearance under the clamping bar
• DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus versions available†
5105/5110 5105-B/5110-B 5105-R/5110-R 5105-BR/5110-BR

Flanged Base Soild Flanged Base Solid Base
Base with with
DESTACO® DESTACO®
Plus Plus

Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
5105 [1.12lbs] 0,51kg
5105-B [700lbf.] [1.06lbs] 0,48kg
89° 159°
5105-R 3100N [1.10lbs] 0,50kg
5105-BR [1.17lbs] 0,53kg
5110 [2.98lbs] 1,35kg
5110-B [1150lbf.] [2.95lbs] 1,34kg
74° 138°
5110-R 5100N [3.00lbs] 1,36kg
5110-BR [3.02lbs] 1,37kg
 This item is available upon request.
† Toggle Lock Plus locks the handle in the closed position only.
5105, 5110 Series
B3 BAR
OPENING
DESTACO®
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
C1 HANDLE
H H1 OPENING
C4 C
C3
B2 C2
A
B4
mm [INCH] F
mm [INCH]
B B1
A3 A D
A1
L
Model A A1 A2 B B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 C4 D F H1 L
5105 --
[1.00] [1.62] [0.31] [1.46] [2.24] [0.59] [0.98] [0.51] [0.16] [2.54] [0.26] [0.56] [6.54] [4.13]
25,4 41,2 7,9 37 57 15 [1.48] 25 13,0 4,0 64,6 6,6 14,3 166,1 104,9
5105-R
37,5
5110 --
[1.50] [2.50] [0.50] [2.00] [2.76] [0.79] [1.26] [0.87] [0.20] [3.37] [0.35] [0.75] [8.70] [6.33]
38,1 63,5 12,7 50,8 70 20 [1.67] 32 22,0 5,0 85,6 9,0 19,1 221,1 160,9
5110-R
42,5
Model A3 B2 B3 B4 C C1 C3 F H
5105-B --
[2.50] [0.59] [0.98] [2.14] [0.51] [0.59] [0.56] [6.14]
63,5 15 [1.48] 25 54,3 13,0 15,0 14,3 156,0
5105-BR 37,5
5110-B --
[3.54] [0.79] [1.26] [3.05] [0.87] [0.98] [0.75] [8.39]
90 20 [1.67] 32 77,5 22,0 25,0 19,1 213,0
5110-BR 42,5
528 Series
•H ardened steel bushings at pivot points • Assembly & test
for long life • Light machining
• Solid bar may be modified to suit application • Welding
requirements • M
edium to heavy
duty clamping
requirements
528 528-F  Technical Information

Flanged Base Front Mount
Solid Bar Base Solid Bar
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
528 4450 N [2.50lbs]
180° 177°
528-F [1000 lbf] 1,13kg
 528 Model
This item is available upon request
Holding Capacities | Dimensions

AF Model X X1 X2 Y ‡HC1 ‡HC2 ‡EF(X1):AF ‡EF(X2):AF
528 [1.38] [3.50] [6.00] [5.50] [1000lbf.] [580lbf.]
23:1 12:1
528-F 35 89 152 140 4450N 2580N
Y
EF EF
[6.91]
HC HC 175,6
2 1 [0.75]
19
X
X1
X2
180
[8.64]
219,4 [0.87] 177
22,2
[2.07]
[2.60]
52,5
66,1
[0.24]
6
[3.40]
86,4
[3.94]
[0.50]
100,1
12,7
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[2.25]
57,2 [1.25]
[1.77] [0.41]
45 Ø 10,4
548, 578 Series
• L arge bar guides for lateral stability • Assembly & test
•H ardened steel pins and bushings for long life • Light machining
•R eplaceable pins • Welding
• Heavy duty
clamping
requirements
548 578 Technical Information

Straight Base Straight Base
Solid Bar Solid Bar Clamp Bar Handle
Max. Holding
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
548 11100N [2500lbf] 2,40kg [5.30lbs]
199° 129°
578 17800N
548 / [4000lbf]
578 Model 4,14kg [9.12lbs]

AF
[2.75] [3.50] [6.00] [7.50] [2500lbf] [1500lbf.]
548 4.5:1 3.4:1
70 89 152 190 11100N 6680N
Y
[4.25] [4.50] [7.00] [10.31] [4000lbf] [2500lbf.]
578 7.6:1 4.2:1
EF EF 108 114 178 262 17800N 11100N
HC HC See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.
2 1
X
X1 OPENING
X2
H
C1
C2 L1 A1
B1
mm [INCH] mm [IN
B
B2 F1 THIRD ANGLE FIRST AN

PROJECTION PROJECT
L
Model A1 B B1 B2 C C1 C2 F1 H L L1
[3.25] [2.01] [0.75] [2.26] [2.24] [1.00] [0.31] [0.75] [9.45] [7.50] [4.25]
548
82,6 51 19,1 57,5 56,9 25,4 7,9 19,1 240 190,5 107,9
[4.02] [2.38] [0.87] [2.70] [2.79] [1.26] [0.37] [0.87] [11.04] [8.62] [4.61]
578
102,1 60,5 22,1 68,6 70,9 32 9,5 22,1 280,3 219 117,1
533, 535 Series

•H ardened steel bushings and pivot pins • Welding See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Large bar guides for greater lateral support •H eavy duty
• Solid clamping bar may be modified to suit clamping
application requirements applications
533-L 533-LB 535-L 535-LB

Flanged Base Straight Base Flanged Base Straight Base
Solid Bar Solid Bar Solid Bar Solid Bar
Model Opening Opening Weight Bolt Retainer
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
533-L
7000 N [1575 lbf] 1,00kg [2.20lbs] 533108-M
533-LB
120° 90°
535-L
10000 N [2250 lbf] 1,85kg [4.087lbs] 535108-M
535-LB
535-L 533, 535 Series
F1
D3 D2
533-L
Flanged Base
Solid Bar
125°
H 92°
H1
C1
A8 C7 C6
C5 C
Ø D1
B2
C4
C2 C3
A A3 ØD
535-L B1 L1 A1
Flanged Base
B3 Ø D1
Solid Bar
B4 B5
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
A4 A 15
A1
L PROJECTION PROJECTION
Model A A1 A3 A4 A8 B B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 C C1 C2
[0.08] [1.77] [2.44] [1.86]
533-L
[1.18] [2.36] 2 [0.20] [1.52] [0.39] [0.69] [1.75] 45 62 47,2 [0.79]
30 59,9 5.1 38,6 9,9 15,5 44,5 20,1
533-LB -- -- --
[0.59] [0.19]
15 [2.05] [2.87] [2.63] 4,8
535-L --
[1.77] [2.95] [0.18] [1.89] [0.47] [0.89] [2.13] 52,1 72,9 66,8 [0.98]
45 74,9 4,6 48 11,9 22,6 54,1 24,9
535-LB -- -- --
Model C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 D D1 D2 D3 F1 H H1 L L1
[2.24] [8.6]
533-L -- -- -- -- -- --
56,9 [0.33] [0.35] [0.59] [0.39] 218,4 [4.92] [2.56]
[0.39] [0.59] [1.86] [2.56] [0.22] 8,4 8,9 15 9,9 [9.31] 125 65
533-LB -- --
9,9 15 55,1 65 5.6 236,5
[3.13] [10.35]
535-L -- -- -- -- -- --
79,5 [0.41] [0.43] [0.79] [0.47] 262,9 [6.30] [3.35]
[0.59] [0.79] [2.95] [3.44] [0.30] 10,4 10,9 20,1 11,9 [11.26] 160 85,1
535-LB -- --
15 20,1 74,9 87,4 7,6 286
558 Series

•F orged alloy steel handle and links for • Welding Model 858 Pneumatic Toggle clamp
rugged service •H eavy duty See page MC-PTC-17
• Hardened steel pins and bushings clamping
• Hold down bar can be machined to suit requirements
application requirements
558 Technical Information

Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
558 11100 N [2500 lbf] 192° 64° 2,27kg [5.0lbs]
AF Model X X1 ‡HC1 ‡HC2

65,8 76,2 [2500 lbf] [1500 lbf]
558
[2.59] [3.00] 11100 N 6680 N
Y
EF EF
Dimensions shown “mm [inch]” , ‡ HC = Holding Capacity
HC HC
2 1
[1.34]
34
X OPENING
X1
X2
[11.19]
284,3
[1.00]
25,4
[3.74]
95
[0.44] [4.91] [2.13]

11,1 124,7 54
[1.94] [8.00] mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
49,2 203,2

[1.00] PROJECTION PROJECTION
25,4
91090 Series

•F ront flange moun • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Accepts M8 or 5/16” spindle accessory • Checking fixture
(not supplied) • Light machining
• Woodworking
91090
Front Flanged Base
Open Bar
Technical Information | Dimensions
Recommended Accessories
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
91090 1710 N [385 lbf] 100° 60° 0,37kg [0.81lbs] --- 507208-M 507107
[0.31]
8
[0.13] [0.62]
3,2 [2.40] 15,8
60,9
[0.63]
16
[0.28] [7.89]
Ø7 200,4
[3.35] [2.72]
[1.46] 85,0 69
37
[3.02]
[1.31] [0.79] 76,7
33,4 20 [4.72]
[1.98] 120 mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
50,4

[4.72]
120
317 Series

•D ual mounting surfaces • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Large bar opening angle • Checking fixture 817-U Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
• Accommodates M8 or 5/16” • Light machining (See page MC-PTC-21)
spindle accessories • Woodworking 817-S Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
(See page MC-PTC-21)
317-U 317-S
U-Bar Solid Bar
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
317-U 1670 N [375 lbf] --- 507208-M 507107
185° 60° 0,34kg [0.75lbs]
317-S 1780 N [400 lbf] 207105 --- ---
Holding Capacities
AF
Y Model X X1 X2 Y ‡HC1 ‡HC2 ‡EF(X1):AF ‡EF(X2):AF

[2.00] [3.75] [375 lbf] [200lbf.]
EF EF 317-U 17:1 8:1
[1.57] 50,8 95,3 [4.00] 1670 N 900N
40,0 [2.50] [5.00] 101,6 [400 lbf] [190lbf.]
HC HC 317-S 13:1 5:1
2 1 63,5 127,0 1780 N 850N
X Dimensions shown “mm [inch]” ‡ HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
X1
X2
317 Series
[2.53]
64,3
[1.97]
317-U [0.34] 50
U-Bar 8,6
[0.28]
7,1
M8 OR 5/16
IF SUPPLIED
OPENING
[0.63]
16
[2.68] [5.28]
[1.38]
68,1 134
35,1
[0.27]
Ø 6,7 [1,02]
[0.63] 26
16 [1.00] RANGE OF
25,4 ADJUSTMENT [4.00]
[1.50] 101,6
38,1
[0.34]
Ø 8,7 [0.63]
317-S 16 [1.00]
25,4
Solid Bar [1.50]
38,1
[0.44] [0.27] mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

[0.25] 11,2 Ø 6,7
6,4 [3.20] [1.38]
81,2 35,1 THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
527 Series
•H ardened steel bushings at pivot points • Assembly & test
• Solid bar can be modified to suit application • Light machining
requirements • Woodworking
• Thumb lever on link for easy opening
527 527-F  Technical Information

Flanged Base Front Mount v
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
527 [2.50lbs]
4450 N [1000 lbf] 195° 65°
527-F 1,13kg

AF
[3.12]
527
79,2 [3.50] [6.00] [4.00] [1000lbf.] [580lbf.]
Y 23:1 12:1
[2.53] 89,0 152,4 101,6 4450N 2580N
527-F
EF EF 64,3
HC HC See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.
2 1
[6.78]
X 172,2
[0.75]
X1 19
X2
OPENING
[2.47]
62,8
[0.75]
19
[2.17] [0.19]
55,1 4,8
[3.87] [3.25]
98,2 82,6
[3.84]
97,6
[0.87]
22,1
[2.22] [1.25]
56,4 31,8
[0.87] mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

22,1 [0.41]
[1.83] Ø 10,4
46,5
[8.14] THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
206,8
7-101, 7-58, 7-59, 7-60 Series
Heavy Duty Cam Action Series | Product Overview
•C am action accommodates variable • Light machining
workpiece thickness • Welding
• Heavy duty construction • Assembly
• Solid clamp arms may be modified to
suit application requirements
7-101 7-58
Max. Holding Clamp Bar
Model Opening Weight
Capacity (+10° )
7-101 2110 N [475 lbf] 80° 0,45kg [1.0lbs]
7-58 2670 N [600 lbf] 95° 0,91kg [2.0lbs]
7-59 4450 N [1000 lbf] 95° 1,36kg [3.0lbs]
7-60 7120 N [1600 lbf] 80° 2,27kg [5.0lbs]
Dimensions
OPENING
H C1
S MAX
C3
C
L2
L3 ØD
C2
B B1
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
F1
A3 A
L1 A1
Model A A1 A3 B B1 C C1 C2 C3 D F1 H L L1 L2 S max.
[0.75] [1.25] [0.25] [1.25] [1.75] [1.44] [0.50] [0.31] [1.00] [0.22] [0.50] [5.00] [4.63] [3.12] [0.13]
7-101 19,1 31,8 6,1 31,8 44,5 36,6 12,7 7,9 25,4 5,6 12,7 127 117,6 79,3
-
3,3
[1.00] [1.69] [0.34] [1.62] [2.25] [1.87] [0.56] [0.38] [1.12] [0.28] [0.50] [6.93] [4.62] [2.55] [0.13]
7-58 25,4 42,9 8,6 41,2 57,2 47,5 14,2 9,7 28,5 7,1 12,7 176 117,35 64,8
-
3,3
[1.38] [2.06] [0.39] [1.88] [2.50] [2.19] [0.63] [0.44] [1.25] [0.34] [0.63] [8.50] [6.00] [3.50] [1.24] [0.19]
7-59 35,1 52,3 9,9 47,8 63,5 55,6 16 11,2 31,8 8,6 16 215,9 152,4 88,9 31,5 4,8
[1.62] [2.44] [0.44] [2.12] [2.88] [2.50] [0.88] [0.50] [1.44] [0.41] [0.75] [9.50] [7.40] [4.38] [1.97] [0.25]
7-60 41,2 62 11,2 53,9 73,2 63,5 22,4 12,7 36,6 10,4 19,1 241,3 188 111,3 50 6,4
229 Series

•C am action clamp holds workpieces • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
of varying height • Light machining
• Total clamping range of 8mm [.31in.] • Welding
• Accommodates M12 or ½” accessories
229
Flanged Base
Open Bar
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
229 4450 N [1000 lbf] 115° 180° 1,17kg [2.59lbs] 229203 247109
Holding Capacities
AF
[1.53] [3.00] [6.12] [7.06] [1000lbf.] [500lbf.]
229 7:1 3:1
38,9 76,2 155,4 179,3 4450N 2230N
Y
EF EF
HC HC
2 1
X
X1
X2
229 Series
229
[1.41]
Flanged Base 35,9
Open Bar
[0.49]
12,4 [3.81]
96,8
115
M12 OR 1/2" 180

IF SUPPLIED
[10.30]
261,6
[0.31]
[1.00] 8,0
25,4 MAX.
[2.05]
52,1
[0,80] [0.19]
[5.26] 4,7
20,4
133,5
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT
[7.13]
181,1
[0.33]
Ø 8,4
[2.00] [2.75]
50,8 69,9
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.50] [0.88]
12,7 22,2
[1.88]
47,6
500 Series
Weldable Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview

• Hardened
pivot pins and bushings • Welding See page MC-VHD-46 for accessories
• Weldable clamping bar • Assembly
• LSC version with locking spring clip for securing •H eavy duty,
the handle in the open position production
• Modular design allows you to set up the clamping
clamp to meet application requirements applications
501-B 501-LB 503-MB 503-MLB 503-MBLSC

Swivel Base Long Base Swivel Base Long Base Swivel Base
with Locking
Spring Clip
503-MLBLSC 505-MB 505-MLB 505-MBLSC 505-MLBLSC

Long Base Swivel Base Long Base Swivel Base Long Base
with Locking with Locking with Locking
Spring Clip Spring Clip Spring Clip
506-MB 506-MLB 506-MBLSC 506-MLBLSC

Swivel Base Long Base Swivel Base Long Base
with Locking with Locking
Spring Clip Spring Clip
Model 505-MLB in a robotic welding fixtur  This item is available upon request
500 Series
Clamp Bar Note:

Max. Holding The clamping bars are made from
Model Opening Weight
Capacity (+10° ) forged alloy steel and must be heated
to 200°C(400°F) prior to welding.
501-B 0,18kg [0.40lbs]
2000 N [450 lbf] We recommend welding the handles,
501-LB 0,20kg [0.44lbs] clamp arms, and mounting bases
503-MB 0,70kg [1.54lbs] when disassembled. Welding of non
pre-heated parts may only be done
503-MLB
7000 N [1575 lbf] 0,80kg [1.76lbs] with the addition of welding fillers
503-MBLSC
503-MLBLSC 0,90kg [1.98lbs]
505-MB 1,40kg [3.09lbs]
200°
505-MLB
11000 N [2475 lbf] 1,50kg [3.31lbs]
505-MBLSC
505-MLBLSC 1,60kg [3.53lbs]
506-MB 2,60kg [5.73lbs]
506-MLB
22500 N [5060 lbf] 2,80kg [6.17lbs]
506-MBLSC
506-MLBLSC 3,00kg [6.61lbs]
Clamping Position Open Position
Patented spring latch hold-open device 3. S wivel the clamp into the open position
1. Mount the clamp and place it in the closed position 4. In this position, weld the bracket with
2. Position the bracket in the leaf spring the bar guide feature at point
500 Series
Weldable Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -B/-LB/-MB/-MLB/-MBLSC/-MLBLSC
Swivel Base Long Base

B A øD1
B A øD1
R
60°
H3
60 Opening
H3
° Opening
H
H
øD
øD
H1
H2
B1 A1 A2
B3
B1 A1 A4
B2 A3
B3
LSC-version LSC-version
503-MB 503-MLB
Swivel Base Long Base
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

Swivel Base Dimensions
Model A A1 A2 B B1 B3 ØD ØD1 H H1 H3 R
[1.13] [0.56] [0.75] [0.79] [0.25] [1.09] [0.19] [0.50] [1.12] [2.20] [0.37]
501-B 28,6 14,3 19,1 20,0 6,4 27,8 4,8 12,7 28,5 56 9,5
[0.79]
503-MB [1.54] [0.50] [1.12] [1.52] [0.39] [1.82] [0.31] [0.69] [1.96] 20 [3.51] [0.53]
503-MBLSC 39,2 12,8 28,5 38,5 10 46,2 8 17,5 49,8 89,1 13,5
505-MB [2.22] [1.02] [1.38] [1.89] [0.48] [2.31] [0.37] [0.87] [2.79] [1.10] [4.33] [0.72]
505-MBLSC 56,5 25,9 35 48 12,3 58,6 9,5 22,2 70,8 28 110,1 18,3
506-MB [2.82] [1.27] [1.97] [1.91] [0.63] [2.72] [0.47] [0.94] [3.45] [1.29] [5.30] [0.84]
506-MBLSC 71,7 32,3 50 48,4 16 69 12 24 87,7 32,8 134,6 21,4
Long Base Dimensions
Model A A1 A3 A4 B B1 B2 B3 ØD ØD1 H H2 H3 R
[1.13] [1.13] [0.56] [0.79] [0.25] [0.51] [1.09] [0.19] [0.50] [1.12] [1.32] [2.21] [0.37]
501-LB 28,6 [0.50] 28,6 14,3 20 6,4 13 27,8 4,8 12,7 28,5 33,5 56,1 9,5
503-MLB [1.54] 12,8 [1.75] [0.75] [1.52] [0.39] [0.79] [1.82] [0.31] [0.69] [1.96] [1.97] [3.51] [0.53]
503-MLBLSC 39,2 44,5 19 38,5 10 20 46,2 8 17,5 49,8 50 89,1 13,5
505-MLB [2.22] [1.02] [2.09] [1.08] [1.89] [0.48] [0.88] [2.31] [0.37] [0.87] [2.79] [2.50] [4.33] [0.72]
505-MLBLSC 56,5 25,9 53 27,5 48 12,3 22,3 58,6 9,5 22,2 70,8 63,5 110,1 18,3
[0.84]
506-MLB
[2.82] [1.27] [2.58] [1.45] [1.91] [0.63] [1.10] [2.72] [0.47] [0.94] [3.45] [3.00] [5.30] 21.4
71,7 32,3 65,5 36,9 48,4 16 28 69 12 24 87,7 76,2 134,6 [8.43]
506-MLBLSC 214
500 Series
Weldable Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Accessories

• Used
with 500 Series Vertical Clamps • Welding See page MC-VHD-43
• Allows you to customize the clamp to • Assembly for clamp linkage
suit application requirements • Heavy duty, production
clamping applications
HANDLE H1
F L3
Ø D1
C1 L2
S
CLAMP BAR
BASE PLATE A A1 mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
B ØD THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE

B1
Use Handle Clamping Bar Base Plate

Part No.
with ØD1 H1 C1 F L2 L3 A A1 B B1 ØD S
501503 6x10 61 - - - - - - - - - -
501 501501 - - 15 15 40 10 - - - - - -
503502 - - - - - - 25 40 35 50 6.3 8
503503-L Ø18 129.5 - - - - - - - - - -
503 503501 - - 25 20 50 8 - - - - - -
503502 - - - - - - 25 40 35 50 6.3 8
505503-L Ø22 159 - - - - - - - - - -
505 505501 - - 30 25 60 12 - - - - - -
505502 - - - - - - 40 60 30 50 8.1 8
506503-L Ø28 188 - - - - - - - - - -
506 506501 - - 35 30 75 15 - - - - - -
506502 - - - - - - 50 70 45 65 8.1 8
 This item is available upon request Note: Dimensions shown in millimeters.
305
213
205
2017
5310
Series
206
309
307
305
235
225
215
205
245
237
227
217
213
5310
5305
2027
2017
2013
9
7
5
3
31
29
27
27
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
31
MC-HHD | 1
Page MC-HHD-#
0 to 1000 [0 to 225]
1000 to 2000 [225 to 450]
2000 to 3000 [450 to 675]

horizontal Hold Down Clamps
3000 to 5000 [675 to 1125]

N [lbf.]
Capacity
Max. Holding
5000 to 7000 [1125 to 1575]
7000 to 10000 [1575 to 2250]
0 to 10 [0 to 0.39]
10 to 20 [0.39 to 0.79]
20 to 30 [0.79 to 1.18]
30 to 40 [1.18 to 1.57]
mm [inch]
Height Under
Clamping Bar
40 to 50 [1.57 to 1.97]
50 to 60 [1.97 to 2.36]
0 to 25 [0 to 0.98]
25 to 40 [0.98 to 1.57]
40 to 55 [1.57 to 2.17]
55 to 70 [1.57 to 2.76]
mm [inch]
70 to 85 [2.76 to 3.35]
Overall Height
85 to 100 [3.35 to 3.94]
100+ [1.57+]

2
horizontal Hold Down Clamps
Service
Overall Length Overal Width Standard Arm Mounting
mm [inch] mm [inch] Material Style Style
ment
100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]
125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]
150 to 175 [5.91 to 6.89]
175 to 200 [6.89 to 7.87]
200 to 225 [7.87 to 8.86]
225 to 250 [8.86 to 9.84]

75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]
50 to 75 [1.97 to 2.95]
25 to 40 [0.98 to 1.57]
40 to 55 [1.57 to 2.17]
55 to 70 [1.57 to 2.76]
0 to 25 [0 to 0.98]
Toggle Lock Plus™
Solid Arm Version

Checking Fixtures
Food Processing
250+ [9.84+]
Stainless Steel
U-Bar Version
Woodworking
Flanged Base
Straight Base
Harsh/Dirty
Duty Cycle
Machining
Assembly
Closures
Welding
Welded
Normal
Steel
        3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3
        3 3 3 3 3 3
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-HHD | 2
2013 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview

• Increased handle clearance reduces pinch points • Checking fixture See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Common mounting hole pattern to Model 213 • Assembly & test Accommodates M5 or #10
• Fixed handle pivot provides smooth action • Light machining spindle accessory
• Nearly 2 times the holding capacity Model 213 • Woodworking
• BLK models feature a black, non-reflective fini • Closures
2013-U 2013-U-LS-BLK 2013-UR

Flanged Base Blackout Series Flanged Base, U-Bar
U-Bar Flanged Base, U-Bar with DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
Plus™
Max. Holding Clamp Handle Spindle Flanged
Model Bar Opening Opening Weight
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
2013-U 2013208-M 102111

2013-U-LS-BLK 1310 N [295 lbf] 71° 58° 0,17kg [0.37lb] -- 102111-BLK
2013-UR 2013208-M 102111
Holding Capacities
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X
X1 Model X X1 X2 Y ‡HC1 ‡HC2 ‡EF(X1):AF ‡EF(X2):AF
X2 [0.63] [0.95] [1.95] [2.34] [295lbf.] [175lbf.]
U/UR 6:1 4:1
16 24 49,5 59,5 1310N 780N
MC-HHD | 3 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
4
2013 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-UR
2013-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar [2.65]
[0.21] 67,4
5,3
[0.10] DESTACO®
2,6 TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS™ OPTION
M5 OR #10-32
[0.75]
19,1
[1.30]
33,1
[0.30] [0.11]
7,5 2,7
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT
[1.65]
42,0 [0.17]
4,3
[1.06]
26,9
[0.70]
[0.24] 17,7
[0.03] 6,1 [0.53]
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
0,8 13,5
[1.00]
25,4
149,2
2017 Series

• Common mounting hole pattern to Model 217 • Assembly & test Accommodates M6 or ¼”
• Over 2½ times the holding capacity Model 217 • Woodworking
2017-U 2017-U-LS-BLK 2017-UR

U-Bar Flanged Base with DESTACO®
U-Bar Toggle Lock
Plus™
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
2017-U 215208-M 215105

2017-UR 215208-M 215105
Holding Capacities
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X
X2 [1.08] [1.65] [3.15] [2.54] [560lbf.] [245lbf.]
U/UR 5:1 2.5:1
27,4 42 80 64,5 2500N 1090N
6
2017 Series
2017-U
[8.65]
Flanged Base 219,7
U-Bar [0.24]
6,1
[2.20]
55,9
[0.12]
3,0
DESTACO®
TOGGLE LOCK
M6 OR 1/4-20 PLUS™ OPTION
[0.98]
24,8
[1.95]
49,4
[0.12]
[0.20] 3,0
5,0 [2.53]
RANGE OF 64,2
ADJUSTMENT [4.21]
106,8
[0.14] [1.03]
R3.4 26,2
[1.21]
30,8
[1.86]
47,2
[0.32] [0.11]
8,2 2,8 mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[1.68]
42,6
2027 Series

• Common mounting hole pattern to Model 227 • Assembly & test Accommodates M8 or 5/16”
• Over 1½ times the holding capacity Model 227 • Woodworking
2027-U 2027-U-LS-BLK 2027-UR

U-Bar Flanged Base with DESTACO®
U-Bar Toggle Lock
Plus™
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
2027-U 2007208-M 507107

2027-UR 2007208-M 507107
Holding Capacities
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X
X2 [1.02] [1.75] [3.30] [2.54] [840lbf.] [480lbf.]
U/UR 5:1 3:1
25,8 44,5 83,8 64,5 3740N 2140N
8
2027 Series
2027-U
Flanged Base [0.33]
U-Bar 8,3
[2.22]
56,4
[0.12]
3,0
DESTACO®
TOGGLE LOCK
M8 OR 5/16-18 PLUS™ OPTION
[1.32]
33,6
[0.75]
19,1
[2.25]
57,2
[0.16]
[2.86] 4,2
72,7
[0.28]
7,0 [4.42]
RANGE OF 112,3
ADJUSTMENT
[2.86]
72,8 [1.03] [1.21]
26,2 30,8
[1.81]
45,9
[0.11] mm [INCH] mm [INC
[1.56] [0.14]
39,6 R 3,4 2,8
[9.88] THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANG
250,9 PROJECTION PROJECTIO
213 Series

• Low profil • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Large handle clearance in the open position • Checking fixture Accommodates M5 or #10
• Available in stainless steel • Closures spindle accessory
• BLK models feature a black, non-reflective fini • Woodworking
213-U 213-U-LS-BLK 213-USS 213-UB 213-UB-LS-BLK

U-Bar Flanged Base U-Bar, Stainless U-Bar Straight Base
U-Bar Steel U-Bar
213-U-L 213-U-L-BLK 213-UB-L 213-UB-L-BLK

Flanged Base Flanged Base Straight Base Blackout Series
Open Bar Open Bar Open Bar Straight Base
Open Bar
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
213-U 213208-M 102111
213-U-LS-BLK -- 102111-BLK
213-USS 201943-M 102911
213-UB 213208-M 102111
213-UB-LS-BLK 670 N [150 lbf] 90° 60° 0,08kg [0.17lb] 102111-BLK
213-U-L 102111
213-U-L-BLK -- 102111-BLK
213-UB-L 102111
213-UB-L-BLK 102111-BLK
10
213 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Holding Capacities
Y
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X Model X X1 X2 Y ‡HC1 ‡HC2 ‡EF(X1):AF ‡EF(X2):AF

X1 U/USS/UB [0.36] [0.75] [1.63] [1.81] [150lbf.] [70lbf.]
7:1 3:1
X2 U-L/UB-L 9,3 19 41,4 46 670N 310N
213-U
Dimensions | -U/-USS/-UB
[0.39]
213-U 9,8
Flanged Base [0.21]
5,4
U-Bar
[0.85]
21,5
M5 OR #10 OPENING
IF SUPPLIED
[0.37]
9,5
[0.74]
18,8
[1.39]
35,3 [1.72]
43,8
[0.92]
[0.16] 23,3 [1.42] [0.08]
4,0 36,0 2,0
[2.42] 213-UB
[0.26]
Series 213 Open Bar Options 6,6
61,4
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT [0.53]
13,5 [0.69]
17,5
[1.06]
See page MC-ACC-7 for 27,0
Complete offering of
Open bar accessories [0.17]
Flanged Base [0.23] 4,3
Model [0.03]
5,9 0,8
213-U-L [0.21]
5,4 [1.00]
25,4
[0.85] [4.05]
213_U_L 21,5 102,9
[1.23]
31,2 mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
Straight Base THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE

Model
213-UB-L
[0.25]
6,4 MC-HHD | 10
217 Series

• Large handle clearance in the open position • Checking fixture Accommodates M6 or ¼”

U-Bar Steel U-Bar

Flanged Base Flanged Base Straight Base Blackout Series
Open Bar Open Bar Open Bar Straight Base
Open Bar
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
217-U 900 N [200 lbf] 202208-M 215105
217-U-LS-BLK -- 215105-BLK
217-USS 1110 N [250 lbf] 202943-M 215105
217-UB 202208-M 215105
217-UB-LS-BLK 91° 61° 0,18kg [0.40lb] 215105-BLK
217-U-L 215105
900 N [200 lbf]
217-U-L-BLK -- 215105-BLK
217-UB-L 215105
217-UB-L-BLK 215105-BLK
12
217 Series
Y
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X Model X X1 X2 Y ‡HC1 ‡HC2 ‡EF(X1):AF ‡EF(X2):AF

[200lbf.] [80lbf.]
X1 U
900N 360N
X2
[0.53] [1.13] [2.63] [2.93] [250lbf.] [100lbf.]
USS 7:1 3:1
13,5 28,6 66,8 74,5 1110N 440N
UB/U-L/ [200lbf.] [80lbf.]
UB-L 900N 360N
Dimensions | -U/-USS/-UB
217-U [0.25] [1.54]

Flanged Base 6,4 39,0
Series 217 U-Bar
Open Bar Options
[0.56]
14,2
OPENING
M6 OR 1/4
Flanged Base IF SUPPLIED
Model
217-U-L [0.49]
12,5
[1.95]
[2.47] 49,6
62,8 [1.23]
[0.21] 31,1
5,4
[2.30] [0.10]
[0.92] 2,5
[0.85] [0.20] 23,4 58,4
3_U_L 21,5 5,0
Straight Base
[3.76] 217-UB
[1.23]
Model [0.12]
95,4
3,0
217-UB-L
31,2 RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT [0.19] [1.03]
Ø 4,8 26,2
See page MC-ACC-7 for
Complete offering of
Open bar accessories
[1.57] [1.12]
39,8 28,4
[0.25]
6,4
[0.12]
[0.52] 3,0
[1.49] 13,1 [0.22]
5,5
217_U_L 38
[0.21]
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
5,4
[2.09] [1.46]
53,2 37,0
THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE [6.58]
167,2
[0.34]
Dimensions
8,6 and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-HHD | 12
227 Series

• Large handle clearance in the open position. • Checking fixture Accommodates M6 or 5/16”

U-Bar Steel U-Bar

Flanged Base Blackout Series Straight Base Blackout Series
Open Bar Flanged Base Open Bar Straight Base
Open Bar Open Bar
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
227-U 225208-M 507107
2220 N [500 lbf]
227-U-LS-BLK -- 507107-BLK
227-USS 2670 N [600 lbf] ‑207943-M 507907
227-UB 225208-M 507107
227-UB-LS-BLK 91° 56° 0,31kg [0.68lb] 507107-BLK
227-U-L 507107
2220 N [500 lbf]
227-U-L-BLK -- 507107-BLK
227-UB-L 507107
227-UB-L-BLK 507107-BLK
14
227 Series
Y
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X
X2 [500lbf.] [225lbf.]
U
2220N 1000N
[0.39] [1.25] [2.75] [3.58] [600lbf.] [270lbf.]
USS 8:1 3:1
10,0 31,8 70,0 91,0 2670N 1200N
UB/U-L/ 500lbf.] [225lbf.]
UB-L 2220N 1000N
[0.21] Dimensions | -U/-USS/-UB

5,4
227-U
[0.85] [1.54]
Flanged Base
213_U_L 21,5 39,1
U-Bar
[1.23]
31,2 [0.33]
8,4
[0.83]
21,2
M8 OR 5/16
Series 227 Open Bar Options
[0.25] IF SUPPLIED OPENING
6,4
[0.56]
14,3
[1.49] [1.25]
217_U_L 38 31,8
[2.40]
[2.96]
[2.09] 61,1 [1.55]
75,3
53,2 39,3
See page MC-ACC-7 for
Complete offering of [0.12]
[0.24] 3,0
Open bar accessories 6,0 [0.16]
[2.65]
67,2
Flanged Base 4,0
[0.34] RANGE OF
Model 8,6 [4.23]
ADJUSTMENT
227-U-L 107,3
[1.49] [7.04]
37,7 178,9 [1.02]
227_U_L 26,0 [1.24]
[0.19]
[2.39] Ø 4,8 31,6
60,7
[1.70]
[3.09] 43,3
78,6
[0.26]
[0.28] 6,6 [0.10]
7,0 2,5
[0.26]
mm [INCH] mm [INCH] 6,6
Straight Base [1.57]

40,0
Model THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE [7.48]
227-UB-L PROJECTION PROJECTION
189,9
237 Series

• Available in stainless steel • Welding spindle accessory
237-U 237-USS
U-Bar U-Bar, Stainless
Steel
Clamp Bar Handle
Max. Holding Spindle Flanged
Model Open- Opening Weight
Capacity Assembly Washers
ing(+10° ) (+10° )
237-U 3340 N [750 lbf] 240208-M 235106
93° 59° 0,73kg [1.60lb]
237-USS 3780 N [850 lbf] 237943-M 235906
Holding Capacities
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X
X2 [750lbf.] [290lbf.]
U
[0.81] [1.75] [4.50] [5.25] 3340N 1290N
6:1 2:1
20,6 44,5 114,3 133,3 [850lbf.] [330lbf.]
USS
3780N 1470N
16
237 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-USS
237-U
Flanged Base [2.76]
U-Bar 70,0
[0.42]
10,6
[0.97]
24,6
OPENING
M10 OR 3/8
IF SUPPLIED
[0.75]
19,0
[3.18]
80,8 [1.75]
44,5
[0.16]
[3.98] 4,0
[0.43] 101,1
11,0
[6.23]
RANGE OF
158,1
ADJUSTMENT
[11.02]
280,0
[3.98] [1.61]
101,1 41,0
[0.23]
Ø 5,8 [0.08]
2,0
[2.28] [1.69]
58,0 43,0
[0.31] [0.35] mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

8,0 8,8
[0.81]
20,5
57,0
245 Series

• Welding spindle accessory
245-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
245-U 4450 N [1000 lbf] 105° 74° 1,32kg [2.90lb] 247208-M 247109
Holding Capacities
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X
X1
[0.50] [2.00] [5.00] [6.09] [1000lbf.] [400lbf.]
U 11:1 5:1
12,7 50,8 127 154,7 4450N 1780N
18
245 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions
245-U
Flanged Base [3.20]
U-Bar 81,3
[0.53] [1.37]
13,5 34,7
OPENING
M12 OR 1/4
IF SUPPLIED
[1.00]
25,4
[4.24]
107,8
[2.19]
55,5
[0.19]
4,7
[0.31] [4.87]
8,0 123,6
RANGE OF [7.49]
ADJUSTMENT 190,3
[1.63]
[4.87] 41,3
123,6
[2.62] [1.62]
66,6 41,2
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.50] [0.34]
12,7 Ø 8,7
66,7
[12.23]
310,6
205 Series

• Smallest of the Horizontal Hold Down clamps • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Ideal for light duty clamping in tight spaces • Closures Accommodates M4 or #8
• Stainless steel models furnished without • Woodworking spindle accessory
plastic grip • L ight duty
clamping
205-U 205-UB  205-UL 205-UR 205-USS

Flanged Base Straight Base Left Flanged Right Flanged Flanged Base
U-Bar U-Bar Base, U-Bar Base, U-Bar U-Bar, Stainless
Steel
205-S 205-SB 205-SL 205-SR 205-SSS

Flanged Base Straight Base Left Flanged Base, Right Flanged Flanged Base
Solid Bar Solid Bar Solid Bar Base, Solid Bar Solid Bar, Stainless
Steel
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
205-U
205-UB
270N [60 lbf] 205208-M 105106
205-UL 90° 80°
205-UR
205-USS 340N [75 lbf] 205943-M 105906
0,03kg [0.06lb]
205-S
205-SB
270N [60 lbf] 205208-M
205-SL 94° 82° --
205-SR
205-SSS 340N [75 lbf] 205943-M
20
205 Series
Y
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X
X2 [60lbf.] [50lbf.]
U
[0.43] 270N 220N
9:1 5:1
11 [75lbf.] [65lbf.]
USS
[0.22] [0.81] [1.31] 340N 290N
5,6 20,5 33,2 [60lbf.]
S
270N
-- -- -- 4:1
[75lbf.]
SSS
340N
Dimensions | -U/-UB/-UL-/-UR/-USS/-S/-SB/-SL/-SR/-SSS
[2.71]
68,8
205-U [0.37]
Flanged Base 9,5
U-Bar
[0.18]
4,6
[0.21]
5,5
M4 OR #8
IF SUPPLIED
[0.25] OPENING
6,3
[0.30] [0.67]
7,5 17,1
[0.06]
1,5
[0.12] [0.06]
3,0 [0.09] 1,5
[0.16]
[0.95] 4,0 2,4
[0.06]
24,1 [0.63]
1,5
RANGE OF [0.73] 16,0
ADJUSTMENT 18,6
[1.68]
42,6
[0.62]
205-S [0.17] 15,8
Ø 4,3 [0.62]
Flanged Base 15,8
Solid Bar
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.93] [0.09]
23.7 2,4
[0.08]
[2.85] R 2,2 THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
72,5
215 Series

• Stainless steel model furnished without • Checking fixture Accommodates M6 or ¼”
plastic grip • Closures spindle accessory
• Woodworking
215-U 215-USS 215-UB 215-S

Flanged Base Flanged Base Straight Base Flanged Base
U-Bar U-Bar, Stainless U-Bar Solid Bar
Steel
Max. Holding Clamp Bar Handle Spindle Flanged Bolt
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers Retainer
215-U 890 N [200 lbf] 202208-M 215105

215-USS 1110 N [250 lbf] 0,15kg 202943-M 215905 --
87° 78°
215-UB [0.34lb] 202208-M 215105
890 N [200 lbf]
215-S -- -- 205105
Holding Capacities
Y
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X
X2 [200lbf.] [80lbf.]
U/UB
[1.00] [2.25] 890N 360N
9:1
[0.22] 25,4 57 [2.72] [250lbf.]
USS 4:1
5,6 69 1110N [110lbf.]
[1.63] [2.88] [200lbf.] 490N
S 6:1
41,4 73 890N
22
215 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-USS/-UB/-S
215-U
[1.26]
Flanged Base 32,0
U-Bar
[0.28]
7,0
[0.78]
19,7
OPENING
M6 OR 1/4
IF SUPPLIED
[0.50]
12,7
[1.00]
25,5
[1.53]
[1.41] 38,9
35,8
[0.20] [2.25] [0.10]

5,0 [0.26] 57,1 2,5
6,6
RANGE OF [3.68] 215-UB
ADJUSTMENT 93,5
[0.28] [2.23] [1.06] [0.20]

Ø 7,2 56,6 27,0 5,2
215-S
Flanged Base
[1.38]
Solid Bar 35,0
[0.19] [0.24] [0.87]

4,8 6,0 22,0 mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.03]
0,8
36,4
[5.46]
138,6
225 Series

• Stainless steel model furnished without • Checking fixture Accommodates M8 or 5/16”
plastic grip • Closures spindle accessory
• Available with DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus™ • Woodworking
225-U 225-USS 225-UR 225-URSS

Flanged Base Flanged Base, Flanged Base, Flanged Base,
U-Bar U-Bar, Stainless U-Bar with U-Bar, Stainless
Steel DESTACO® Steel with DESTACO®
Toggle Lock Plus Toggle Lock Plus
225-UB 225-UBSS
Straight Base Straight Base,
U Bar U Bar, Stainless
Steel
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
225-U 2220 N [500 lbf] 225208-M 507107
0,25kg [0.55lb]
225-USS 2670 N [600 lbf] 207943-M 507907
225-UR 2220 N [500 lbf] 225208-M 507107
92° 70° 0,31kg [0.69lb]
225-URSS 2670 N [600 lbf] 207943-M 507907
225-UB 2220 N [500 lbf] 225208-M 507107
0,25kg [0.55lb]
225-UBSS 2670 N [600 lbf] 207943-M 507907
24
225 Series
Y
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X
X2 [500lbf.] [250lbf.]
U/UR/UB
[0.12] [1.25] [2.50] [3.56] 2220N 1110N
12:1 5:1
USS/URSS/ 3,0 31,8 63,5 90,4 [600lbf.] [300lbf.]
UBSS 2670N 1340N
Dimensions | -U/-USS-/UB/-UBSS Dimensions | -UR/-URSS
[4.63]
117,7
[1.38]
35,0
[1.38] [0.33]
35,0 8,4
[1.08] [1.08]
27,4 27,5
M8 OR 5/16
IF SUPPLIED OPENING M8 or 5/16 OPENING DESTACO®
IF SUPPLIED TOGGLE LOCK
[0.50] [1.57] PLUS™
12,7 39,9
[0.50]
[1.31] 12,7
33,2 [1.89]
[1.84]
46,8 48,0
[1.29]
[0.24] 32,9 [0.21]
6,0 [2.69] [2.69] 5,4
68,2 [0.12] [0.18] 68,2
[1.56] [4.18] 3,0 4,5
39,6 RANGE OF [4.18]
106,2
ADJUSTMENT 106,2
[0.28]
7,0
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT [1.00] [1.50]
[0.88]
25,4 38,0
22,4
[0.88] [1.38]
22,4 35,1
[1.38]
225-U 35,1 [0.25]
[0.25] [0.26] 6,3
Flanged Base [0.26]
6,3 6,7 Ø 6,6
U-Bar [1.00]
[1.50] 25,4
38,0
[6.91] [7.09]
175,5 180,0
mm [INCH] mm
THIRD ANGLE FIRST

PROJECTION PROJE
235 Series

• Available with DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus™ • Checking fixture Accommodates M10 or 3/8”
• Available in stainless steel • Welding spindle accessory
• Closures
• Woodworking
235-U 235-USS 235-UR 235-URSS 235-UB

Flanged Base Flanged Base, U-Bar, Flanged Base, Flanged Base, Straight Base
U-Bar Stainless Steel U-Bar with DESTACO® U-Bar, Stainless Steel U-Bar
Toggle Lock Plus with DESTACO® Toggle
Lock Plus
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
235-U 3340 N [750 lbf] 240208-M 235106
0,67kg [1.47lb]
235-USS 3780 N [850 lbf] 237943-M 235906
235-UR 3340 N [750 lbf] 92° 70° 240208-M 235106
0,74kg [1.64lb]
235-URSS 3780 N [850 lbf] 237943-M 235906
235-UB 3340 N [750 lbf] 0,67kg [1.47lb] 240208-M 235106
Holding Capacities
Y
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X
X1
[750lbf.] [300lbf.]
X2 U/UR/UB
[0.25] [1.75] [4.13] [5.75] 3340N 1330N
9:1 5:1
6,4 44,5 105 146 [850lbf.] [360lbf.]
USS/URSS
3780N 1600N
26
235 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-USS/-UR/-URSS/-UB
235-U [2.40]
Flanged Base 61
U-Bar
[0.44]
11,1
[1.60]
40,7
M10 OR 3/8
IF SUPPLIED
[0.75]
92° 70°
19,1
[2.09]
53,2 [Ø 0.33]
Ø 8,4
[0.31]
8 [4.16] [1.63]
[0.45]
105,6 41,3
11.3 [2.25]
RANGE OF [1.75]
57,2
ADJUSTMENT 44,4
[1.63]
Dimensions | -UR 41,3
2.26 [1.63]
[2.32] 57,3 41,3
59,0
[0.31]
8
[0.33]
[0.44] [2.25] Ø8,4
11,1 57,2
[1.60] [10.70]
40,6 271,4
M10 OR 3/8
IF SUPPLIED OPENING
DESTACO®
TOGGLE LOCK
[0.75]
PLUS™ mm [INCH] mm [INC
19,0
[2.56]
[1.70] 64,9 THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANG
43,3 PROJECTION PROJECTIO
[0.22]
[0.47] [4.16] 5,5
12,0 105,6
RANGE OF
[6.41]
ADJUSTMENT
162,8
[1.63]
41,3
235-UR
[2.26] [1.63] Flanged Base, U-Bar
57,3 41,3 with DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
[0.31] Plus™
8,0 [0.33]
[2.25] Ø 8,4
57,2
[10.50]
266,7
305, 307, 309 Series

•C ompact design suitable for use in • Assembly & Test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
confined space • Light Machining
• Available with DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus™ • Closures
• Stainless steel models available • Woodworking
305-U 305-USS 305-UR 305-URSS 307-U 307-USS

Flanged Base Flanged Base Flanged Base, Flanged Base, Flanged Base Flanged Base
U-Bar U-Bar, Stainless U-Bar with U-Bar, Stainless U-Bar U-Bar, Stainless
Steel DESTACO® Steel with Steel
Toggle DESTACO®
Lock Toggle
Plus™ Lock
Plus™
307-UR 307-URSS 309-U 309-USS 309-UR

Flanged Base, Flanged Base, Flanged Base Flanged Base Flanged Base,
U-Bar with U-Bar, Stainless U-Bar U-Bar, Stainless U-Bar with
DESTACO® Steel with Steel DESTACO®
Toggle DESTACO ® Toggle
Lock Toggle Lock
Plus™ Lock Plus™
Plus™
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
305-U 670 N [150 lbf] 305208-M 102111
305-USS 900 N [200 lbf] 201943-M 102911
90° 170° 0,06kg [0.13lb]
305-UR 670 N [150 lbf] 305208-M 102111
305-URSS 900 N [200 lbf] 201943-M 102911
307-U 307208-M 507107
307-USS 207943-M 507907
1560 N [350 lbf] 92° 173° 0,24kg [0.54lb]
307-UR 307208-M 507107
307-URSS 207943-M 507907
309-U 309208 235106
309-USS 3340 N [750 lbf] 90° 168° 1,30kg [0.59lb] 237943-M 235906
309-UR 309208 235106
28
305, 307, 309 Series
Y
AF
[150lbf.] [110lbf.]
305-U/UR
EF EF [0.58] [1.38] [1.88] [1.14] 670N 490N
305-USS/ 14,6 35 47,7 29 [200lbf.] [150lbf.]
3:1
HC HC
305-URSS 900N 670N
2 1
2:1
307-U/UR/ [0.94] [1.88] [2.50] [1.77] [350lbf.] [260lbf.]
X
USS/URSS 24 47,7 63,5 45 1560N 1160N
X1
309- [1.34] [2.50] [3.50] [2.70] [750lbf.] [530lbf.]
X2 4:1
U/UR/USS 34 63,5 89305_307_309
68,5 3340N 2360N
Dimensions | -U/-USS/-UR/-URSS
305-U L3
Flanged Base
U-Bar F
L2
OPENING
DESTACO®
"M" TOGGLE LOCK
IF SUPPLIED
PLUS™
C1
"E" C2
RANGE OF L1
ADJUSTMENT
307-UR L
Flanged Base,
U-Bar with
DESTACO®
Toggle B B1
Lock
Plus™ mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
A3 A
ØD THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
A1
Model A A1 A3 B B1 C C1 C2 D E F H L L1 L2 L3 M
[0.53] [1.035] [0.25] [0.62] [1.02] [0.48] [0.31] [0.08] [0.18] [0.31] [0.21] [1.43] [2.21] [1.19] [0.51] [0.50] [#10]
305-U/UR 13,5 26,3 6,4 16,0 25,9 12,2 7,9 2,0 4,6 8 5,3 36,3 56,1 30,2 13,0 12,7 M5
[0.91] [1.72] [0.40] [1.14] [1.80] [0.89] [0.50] [0.12] [0.28] [0.37] [0.33] [2.36] [3.61] [1.89] [0.86] [0.75] [5/16]
307-U/UR 23,1 43,7 10,2 29,0 45,7 22,6 12,7 3,0 7,1 9.5 8,4 59,9 91,7 48,0 21,8 19,1 M8
[1.38] [2.52] [0.58] [1.50] [2.47] [1.31] [0.75] [0.12] [0.33] [0.72] [0.44] [3.53] [5.19] [2.68] [1.28] [1.06] [3/8-16]
309-U/UR 35,1 64,0 14,7 38,1 62,7 33,3 19,1 3,0 8,4 18.5 10,4 89,7 131,8 68,1 32,5 26,9 M10
206 Series

• All stainless steel construction • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Offers good bar clearance under clamping • Chemical Accommodates M4 or #8
bar while maintaining low profil processing spindle accessory
• Closures
• L ight duty
clamping
206-SS 206-HSS
Low U-Bar, High U-Bar,
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
206-SS
440 N [100 lbf] 90° 90° 0,03kg [0.07lb] 205943-M 105906
206-HSS
Model 206-HSS shown securing a platen on a prototyping machine.
30
206 Series
Y
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X
X2 [0.20] [0.43] [1.06] [1.14] [100lbf.] [50lbf.]
SS/HSS 5:1 3:1
5 11 27 29 440N 220N
Dimensions | -SS/-HSS
[0.41]
10.5
[0.22]
5,5
[0.41]
9,9
OPENING
M4 OR #8
IF SUPPLIED
[0.31] [1.06]
8,0 27,0
[0.76]
[0.05]
19,2
[0.44] 1,2
"HSS"
11,3 [0.95]
"SS" 24,2
[1.89]
48,1
[0.63]
[0.94] 15,9
23,8 [0.63]
15,9
[0.16]
4,0 [0.09]
[0.94] 2,4
[2.74]
69,7
5305, 5310 Series
Heavy Duty Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
•S olid clamping arm may be modified to • Welding fixture
suit requirements • Assembly fixture
• Hardened steel pivot pins and bushings • Light machining
provide long life
• DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus™ versions available†
5305/5310 5305-B/5310-B 5305-R/5310-R 5305-BR/5310-BR

Flanged Base Soild Flanged Base Solid Base
Base with with
DESTACO® DESTACO®
Plus™ Plus™

Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
5305 [1.08lbs] 0,49kg
5305-B [600lbf.] [0.82lbs] 0,37kg
90° 69°
5305-R 2670N [1.09lbs] 0,49kg
5305-BR [0.83lbs] 0,37kg
5310 [2.84lbs] 1,29kg
5310-B [1300lbf.] [2.24lbs] 1,02kg
90° 69°
5310-R 5780N [2.87lbs] 1,30kg
5310-BR [2.27lbs] 1,03kg
† Toggle Lock Plus™ locks the handle in the closed position only.
32
5305, 5310 Series
Heavy Duty Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions
OPENING HANDLE
ANGLE OPENING
C1
H
C
B A2
C2 A3
B1
A4 DESTACO®
B2 TOGGLE LOCK
A5
PLUS OPTION
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
ØD A
A1
L
Model A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B B1 B2 C C1 C2 D F H L
5305 --
[2.50] [3.15] [2.12] [2.75] [4.63] [5.27] [0.79] [0.98] [0.81] [0.51] [0.31] [0.35] [0.51] [1.51] [8.36]
63,5 80,0 53,8 69,9 117,6 133,9 20,1 24,9 [1.84] 20,6 13,0 7,9 8,9 13,0 38,4 212,4
5305-R
46,7
[11.13]
5310 --
[3.63] [4.63] [2.63] [3.63] [6.25] [7.25] [1.13] [1.50] [1.00] [0.75] [0.31] [0.41] [0.79] [2.00] 282,6
92,2 117,6 66,8 92,2 158,8 184,2 28,7 38,1 [2.31] 25,4 19,1 7,9 10,4 20,1 50,8 [11.02]
5310-R
58,7 279,8
Model A3 A4 B2 C C1 F H L
5305-B --
[2.75] [4.63] [0.81] [0.51] [0.51] [1.51] [8.36]
69,9 117,6 [1.84] 20,6 13,0 13,0 38,4 212,4
5305-BR 46,7
[11.13]
5310-B --
[3.63] [6.25] [1.00] [0.75] [0.79] [2.35] 282,6
92,2 158,8 [2.31] 25,4 19,1 20,1 59.6 [11.02]
5310-BR 58,7 279,8
Straight Line Action Clamps
Max. Holding
Plunger Travel
Capacity
mm [inch]
N [lbf.]
7000 to 10000 [1575 to 2250]

5000 to 7000 [1125 to 1575]
3000 to 5000 [675 to 1125]
1000 to 2000 [225 to 450]
2000 to 3000 [450 to 675]

Page MC-SLA-#
80 to 105 [3.15 to 4.13]

20 to 40 [0.79 to 1.57]
40 to 60 [1.57 to 2.36]
60 to 80 [2.36 to 3.15]
0 to 1000 [0 to 225]
0 to 20 [0 to 0.79]
10000+ [2250+]
Series
6001 3
601 4
6015 5
603 7
6001
608 7
605 9
603
606 10
607 11
609 12
610 13
606
615 14
607
620 15
630 16
640 17
650 18
650 95030 19
95060 95040 19
95050 19
95060 19
5130 21
5131 21
5130 5133 21
5150
5150 23
602 25
604 25
624 25
6004 27
614 29
604 670 31
675 31
614 690 31
675
695 31
MC-SLA | 1 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
straight line action clamps
Heavy-Duty Indexers | Introduction
Service
Overall Height Overall Length Overal Width Standard
mm [inch] mm [inch] mm [inch] Material
ment
240 to 280 [9.45 to 11.02]

100 to 120 [3.15 to 4.72]
120 to 140 [4.72 to 5.51]
120 to 160 [4.72 to 6.30]
160 to 200 [6.30 to 7.87]
200 to 240 [7.87 to 9.45]

80 to 100 [3.15 to 3.94]
80 to 120 [2.36 to 4.72]

40 to 60 [1.57 to 2.36]
60 to 80 [2.36 to 3.15]
60 to 80 [2.36 to 3.15]
30 to 45 [1.18 to 1.77]
45 to 60 [1.77 to 2.36]
60 to 75 [2.36 to 2.95]
75 to 90 [2.95 to 3.54]
0 to 40 [0 to 1.57]
0 to 30 [0 to 1.18]
Checking Fixtures
Toggle Lock Plus

Food Processing
280+ [11.02+]
Stainless Steel
Woodworking
Harsh/Dirty
Duty Cycle
Machining
Assembly
Welding
Normal
Steel
       3 3 3
       3 3 3
       3 3 3 3
       3 3 3 3
       3 3
       3 3
       3 3
       3 3
       3 3
       3 3
       3 3
       3 3
       3 3 3
       3 3 3
       3 3
       3
       3 3
       3 3
       3 3
       3 3 3
       3 3 3
       3 3 3
       3 3 3
       3 3 3
       3 3 3
       3 3
       3
       3 3
       3 3
       3 3
       3 3
       3 3
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-SLA | 2
6001 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview

•H eavier duty version of Model 601 • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
with 50% more holding capacity • Testing
• Mounting pattern interchangeable • Soldering
with Model 601 • Gluing
• Allow handle to fall below mounting
plane to lock in retracted position
6001 6001-SS
6001-M 6001-MSS
Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions
AF Max. EF:AF (M) Spindle

Model Holding 6001-M (pushing/ Plunger
Weight Plunger (Recom-
Spindle
Travel Included
Capacity pulling) Thread mended)
HC EF
6001 #8-32 105203
No
6001-M [150 lbf] [0.12lb] [0.63] M4 205208-M
14:1/25:1
6001-SS 670 N 0,05kg 16 #8-32 205943
Yes
6001-MSS M4 205943-M
HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
[0.43] [0.19]
11 Ø 4,8
[0.37]
[0.71]
PLUNGER THREAD 9,5
18
M
[0.63] [1.23]
16 31,3
[0.51]
13
[0.52] [0.63]
13,2 16
[1.54]
39
PLUNGER
TRAVEL
187,0°
[0.33]
[1.27] 8,3
[0.85] 32,2
21,7
[0.71] Ø7 [0.12]
[0.50] [0.16]
18 3
12,7 4
[1.10] [0.19] THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
27,9 Ø 4,8
[2.63]
66,9
601 Series

• Compact straight line action clamp • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1
• Testing for accessories
• Soldering
• Gluing
601 601-M 01-O

6 601-SS 01-OSS
6
Straight Base Stainless steel Stainless steel
U-Bar External
thread
AF Max. EF:AF (M) Spindle

Plunger Spindle
Model Holding Weight (pushing/ Plunger (Recom-
Travel Included
Capacity pulling) Thread mended)
HC EF
601 #8-32 105203 Yes
601-M M4 205208-M
[100 lbf] [0.09lb] [0.63] No
601-O 14:1/25:1 1/4-20 --
440 N 0,04kg 16
601-SS #8-32 205943 Yes
601-OSS 1/4-20 -- No
 This item is available upon request HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
[1.33]
33,8
[0.17]
4,3 [0.63]
16
[0.63] [1.05]
16 26,7
[0.50]
12,7 [0.32]
8,1
PLUNGER
TRAVEL 185
[0.44]
[0.50] [0.25] Ø11,1
12,7
Ø6,4 [1.27]
[0.78] 32,1
19,8
PLUNGER THREAD [1.28]

M 32,4
[2.61] [0.09]
2,3 mm [INCH] mm [IN
66,2
[0.56]
14,2
1/4-20 601-O (EXTERNAL THREAD) THIRD ANGLE FIRST A
PROJECTION PROJEC
[1.53]
38,8
6015 Series

•S mallest of the solid base Straight Line • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
Action clamps • Checking fixture
• Compact design combined with high • Tensioning devices
holding capacity
• Allow handle to fall below mounting plane
to lock in retracted position
6015 6015-SS, 6015-R,

6015-M 6015-MSS 6015-MR
Stainless with DESTACO®
Steel Toggle Lock
Plus
Technical Information | Holding Capacities
AF
Max. EF:AF (M) Recommended

Plunger
Model Holding Weight (pushing/ Plunger Spindle
Travel
Capacity pulling) Thread (Not Supplied)
HC EF
6015 [560 lbf] 1/4-20 205203
6015-M 2500 N M6 205203-M
6015-SS [630 lbf] [0.35lb] [0.70] 1/4-20 202943 (supplied)
35:1
6015-MSS 2800 N 0,15kg 17,8 M6 202916-M (supplied)
6015-R [560 lbf] 1/4-20 205203
6015-MR 2500 N M6 205203-M
6015 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Dimensions | -M/-SS/-MSS/-R/-MR
6015 6015-SS, 6015-R,

6015-M 6015-MSS 6015-MR
Stainless with DESTACO®
Steel Toggle Lock Plus
6015-R
[0.22]
Ø 5,5
PLUNGER THREAD
M
[1.26]
32
[0.25] [1.75]
[0.87]
6,4 44,5
22,2
[2.25]
57,2
DESTACO®
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
6015-R / 6015-MR
(Engages in extended
PLUNGER
position only)
TRAVEL
184°
[1.59]
40,5
12,7

[0.39] [0.71]
[0.20] Ø 10 17,9
5,1
[2.96]
75,1
603, 608 Series

•A llow handle to rotate and fall below • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
mounting plane to lock in retracted position • Checking fixture 803 Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
• Large holding capacities for their size • Welding fixture See page MC-PTC-27
• Available with DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus • Tensioning devices
803-ME Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
See page MC-PTC-27
603 603-SS 603-R 608

603-M 603-MSS 603-MR 608-M
Stainless with
Steel DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
Plus
AF

Plunger
HC EF Model Holding Weight (pushing/ Plunger Spindle
Travel
603 [600 lbf] 5/16-18 207203
603-M 2670 N M8 207203-M
603-SS [840 lbf] [0.83lb] [1.25] 5/16-18 207943
23:1/34:1
603-MSS 3740 N 0,38kg 31,8 M8 207943-M (supplied)
603-R [600 lbf] 5/16-18 207203
603-MR 2670 N M8 207203-M
608 [850 lbf] [1.25lb] [1.63] 3/8-16 210203
44:1/50:1
608-M 3780 N 0,57kg 41,3 M10 210203-M
603, 608 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Dimensions | -M/-SS/-MSS/-R/-MR
603 603-SS 603-R 608

603-M 603-MSS 603-MR 608-M
Stainless with
Steel DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
Plus
603-608
DESTACO®
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
PLUNGER
TRAVEL (Engages in extended
position only)
190º
PLUNGER
THREAD
M
C1 C2 L3
L2 A6 A5
A1
A3 A
Ø D1 mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
B B1
ØD
Model A A1 A3 A5 A6 B B1 C1 C2 D D1 H L L2 L3
603 [2.17] [0.34] [0.51] [0.82] [0.19] [0.44] [3.43] [4.77]
603-M 55 8,5 13 21 4,8 11,1 87 121,2
603-SS[1.44] [0.54] [0.65] [1.31] [1.88] [0.97] [0.25] [0.27] [0.47] [3.28] [4.69] [1.28] [1.00]
603-MSS 36,6 13,6 16,5 33,3 48 24,6 6,4 6,8 12 83,4 119,2 32,5 25,4
[2.20] [0.30]
603-R 55,9 7,5
[0.51] [0.82] [0.44] [3.43] [4.77]
603-MR 13 21 11,1 87 121,2
[0.19]
608 4,8
[1.63] [2.25] [0.31] [0.75] [1.40] [1.63] [2.25] [1.25] [0.33] [0.62] [4.04] [6.00] [1.59] [1.25]
608-M 41,4 57,2 8 19 36 41,4 57,2 31,8 8,4 15,8 102,6 152,3 40,5 31,8
605 Series

•F or push/pull clamping • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Allow handle to rotate and fall below • Woodworking Reverse action version Model
mounting plane to lock in retracted position • Tensioning devices 615/615-M
605
605-M
AF Max. EF:AF (M) Recommended

Plunger
Travel
HC EF
605 [300 lbf] [0.69lb] [1.25] 5/16-18 207203
45:1/40:1
605-M 1330 N 0,31kg 31,8 M8 207203-M
[1.25]
31,8
PLUNGER
TRAVEL [3.29]
83,5
[1.47]
37,3 [.97] PLUNGER THREAD
24,6 M
[1.00] [.08] [.12]
25,4 2,1 3.1
THREAD
[1.94]
49,4
[5.47]
139
[Ø.22]
Ø5,6
[Ø.44]
Ø11,1
[1.63] [2.19]
41,3 55,6
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[.28]
7,1
[3.41]
86,5
606 Series

•H andle and linkage swivel 125° • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
for mounting flexibilit • Woodworking
• Narrow base for tight spaces • Tensioning devices
• Plunger locks in extended position only
606 Mounting configuration

606-M CopyOf606
Bottom Mount Side Mount
AF Max. (M) Recommended

EF:AF Plunger
Model Holding Weight Plunger Spindle
(pushing) Travel
Capacity Thread (Not Supplied)
HC EF
606 [450 lbf] [0.81lb] 40 5/16-18 207203
33:1
606-M 2000 N 0,37kg [1.57] M8 207203-M
PLUNGER
TRAVEL
[1.00] 125°
25,4
[0.44]
125° 125° Ø11,1
[2.42]
61,5
PLUNGER
THREAD [0.69] [0.19]
[1.45] M 17,4 4,7
36,7 [2.26]
[0.88] 57,3 [0.20]
22,4
Ø5,1
[1.07] [1.25] [1.25]
27,1 31,8 31,8 [0.63]
16
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[1.00] [1.13]
Ø25.4 28,7
[0.44] [6.72]
Ø11,1 170,8
607 Series

• L ow profile and high holding capacity • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
for its size • Welding
• Available with round or square plunger • Tensioning devices
to resist torsional loads
• Allow handle to rotate and fall below
mounting plane to lock in retracted position
607 607-SQ
607-M 607-SQM
with Square
Plunger
AF
Plunger
Travel
607 607-M / 6-7-SQM 5/16-18 207203
HC EF
607-M [800 lbf] [1.63lb] [1.63] M8 207203-M

37:1/64:1
607-SQ 3560 N 0,74kg 41,4 5/16-18 207203
607-SQM M8 207203-M
PLUNGER 189° [3.52]

607-SQ TRAVEL 89,3
[0.50]
607-SQM 12,6
[1.00]
[0.69] 25,4 [0.20]
17,5 [1.76] 5
44,8
[6.02]
152,8
[0.51]
Ø 13
[1.63] [2.20]
41,5 56
PLUNGER THREAD mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.63] [1.38] THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE

16 35 PROJECTION PROJECTION
[3.01] [0.28]
76,5 Ø 7,2
[4.25]
108
609 Series

• L ow profile and high holding capacity • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
for its size • Welding
• Flanged or straight base • Tensioning devices
• Allow handle to rotate and fall below
609 609-B
Flanged Base Straight Base
AF Max. 609 EF:AF (M) Recommended

Plunger
Travel
609 [300 lbf] [0.88lb] [1.25]
HC EF 36:1/47:1 5/16-18 207203
609-B 1330 N 0,40kg 31,8
[3.17] PLUNGER
80,4 200°
TRAVEL
[0.97]
24,6
[1.00]
25,4
PLUNGER
THREAD [1.88]
[0.12] M 47,6
3,1
[0.28] [1.38]
[0.24] 7,1 35,1
6,2
[5.46]
138,6
[3.58]
90,9
[0.28] [1.38]
7,2 35,1
[0.44]
Ø 11,1
[1.62] [2.19] mm [INCH] mm [I

41,2 55,6
THIRD ANGLE FIRST A

PROJECTION PROJEC
[0.28] [0.27]
7,1 Ø 6,8
610 Series

• Allow handle to rotate and fall below • Woodworking
mounting plane to lock in retracted position • Tensioning devices
610
610-M

Plunger
Travel
HC
610 [800 lbf] [1.69lb] [1.63] 3/8-16 210203
EF
51:1/70:1
610-M 3560 N 0,77kg 41,4 M10 210203-M
PLUNGER
TRAVEL 182°
[1.25]
[4.41] 31,8
112
[1.70]
43,3 [Ø0.62]
Ø15,8
[0.25] PLUNGER THREAD [1.94] [1.91]

6,3 M 49,3 48,4
[6.72]
170,7
[Ø0.34]
Ø8,7
[1.62] [2.25]
41,2 57,2
mm
mm[INCH]
[INCH] mm
mm[INCH]
[INCH]
[0.31]
7,9
[1.62]
41,3 THIRD
THIRD
ANGLE
ANGLE FIRST
FIRST
ANGLE
ANGLE
PROJECTION
PROJECTION
[2.25]
57,2
615 Series

•R
everse handle action. • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
•P
lunger locks in the extended position only • Woodworking
as the handle is moved downward • Tensioning devices
615
Max. (M) Recommended

Plunger
Model 615Holding Weight Plunger Spindle
Travel
[300 lbf] [0.69lb] [0.97]
615 5/16-18 207203
1330 N 0,31kg 24,6
121°
PLUNGER
TRAVEL
[2.29]
[1.47] 58
37,3 [0.97]
24,6
[1.00]
25,4
[0.12]
PLUNGER THREAD [0.10] 3,1
M 2,5
[1.75] [3.53]
[0.44] 44,6 89,7
Ø 11,1
[8.53]
216,6
[1.63] [2.19]
41,3 55,6
mm [INCH] mm [I
[0.28] [0.22] THIRD ANGLE FIRST A

7,1 Ø 5,6 PROJECTION PROJEC
[1.38]
34,9
620 Series

• Reverse handle action • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Plunger locks in the extended position only as • Woodworking
the handle is moved downward • Tensioning devices
620
620-M
620
Plunger
Travel
AF
HC EF
620 [600 lbf] [1.50lb] [1.11] 3/8-16 210203
44:1
620-M 2670 N 0,68kg 28,2 M10 210203-M
PLUNGER
TRAVEL
101°
[0.62]
Ø 15,8
PLUNGER THREAD
M
[2.25]
57,1
[1.00]
25,4
[1.70] [0.25]
43,3 6,3 [1.73] [1.84]
43,9 46,8
[11.63] [1.63]
295,5 41,3
[2.25]
57,2
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.31] [0.38]
7,9 Ø 9,5
[2.25]
57,2
630 Series

•A llow handle to rotate and fall below • Welding 830, 830-ME Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
mounting plane to lock in retracted position • Tensioning devices (See page MC-PTC-27)
• Available with DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus
630 630-R
630-M 630-MR
with
DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
Plus

Plunger
Travel
HC
630 3/8-16 210203
EF
630-M [2,500 lbf] 630
[1.90lb] [2.00] M10 210203-M
36:1/23:1
630-R 11100 N 0,89kg 50,8 3/8-16 210203
630-MR M10 210203-M
DESTACO®
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
position only) 187°
PLUNGER
[3.05]
TRAVEL
77,6
[0.81] [2.03]
20,6 [0.18] 51,5
4,4 [7.06]
179,2
[0.50] [3.00] [0.34]

12,7 76,2 Ø 8,6
[1.25] [1.38]
31,8 35,1 [1.63]
[0.62]
630, 630-R, 630-MR Ø 15,8 41,4
mm
mm [INCH]
[INCH] mm
mm [I[I
[0.63]
630-M Ø 16 [2.25]
57,2
THIRD
THIRD ANGLE
ANGLE FIRST
FIRST A
A
PROJECTION
PROJECTION PROJEC
PROJEC
PLUNGER THREAD
M [5.03]
127,8
640 Series

• For heavy duty push/pull clamping • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• L ongest stroke of our Straight Line • Welding
Action Clamps • Tensioning devices
•A llow handle to rotate and fall below
• Available with DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus
640 640-R
640-M 640-MR
with
DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
Plus

EF:AF Plunger
(pushing) Travel
HC
640 1/2-13 220203
EF
640-M [7,500 lbf] [6.78lb] [4.00] M12 220203-M
35:1
640-R 33400 N 3,08kg 101,6 1/2-13 220203
640-MR M12 220203-M
[0.41]
PLUNGER THREAD Ø10,4
(SEE CHART)
[1.50] [2.13] [3.00]

38,1* 54,1 76,2
[0.87]
Ø22,2
[0.69] [3.56]
17,5 90,4
[7.12]
180,8 Extended (640-R shown)
[8.53] [0.93]
216,7 23,5*
[12.65]
321,4
DESTACO®
[4.00] TOGGLE LOCK
101,6 PLUS OPTION
PLUNGER TRAVEL [4.28]
108,7 Retracted (640-R shown)
[1.25]
[1.18] [0.38]
[2.00] 30,0* 9,7
50,8
104,8
(*) Dimesions above in RED applies to the 640-R/640-MR only
650 Series

• For heavy duty push/pull clamping • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Largest of our Straight Line Action Clamps • Welding
• Forged steel base and handle • Staking, light
• A
llow handle to rotate and fall below presswork
mounting plane to lock in retracted position • Tensioning
devices
650
650-M

EF:AF Plunger
650-M (pushing) Travel
650 [16,000 lbf] [5.69lb] [3.00] 5/8-11 250203
HC EF 25:1
650-M 71200 N 2,58kg 76,6 M16 250203-M
PLUNGER
TRAVEL
[2.00]
PLUNGER THREAD 50,8 185°
M
[4.84]
122,9
[2.25]
57,2
[0.99] [3.35] [2.88] [2.75] [0.25]

Ø 25,2 85,1 73,2 69,9 6,4
[7.81]
198,4
[11.16]
283,5
[1.38]
35,1 mm [INCH] mm [I
[2.25] [3.25]
57,2 82,6
THIRD ANGLE FIRST A
PROJECTION PROJEC
[0.41]
Ø 10,5
95030, 95040, 95050, 95060 Series

• L ow profile with high holding capacitie • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Cast steel base and handle • Testing
• Allow handle to rotate and fall below • Tensioning devices
95030 95040 95050 95060
Max. (M) Recommended

Plunger
PLUNGER H Travel
TRAVEL Capacity Thread (Not Supplied)
[550 lbf] [0.80lb] [0.98]
95030 M6 205203-M
2450 N 2,58kg 24,9
C1 C2
L [1100 lbf] [1.60lb] [1.50]
95040 M8 207203-M
4900 N 0,73kg 38,1
PLUNGER
THREAD A1 [1650 lbf] [2.10lb] [1.97]
M 95050 7340 N 0,95kg 50
ØD1 M12 220203-M
[3960 lbf] [6.4lb] [2.36]
B B1 95060 17600 N 2,9kg 60
L3 HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
THREAD A A ØD
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
DEPTH
A3
Part No. A A1 A3 B B1 C1 C2 ØD ØD1 H L L3

25 77 4.4 25 35.9 7.5 12.2 5.5 10 56 105 25
95030
[0.98] [3.03] [0.17] [0.98] [1.41] [0.30] [0.48] [0.22] [0.39] [2.20] [4.13] [0.98]
35 109 7.9 35 50.7 10 18.3 6.5 14 77 149.1 65
95040
[1.38] [4.29] [0.31] [1.38] [2.00] [0.39] [0.72] [0.26] [0.55] [3.03] [5.87] [2.56]
45 138.5 8.7 45 66 14 23.8 8.5 19 78 189.8 60
95050 [1.77] [5.45] [0.34] [1.77] [2.60] [0.55] [0.94] [0.33] [0.75] [3.07] [7.47] [2.36]
56 167 10.2 55 77 16 27.4 10.5 22 92 229 78.8
95060 [2.20] [6.57] [0.40] [2.17] [3.03] [0.63] [1.08] [0.41] [0.87] [3.62] [9.02] [3.10]
Notes
5130, 5131, 5133 Series
Heavy-Duty Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
•R everse action allows the handle to stay • Welding fixture
out of the work zone • Assembly fixture
• Hardened steel pivot pins and bushings • Light machining
provide long life
• Black oxide finish with hardened plunger
• DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus versions available
5130/-M 5130-B/-MB 5130-R/-MR 5130-BR/-MBR

5131/-M 5131-B/-MB 5131-R/-MR 5131-BR/-MBR
5133/-M 5133-B/-MB 5133-R/-MR 5133-BR/-MBR
Flanged Base Solid Base Flanged Base Solid Base
with DESTACO® with DESTACO®
Toggle Lock Plus Toggle Lock Plus
Plunger Recommended
Max. Holding Handle Plunger
Model Weight Travel Spindle
Capacity Opening Thread (M)
mm[in.] (not supplied)
5131 [1.12lbs] 5/16-18 461203
5131-M 0,51kg M8 461203-M
5131-B [0.85lbs] 5/16-18 461203
5131-MB [2500lbf.] 0,39kg [1.00] M8 461203-M
113°
5131-R 11120N [1.15lbs] 25,4 5/16-18 461203
5131-MR 0,52kg M8 461203-M
5131-BR [0.88lbs] 5/16-18 461203
5131-MBR 0,40kg M8 461203-M
5130 [2.87lbs] 1/2-13 325203
5130-M 1,30kg M12 220203-M
5130-B [2.40lbs] 1/2-13 325203
5130-MB [5800lbf.] 1,09kg [1.75] M12 220203-M
125°
5130-R 25800N [3.03lbs] 44,5 1/2-13 325203
5130-MR 1,37kg M12 220203-M
5130-BR [2.56lbs] 1/2-13 325203
5130-MBR 1,16kg M12 220203-M
5133 [3.12lbs] 1/2-13 325203
5133-M 1,41kg M12 220203-M
5133-B [2.65lbs] 1/2-13 325203
5133-MB [4600lbf.] 1,20kg [3.13] M12 220203-M
139°
5133-R 20460N [3.36lbs] 79,5 1/2-13 325203
5133-MR 1,52kg M12 220203-M
5133-BR [2.89lbs] 1/2-13 325203
5133-MBR 1,31kg M12 220203-M
5130, 5131, 5133 Series
Heavy-Duty Straight Line Action Clamps | Dimensions
HANDLE DESTACO®
OPENING TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
B3 position only)
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
H1 H
THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE B2
C1 C B2
L2 L1
L
B1 B ØD1
PLUNGER A3 A ØD
THREAD "M"
A1
Model A A1 A3 B B1 B2 B3 C D D1 H L L1 L2
5131
-
5131-M 28.6 44 7.7 47.6 64 29 28 8.6 13 63.1 193.4 83 29.3
5131-R [1.13] [1.73] [0.30] [1.87] [2.52] 18.5 [1.14] [1.10] [0.34] [0.51] [2.49] [7.61] [3.27] [1.15]
5131-MR [0.73]
5130
-
5130-M 44.5 64 9.8 58.7 76 40 35 10.5 19 92.3 283 132 49.7
5130-R [1.75] [2.52] [0.38] [2.31] [2.99] 27.2 [1.57] [1.38] [0.41] [0.75] [3.63 [11.14] [5.20] [1.96]
5130-MR [1.07]
5133
-
5133-M 44.5 64 9.8 58.7 76 39 35 10.5 19 97.5 331.4 167 82.2
5133-R [1.75] [2.52] [0.38] [2.31] [2.99] 31.4 [1.54] [1.38] [0.41] [0.75] [3.84] [13.05] [6.58] [3.24]
5133-MR [1.24]
Model B2 B3 C1 D1 H1
5131-B
-
5131-MB 29 22 13 57.1
5131-BR 12.4 [1.14] [0.87] [0.51] [2.25]
5131-MBR [0.49]
5130-B
-
5130-MB 40 29 19 86.3
5130-BR 21.2 [1.57] [1.14] [0.75] [3.40]
5130-MBR [0.84]
5133-B
-
5133-MB 39 29 19 91.5
5133-BR 25.4 [1.54] [1.14] [0.75] [3.60]
5133-MBR [1.00]
5150 Series
•S quare plunger provides positive radial location • Welding fixture
• Reverse action allows the handle to stay out of • Assembly fixture
the work zone • Light machining
provide long life
• Black oxide finish with hardened plunger
5150/5150-M 5150-B/5150-MB 5150-R/5150-MR 5150-BR/5150-MBR

Flanged Base Solid Flanged Base Solid Base
Base with with
DESTACO® DESTACO®
Plus Plus
Plunger Recommended
Max. Holding Handle Plunger
Model Weight Travel Spindle
Capacity Opening Thread (M)
mm[in.] (not supplied)
5150 [3.00lbs] 1/2-13 325203
5150-M 1,36kg M12 220203-M
5150-B [2.50lbs] 1/2-13 325203
5150-MB [5800lbf.] 1,13kg [1.91] M12 220203-M
125°
5150-R 25800N [3.15lbs] 48.4 1/2-13 325203
5150-MR 1,43kg M12 220203-M
5150-BR [2.68lbs] 1/2-13 325203
5150-MBR 1,22kg M12 220203-M
5150 Series
HANDLE DESTACO®
OPENING TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
position only)
B3
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

H1 H
C1 C B2 B2
L2 L1
L
B1 B D1
PLUNGER THREAD "M" A3 A

ØD
A1
Model A A1 A3 B B1 B2 B3 C C1 D D1
5150 44.5 64 9.8 58.7 76 35 10.5
-
5150-M [1.75] [2.52] [0.38] [2.31] [2.99] [1.57] [0.41]
-
5150-B 29
- - - - - - -
5150-MB 40 [1.14] 19
5150-R 44.5 64 9.8 58.7 76 27.2 [1.57] 35 10.5 [0.75]
-
5150-MR [1.75] [2.52] [0.38] [2.31] [2.99] [1.07] [1.57] [0.41]
5150-BR 21.2 29
- - - - - - -
5150-MBR [0.84] [1.14]
Model H H1 L L1 L2 M
5150 92.3 1/2-13
-
5150-M [3.63] M12
5150-B 86.3 1/2-13
-
5150-MB [3.40] 285.3 72.6 49.7 M12
5150-R 92.3 [11.23] [2.86] [1.96] 1/2-13
-
5150-MR [3.63] M12
5150-BR 86.3 1/2-13
-
5150-MBR [3.40] M12
602, 604, 624 Series

•V ersatile and compact straight line • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
action clamps • Checking fixture
• Threaded body for through hole mounting • Welding fixture
• -SS models are stainless steel • Tensioning devices
602 604 624

602-SS 604-SS 624-SS
602-MM 604-MM 624-MM
602-MMSS 604-MMSS
HC EF
Max. EF:AF (M) Spindle Mounting
Plunger
Model Holding Weight (pushing/ Plunger (Recom- Nut
Travel
Capacity pulling) Thread mended) (Supplied)
AF
602 205203 602105
1/4-20
602-SS [200 lbf] [0.12lb] [0.75] 202943 602905
31:1/28:1
602-MM 900 N 0,05kg 19 205203-M 602105-M
M6
602-MMSS 202943-M 602905-M
[300 lbf]
604 207203 606104
1330 N
5/16-18
[400 lbf]
604-SS -- 606904
1780 N
[0.44lb] [1.50]
45:1/26:1
0,20kg 38
[300 lbf]
604-MM 207943 606104-M
1330 N
M8
[400 lbf] 207943-M
604-MMSS 1780 N (included)
606904-M
624 210203 624105
[700 lbf] [1.63lb] [2.63] 3/8-16 237943

624-SS 49:1/21:1 624905
3110 N 0,74kg 66 (included)
624-MM M10 210203-M 624105-M

 This item is available upon request HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
602, 604, 624 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Dimensions | -SS/-MM/-MMSS
602 604 624

602-SS 604-SS 624-SS
602-MM 604-MM 624-MM
602-MMSS 604-MMSS
PLUNGER
TRAVEL
B2
ØD1
C1
M2 M1 M
L3 H
L2
L1
L
L4 M1
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
SW
JAM NUT THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
(included) PROJECTION PROJECTION
Model no. B2 C1 ØD1 H L L1 L2 L3 L4 M1 M2 SW

602 [0.39] 10 [0.88]
5/8-18
602-SS [0.37] 9,5 22,2
[1.04] [0.37] [3.13] [2.43] [1.31] [0.50] [0.63] [0.25] [0.75]
602-MM 26,3 9,5 80 61,7 33,3 12,7 16 6,4 19
[0.39] [0.87]
M16x1.5
602-MMSS 10 22
604 [1.00]
3/4-16
604-SS 25,4
[1.30] [0.44] [0.44] [4.16] [4.27] [2.18] [0.63] [1.00] [0.88]
604-MM 33 11 11 106 108,5 55 16 25 22
[1.18]
M20x1.5
604-MMSS [0.25] 30
6
624 [1.50]
1-14
624-SS [1.81] [0.75] [0.62] [5.60] [6.68] [3.62] [0.88] [1.25] [1.25] 38,1
46 19 16 142 170 92 22 32 32
[1.61]
624-MM M27x2
41
6004 Series

•S imilar in size to Model 604, with a solid body • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• 50% more holding capacity than 604 • Checking fixture
• May be mounted through a hole or in • Welding fixture
a tapped hole. • Tensioning devices
• Locks over center in the extended and
retracted position
6004 6004-R
6004-MM 6004-MMR
with
DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
Plus
HC EF Max. (M) Spindle Mounting

EF:AF Plunger
Model Holding Weight Plunger (Recom- Nut
(pushing) Travel
Capacity Thread mended) (Supplied)
AF 6004 [0.81lb] 5/16-18 207203 606104
6004-MM 0,37kg M8 207203-M 606104-M
[450 lbf] 38
14.4:1
6004-R 2000 N [1.50] 5/16-18 207203 606104
[0.89lb]
6004-MMR 0,40kg M8 207203-M 606104-M
[.88]
22,2
[1.00]
25,4 [1.84]
46,8
6004 3/4-16
6004-MM M20X1,5
[2.81]
71,4
[.75]
DESTACO®
19,1
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
PLUNGER 6004-R / 6004-MMR
TRAVEL
[.13]
Ø[.50] 3,2
Ø12,7
PLUNGER
6004 - 25,4 [1.00] THREAD [.25]
M [4.21] mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
6004-MM - 30,0 [1,18] 6,4 107
[1.00]
[1.35]
34,2
[5.52]
140,1
602, 604, 624, 6004 Series
Straight Line602106-M 604106-M
Action Clamps | Mounting Plates
øD C2
øD1
Features: øD1
•M
ounting accessories for Threaded Body
A5
A5
C1
A6
A6
B1 B1
B B
øD øD
602106-M 604106, 624106-M
604106-M
A1
A1
A
A3
C2
A3
602106-M 602106-M 604106-M 604106-M 624106-M
øD C2øD C2 øD
øD1 øD1 øD1
øD1 øD1
A4
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
C1
C1
C1
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
B1 B1 B1 B1
B B1
B B B
øD øD B
øD øD
C2 øD
A1
A1
A1
A
A1
A
A3
A3
A1
A
C2
C2
A3
A3
A3
624106-M 624106-M
Item
For Use WithøD A øD
A1 A3 A4 A5 A6 B B1 C1 C2 D D1
Number øD1 øD1
602 [1.57] [0.87] [1.57] [0.94] [1.57] [2.36]
[0.20] [0.25] [0.65]
602106-M -- -- --
602-MM 40 22 40 24 405 60
6,3 16,5
604 [0.75]
604106
A4
A4
A5
6004 [2.05] [0.50] [1.62] [2.80] [1.30] [0.19] [0.22] 19,1

A5
[0.75] [1.60] [0.55]

--
C1
C1
604-MM 19,1 40,6 14 52,1 12,7 41,1 71,1 33 4,7 5,6 [0.81]
A6
A6
604106-M
6004-MM 20,5
624 [1.25] [2.20] [0.63] [1.25] [2.44] [0.83] [1.78] [2.99] [1.46] [0.20] [0.33] [1.08]
624106-M
624-MM B1 31,8 56
B1
16 31,8 62 21 45,2 76 37 5 8,5 27,5
B B
C2 øDC2 øD
A1
A1
A
A
A3
MC-SLA | 28
A3

614 Series

• Single hole threaded mount or side mount • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Precision hardened and ground plunger • Checking fixture
is designed for anti-rotation under • L ocaters and
torsional loads positioners
• Locks in the extended or retracted position,
internal locking in the push direction
614-M

614_M
Max.
Plunger Plunger Mounting Nut
Model Holding Weight
Travel Thread (Supplied)
Capacity
[1125 lbf] [1.81lb] [1.26]
614-M M8 614-1-10
5000 N 0,82kg 32
[0.63]
16,0
[0.16] [0.47]
4,0 12,0 [0.94]
H7 [0.35] 24,0
Ø 9,0
h7 [0.47] + [0.002] 0,04

Ø 12,0 + [0.001] 0,03
[0.22]
M8X1.25 Ø 5,5
[0.31]
PLUNGER 8,0 [6.00]
TRAVEL [0.98] 152,4
Ø 25,0
f7
M24X1.5
[1.42]
36,0
[0.69]
17,5 [0.20]
[0.39] 5,0
10,0 [0.75]
19,0
f7
[1.29] [3.66]
[1.38] 32,7 93,0 mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
35,0

Notes
670, 675, 690, 695 Series
•P recision clamping for high production • Assembly
• Adjustable collet-type bushing minimizes • Welding
radial plunger movement
• Plunger has a flat surface for anti rotatio
• Pre-load nut and hold open device included
670-1MBPLS 675-1MBPLS 690-1MBPLS 695-1MBPLS
Series 670, 675, 690, 695 Technical Information | Holding Capacities
Max.
Plunger Plunger
Model Holding Weight
Travel Thread
Capacity
[4.2lb] [2.25]
670-1MBPLS
[2400 lbf] 1,91kg 57,2
M12
10680 N [4.0lb] [1.10]
675-1MBPLS
1,81kg 28
[8.2lb] [3.00]
690-1MBPLS
[5000 lbf] 3,72kg 76,2
M16
22240 N [7.2lb] [1.50]
695-1MBPLS 3,27kg 38,1
The unique feature of these clamps is the collet-type bushing that

can be adjusted to eliminate plunger end movement after long
repeated use. The plunger also has a flat which prevents lateral
movement and allows offset piloting and holding. The plunger is L3
drilled and tapped for threaded spindles or custom fixturing
The adjustable pre-load nut (PL) can be used to lock the clamp
against itself when not under pressure and therefore prevent
opening when mounted vertically. The spring hold-open device
(S) prevents the clamp from accidentally closing.
The mounting base (B) is supplied disassembled with the four Welding range L3 axial Welding range
models, to enable welding the base and the main assembly in 0-8mm [0-0.31in.] radial 360°
any handle position.
Series 675 and 695 (shorter stroke) reach the over-center position
only when clamping. Series 670 and 690 (longer stroke) lock in
both the extended and retracted position.
670, 675, 690, 695 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Dimensions
ØD ØD3
L5
ØD2 A
B3 B B1
L4 ØD1
DETAIL A
B2
A
A1
H
ØD1 PLUNGER L1 L3
THREAD
675
B4 HANDLE
B POSITION
VIEW B
L2
C2 C1
L
670
HANDLE
POSITION
MODEL 670/675
ØD ØD3
ØD1 B3 B B1
B2
A
ØD1 A1
B4
L1 L3 695
VIEW B H HANDLE
POSITION
C2 B
C1
L4
L2
PLUNGER L 690
THREAD HANDLE
POSITION
MODEL 690/695
Model A A1 B B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 D D1 D2H7 D3
670-1MBPLS

[1.18] [2.24] [2.60] [3.50] [1.75] [1.38] [0.68] [1.37] [0.50] [0.33] [0.75] [0.51] [0.31]
30 57 66 89 44,5 35 17,3 34,8 12,7 8,4 19 13 7,8
675-1MBPLS
690-1MBPLS
[1.97] [3.00] [3.23] [4.00] [2.25] [1.75] [0.93] [1.63] [0.50] [0.41] [1.00] [0.39]
--
50 76,2 82 101,6 57,2 44,4 23,7 41,3 12,7 10,5 25,4 9,8
695-1MBPLS
Model H L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
[10.55] [2.97]
670-1MBPLS
[8.11] 268 75,5 [0.25] [0-0.31] [1.38] [0.41]
206 [7.68] [1.74] 6,4 0-8 35 10,3
675-1MBPLS
195 44,4
[13.31] [3.69] [0.50]
690-1MBPLS
[6.37] 338 93,7 12,7 [0-0.31] [0.98]
--
162 [9.45] [2.25] [0.38] 0-8 25
695-1MBPLS 9,5
240 57,2
FO, FL, G Series
Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
FO Series FL Series G Series
Type of Mounting: Type of Mounting: Type of Mounting:

• Foot mount • Flange
mount • Through hole mount
Type of Actuation: Type of Actuation: Type of Actuation:

•H and wheel or hand lever • Locking
lever or hand wheel • Locking
lever and Plunger
(one-handed operation) (one-handed operation) (two-handed operation)
• Locking lever and Plunger • Locking lever and Plunger • Hand wheel or hand lever
(two-handed operation) (two-handed operation) (one-handed operation)
Holding Page Page

Model Capacity Max. MC- Accessories Model MC-
[lbs] N VSC-# VSC-#
Flanged FO-082-40 [335] 1500 Plunger 12/100
base FO-120 [675] 3000 12/200
FO-121-45 [675] 3000 12/300
FO-122-45 [675] 3000 16/100
16/200
FO-160 [2020] 9000 16/300 4
FO-161-60 [2020] 9000 16/400
FO-162-60 [2020] 9000 16/500
FO-220 [4045] 18000 22/100
FO-221-80 [4045] 18000 22/200
Front
22/300
FL-120 3
flange Swivel thrust pad
FL-121-45 [675] 3000 K508
FL-122-45 K612
7
K816
FL-160
K1222
FL-161-60 [2020] 9000
FL-162-60
Threaded mount G-082-40 [335] 1500

G-120 [675] 3000
G-121-45
[675] 3000
G-122-45
Holding Page
Model Capacity Max. MC-
[lbs] N VSC-#
[4,040]
F-160 18000
3
MC-VSC | 1 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
FO, FL, G Series
Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps | Operation
Two-hand operation One-hand operation

(the plunger and the hand (the plunger and handle
lever are operated separately) lever/hand wheel are
operated simultaneously)
rapid stroke
clamping
stroke
DESTACO‘s variable stroke Straight Line clamps are used The clamping strokes S1 specified in this catalog
in applications where workpiece thicknesses and workpiece were measured with no opposing forces present while
tolerances vary. These clamps are suitable for clamping measurements were taken. When clamping this product
between ribs and hollow spaces difficult to reach. against a workpiece, the clamping stroke S1 is reduced by
Compact design and different types of operation allow for the force-locking connection between the plunger and the
application of the Straight Line clamps in fixtures for mass workpiece. The straight-action clamp is unlocked by turning
production as well as for single part production. the hand lever or the hand wheel counter-clockwise. This
method is used for both the one-hand and the two-hand
Mounting types operation types. This counter-clockwise rotation makes the
• F oot base (FO Series) conical sleeve (4) and the threaded sleeve (8) or (9) move
• F lange mount (FL Series) backward. The pressure spring (7) pushes back the relieved
ball bearings (5) via the pressure ring (6).
• T hrough hole mount (G Series)
The force-locking connection between the slotted clamping
Type of operation
sleeve and the plunger can be moved freely again. Straight
• Two
hand operation Line clamps which are two-hand operated can also be
• The hand lever (10) and the plunger (1) applied to pull actions when the plunger is inserted in the
are separate. The hand lever is connected to clamp´s housing in the opposite direction. On the one
the clamping mechanism. The plunger can hand operated clamp, the rotation inducing the clamping
be removed from the clamp stroke S1 is directly transmitted from the plunger (2) or the
hand wheel to the threaded sleeve (9) via a groovespring
• One-hand operation
connection. The clamping and unclamping operations are
• The hand lever (10) or the hand wheel (11) executed in the same way as described before.
and the plunger (2) are linked. The plunger
is retained within the clamp. Handling
Clamping operation To change the position of the handle while in the clamped
or the unclamped position, pull the hand lever off its spline
The plunger (1) or (2) which is guided within the clamp body (12) and set it in the desired position.
contacts the workpiece. By rotating the hand lever (10) or
the hand wheel (11) clock-wise the clamping stroke, S1 is Important
engaged and the plunger is tightly gripped by the slotted
The holding forces specified in the catalog refer to the
clamping sleeve (3). maximum load exerted on the clamp by counter-forces.
Operating principle For details concerning the clamping force FS exerted
on the workpiece by the clamp and depending on the
The hand lever´s (10) clock-wise rotation causes the
operation force FB (manual force), please see the chart
threaded sleeve (8) and the conical sleeve (4) to which it is
on the next page.
connected to move in the direction of the arrow shown in
the drawing. The conical sleeve produces a force-locking he clamping force is proportional to the operation force.
T
connection between the slotted clamping sleeve (3) and the The achieved clamping force must not exceed the maximum
plunger by means of the ball bearings (5) located at the holding force.
clamping sleeve´s perimeter. the Straight Line clamps, with the exception of the F-160
As
Due to the force-locking connection, the plunger rotates and model, are designed only for axial load, we recommend to
produces the clamping stroke S1. The plungers rotation may use an additional radial support for the plunger in the event
be compensated for by means of a swivel hold-down piece. of side load.
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-VSC | 2
FO, FL, G Series
Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps | Technical Information
Model FO-161/60 on a milling machine Model FL-160 with plunger 16/100 on a punching fixture
Different Designs
FO Series FL Series G Series

Mounting type: flange base foot mount Mounting type: front flange mount Mounting type: through hole mount
Operating method: one-hand or Operating method: one-hand or Operating method: one-hand or
two-hand operation two-hand operation two-hand operation
Operating method Model Max. Clamping Rapid stroke Weight
Max. clamping
holding force FS –
capacity with an
Two-hand One-hand One-hand operating
stroke
operation operation operation Plunger
1) force FB
order
separately;
Plunger see page FB FS
and Hand Hand MC-VSG-5 [lbs.] [lbs.] S S1
Mounting type hand lever lever wheel [lbs.] N N N [mm] [mm] [lbs] Kg
Foot • FO-082-40 [335] 1500 [100] 450 40 2,5 [0.72] 0,325
mount • FO-1201) [675] 3000 [425] 1900 100, 200, 300 3 [1.19] 0,540
• FO-121-45 [675] 3000 [425] 1900 45 3 [1.47] 0,665
• FO-122-45 [675] 3000 [100] 450 40 3 [1.34] 0,610
• FO-1601) [2020] 9000 [560] 2500 100, 200, 300 4 [2.73] 1,240
• FO-161-60 [2020] 9000 [560] 2500 60 4 [3.40] 1,540
• FO-162-60 [2020] 9000 [190] 850 60 4 [3.15] 1,430
• FO-2201) [4045] 18000 [675] 3000 100, 200, 300 4 [5.85] 2,655
• FO-221-80 [4045] 18000

[22]
[675] 3000 80 4 [7.46] 3,385
Flange • FL-1201) [675] 3000
100
[425] 1900 100, 200, 300 3 [1.07] 0,485
mount • FL-121-45 [675] 3000 [425] 1900 45 3 [1.34] 0,610
• FL-122-45 [675] 3000 [100] 450 40 3 [1.21] 0,550
• FL-1601) [2020] 9000 [560] 2500 100, 200, 300 4 [2.49] 1,130
• FL-161-60 [2020] 9000 [560] 2500 60 4 [3.15] 1,430
• FL-162-60 [2020] 9000 [190] 850 60 4 [2.92] 1,325

Through hole • G-082-40 [335] 1500 [100] 450 40 2,5 [0.66] 0,300
mount • G-120 1) [675] 3000 [425] 1900 100, 200, 300 3 [1.01] 0.470
• G-121-45 [675] 3000 [425] 1900 45 3 [1.31] 0,595
• G-122-45 [675] 3000 [100] 450 40 3 [1.18] 0,335
Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps | Technical Information | Dimensions
FO, FL, G Series
Two-hand operation (the plunger and the hand lever are operated separately)
Through hole mount Flange mount Foot mount
*without counter-force
effect
rapid
stroke S
clamping
stroke*
Part no. G-121/45

View “Y”
View “X” Accessories
(order separately)
Plunger
Part no. For rapid Weight For

Ø length stroke S ~ [lbs.] kg clamps
Part no. FO-120/--
12/100 100 [0.30] 0,135 FO-120
Part no. FL-120/-- 12/200 200 [0.62] 0,280 FL-120
View “Y” G-120
12/300 300 [0.82] 0,370
View “X” 16/100 100 [0.88] 0,400
Important 16/200 200 [1.10] 0,500
FO-160
The Straight Line clamps FL-160
16/300* 300 [1.54] 0,700
are designed only for
axial load. In case of side 22/100 100 [2.20] 1,000
load, we recommend an 22/200 200 [2.40] 1,090 FO-220
additional radial support Part no. FO-160/-- 22/300 300 [3.06] 1,390
of the plunger. Part no. FL-160/-- FO-220/-- *400 and 500 mm lengths available upon request.
Part no. Available rapid

without strokes S (order A A1 A2 A3 A4 A8 B B1 B2 Dh8 D1 D2 D3 D4
Mounting type plunger plunger separately) ~ ~ ~ ~
Foot mount
FO-120 100, 200, 300 – 44 19 12 6,3 8,5 52 68 40 12 35 – 6,5 20
FO-160 100, 200, 300 40 62 11 12 12 10 70 90 52 16 46 – 9 25

FO-220 100, 200, 300 50 75 13 20 15 12 90 115 69 22 60 – 11 36
Flange
mount FL-120 100, 200, 300 – 44 44 12 6 8,5 52 68 – 12 30f7 40 6,5 20
FL-160 100, 200, 300 – 60 – 14 14 10 68 73 – 16 40f7 52 9 25
Through hole
mount M30
G-120 100, 200, 300 – 44 – 12 10 8.5 – – – 12 40 – 20
x1,5
Part no. ~L
L with rapid
without D5 D6 E E1 H strokes: L1 R S2 S3 SW SW1 T T1 T3
Mounting type plunger ~ 100 200 300 ~
Foot mount FO-120 M6 30 20 12,5 42 226 326 426 24 95 2,5 2, 5 – 11 12 – 10
FO-160 M8 35 30 14,8 58 253 353 453 33 130 3 3 13 15 1 14

–
FO-220 M12 40 35 19,5 71 287 387 487 35 197 3 3 17 25 1 18
Flange mount
FL-120 M6 30 – 12,5 – 226 326 426 24 95 2,5 2,5 – 11 12 – 10
FL-160 M8 35 28 14,8 – 253 353 453 33 130 3 3 – 13 15 1 14
Through hole mount

G-120 M6 30 – 12,5 – 226 326 426 24 95 2,5 2, 5 35 11 12 – 12
FO, FL, G Series
One-hand operation (the plunger and the hand wheel are operated simultaneously)
effect
rapid
stroke S
clamping
stroke*
Part no. G
-082/40 View “X” View “Y”
G-122/45
Part no. FL-122/45 Part no. FO-082/40

FO-122/45
View “X” View “Y”
Important
The Straight Line clamps
axial load. In case of
side load, we recommend
an additional radial
support of the plunger. Part no. FL-162/60 Part no. FO-162/60
Part no.
with A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B B1 B2 Dh8 D1 D2 D3 D4
Mounting type plunger ~ ~ ~ ~
Foot mount FO-082-40 – 37 15,3 10 5 6 44 56 35 8 30 – 4,5 16
FO-122-45 – 44 19 12 6,3 8,5 52 68 40 12 35 6,5 20
FO-162-60 40 62 11 12 12 10 70 90 52 16 46 – 9 25
Flange
mount FL-122-45 – 44 44 12 6 85 52 68 – 12 30f7 40 6,5 20
FL-162-60 – 60 – 14 14 10 68 73 – 16 40f7 52 9 25
Through hole
mount G-082-40 – 37 – 10 8 6 – – – 8 M24x1,5 35 – 16
G-122-45 – 44 – 12 10 8,5 – – – 12 M30x1,5 40 – 20
Part no.
with D5 D6 E E1 H L L1 S2 S3 SW SW1 T T1 T3
Mounting type plunger ~ ~ ~
Foot mount FO-082-40 M5 40 18 9,2 36 128 26 9 2,5 – 8 8 – 8
FO-122-45 M6 75 20 12,5 42 153 27 15 2,5 – 11 12 – 10
FO-162-60 M8 75 30 14.8 58 196 35 18 3 – 13 15 1 14
Flange mount
FL-122-45 M6 52 – 12,5 – 153 27 15 2,5 – 11 12 – 10
FL-162-60 M8 75 28 14,8 – 196 35 18 3 – 13 15 1 14
Through hole mount

G-082-40 M5 40 – 9,2 128 26 9 2,5 30 8 12 – 8
–
G-122-45 M6 52 – 12,5 153 27 15 2,5 35 11 12 – 10
FO, FL, G Series
One-hand operation (the plunger and the hand lever are operated simultaneously)
effect
rapid
stroke S
clamping
stroke*
Part no. G-121/45

View “Y”
View “X”
Part no. FO-121/45

Part no. FL-121/45
View “Y”
View “X”
Important
The Straight Line clamps
axial load. In case of
side load, we recommend
an additional radial Part no. FO-161/60
support of the plunger. Part no. FL-161/60 FO-221/80
Part no.
with A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B B1 B2 Dh8 D1 D2 D3 D4
Foot mount
FO-121-45 – 44 19 12 6,3 8,5 52 68 40 12 35 – 6,5 20
FO-161-60 40 62 11 12 12 10 70 90 52 16 46 – 9 25
FO-221-80 50 75 13 20 15 12 90 115 69 22 60 – 11 36
Flange
mount FL-121-45 – 44 44 12 6 8,5 52 68 – 12 30f7 40 6,5 20
FL-161-60 – 60 – 14 14 10 68 73 – 16 40f7 52 9 25
Through hole
mount G-121-45 – 44 – 12 10 8,5 – – – 12 M30x1,5 40 – 20
Part no.
with D5 E E1 H L L1 R S2 S3 SW SW1 T T1 T3
Foot mount FO-121-45 M6 20 12,5 42 153 27 95 15 2,5 – 11 12 – 10
FO-161-60 M8 30 14,8 58 196 35 130 18 3 – 13 15 1 14

FO-221-80 M12 35 19,5 71 245 40 197 20 3 – 17 25 1 18
Flange mount
FL-121-45 M6 – 12,5 – 153 27 95 15 2,5 – 11 12 – 10
FL-161-60 M8 28 14,8 – 196 35 130 18 3 – 13 15 1 14
Through hole mount

G-121-45 M6 – 12,5 – 153 27 95 15 2,5 35 11 12 – 10
F-160 Series
Technical features:
• igh holding capacity of [4040 lbf] 18000N lbs.
H
• High side load capacity
• Plunger guide
• Wiper ring avoiding contamination of clamping mechanism
• Block style base provides for variable mounting
• Low weight due to the aluminium housing
• 50 mm horizontal and vertical hole pattern
Accessories (order separately)
Plunger
Weight

For rapid Dh8 D5 D9 L T
Part no. ~ [lbs.]
stroke S ~ ~
kg
[0.90]
16/100 100 16 M8 35 253 15
Allowable side load FS depending 0,4
on the stroke length L H 16/200 200 16 M8 35 353 15
[1.10]
0,5
2000 [890] [1.54]
1800 [801]
16/300* 300 16 M8 35 453 15 0,7
1600 [712] *400 and 500 mm strokes available on request

Lateral Load FS N [lbf]
1400 [623]
1200 [534]
1000 [445] Swivel thrust pad

800 [356]
Use with
600 [267] Part no. plunger A5 D5 D10 E1 T3 SW1
diameter
400 [178]
K-508 8 6 M5 5 9,2 8 8
200 [89]
K-612 12 8,5 M6 6 12,5 10 11
0 [0]
[0] [1.97] [3.94] [5.91] [7.87] [9.84] [11.81] K-816 16 10 M8 8 14,8 14 13
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
K-1222 22 12 M12 9,5 19,5 18 17
Stroke Length LH mm [in]
Clamping
stroke, Rapid
max. 4mm stroke S
Part no. Max. ~L Weight

Fs*
without holding b1 b2 For rapid strokes: I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 d1H7 d2H8 d3 d4 d5 R ~ [lbs.]
[lbs] N
plunger cap. [lbs] N 100 200 300 kg
[4040] [1124] [3.30]
F-160 50 68 250 350 451 80 50 18 35 20 2 50 12 10 16 40 8,3 8,5 165
18000N 5000N 1,5
*Fs=exerting force at an operating force of [22lbf] 100N.
Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps
Notes
pull action latch clamps
Max. Holding
Plunger Travel
Capacity
mm [inch]
N [lbf.]
10000 to 20000 [2250 to 4500]

6000 to 10000 [1350 to 2250]
4000 to 6000 [900 to 1350]
2000 to 4000 [450 to 900]
100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]
125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]

Page MC-PAL-#
50 to 75 [14.97 to 2.95]
75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]

0 to 2000 [0 to 450]
0 to 50 [0 to 1.97]
20000+ [4500+]
150+ [5.91+]
Series
3031 3
3051 3
330 5
351 5
3051
371 5
371
381 5
323 9
331 9
341 9
375 13
344 385 15
323
324 18
334 18
344 18
374 18
301 22
311 22
301
353 3011 23
353 24
 Excellent/High  Fair/Medium l Poor/Low V Not Recommended
MC-PAL | 1 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
0 to 50 [0 to 1.97]
50 to 75 [14.97 to 2.95]
75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]
100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]

mm [inch]
Overall Height
125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]
150+ [5.91+]
50 to 100 [1.97 to 3.94]
100 to 150 [3.94 to 5.91]
150 to 200 [5.91 to 7.87]
200 to 250 [5.91 to 9.84]

mm [inch]
Overall Length
250 to 300 [5.91 to 11.81]
300 to 350 [11.81 to 13.78]

0 to 40 [0 to 1.57]
40 to 50 [1.57 to 1.97]
50 to 60 [1.97 to 2.36]
60 to 70 [2.36 to 2.76]
mm [inch]
Overal Width
70 to 80 [2.76 to 3.15]
80 to 90 [3.15 to 3.54]



















Duty Cycle
Steel
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
MC-PAL | 2
Material
Stainless Steel
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Standard
Toggle Lock Plus™

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Fixed
3
3
3
3 Adjustable U-Hook
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Hook Style
Adjustable J-Hook
3
3
3
3
3
3
Normal
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Service
Harsh/Dirty
3
3
3
3
3
pull action latch clamps
Environment
3031, 3051 Series
Pull Action Latch Clamps | Product Overview
331
• afe, single handed operation
S • Molding
• Innovative controlled motion • Closures for doors, lids, covers
• Secure toggle locking action • Assembly
• Simple set-up and adjustment • Checking fixtures
• Clamp hook/arm moves and stays
safely out of the way
• Stainless steel version available as -SS models
3031 3031-R  3051 3051-R

3031-SS 3031-RSS 3051-SS 3051-RSS
Plus™ Plus™
Max. Holding Drawing Replacement Hook Adj.

AF Model Weight EF:AF
Capacity Movement Hook Assembly Range
EF 3031
3031208
3031-R  900N 0,30kg 12,7 10
3031-SS [200lbf] [0.65lb] [0.50] [0.39]
3031808
3031-RSS 
12:1
3051
3051208
3051-R 6700N 0,50kg 19,1 14
3051-SS [1500lbf] [1.0lb] [0.75] [0.55]
3051808
3051-RSS
 Coming Soon
3031, 3051 Series
3031 ØM
P N
3031-SS
Q R L
3031-R
S T
3031-RSS
U
V
F°
FULL OPEN
3051
3031-SS G° DESTACO®
FULL OPEN
TOGGLE LOCK
ØD
PLUS™ OPTION
FOR LOCKOUT
ØH
ØI
W E
3051-R
J
3051-RSS
ØK mm [INCH] mm
B THREAD
C
A MIN. THIRD ANGLE FIRST
PROJECTION PROJ
A MAX.
Model A min. A max B C D E F G H I J K

3031
3031-SS [1.62] [2.02] [.50] [.16] [.19] [1.35] [.17] [.32] [.48]
123° 50° M5x0.8
3031-R 41,25 51,25 12,5 4,1 Ø4,7 34,3 Ø4,4 Ø8,1 12,1
3031-RSS
3051
3051-SS [1.99] [2.50] [.75] [.08] [.27] [1.77] [.31] [.39] [.69]
123° 57° M8x1.25
3051-R 50,6 63,6 19,1 2,1 Ø6,7 44,9 Ø8,0 Ø10 17,6
3051-RSS
Model L M N P Q R S T U V W
3031
-
3031-SS [1.12] [.22] [.75] [.38] [1.69] [1.22] [.38] [1.65] [5.71] [8.06]
3031-R 28,4 Ø5,5 19,1 9,5 43 31,1 9,5 42 145,1 204,8
[1,77]
3031-RSS 44.8
3051
-
3051-SS [1.24] [.22] [.75] [.50] [1.93] [1.38] [.50] [2.03] [6.47] [8.98]
3051-R 31,4 Ø5,5 19,1 12,7 49 35 12,7 51,5 164,4 228
[1.68]
3051-RSS 42,7
 Coming Soon
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-PAL | 4
330, 351, 371, 381 Series

• J -hook style latch clamps are supplied with • Molding • Clamps with longer hooks available
threaded J-hooks for easy adjustment • Closures for doors, Upon Request that are 25mm, 50mm,
• Supplied with patented thumb control lever lids, covers 100mm longer than standard length
for one handed operation • Assembly • To order clamp with longer hook, add
• DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus™ -M-25, -M-50, or -M-100 to the end
versions available of the model. Example: 330-M-50
331
330 351 351-B 351-R 371

330-SS 351-SS 351-BSS 351-RSS 371-SS
Narrow Base with DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
Plus™
371-R 381
371-RSS 381-SS
with DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
Plus™

Max.
AF Drawing Replacement Hook Adj.
Model Holding Weight EF:AF
Movement Hook Assembly Range
Capacity
EF 330 0,11kg 59,7 330215 7.4
900 N [200 lbf] 17:1
330-SS [0.24lb] [2.35] 330915 [0.29]
351 1670 N [375 lbf] 351215

351-SS 2000 N [450 lbf] 0,28kg 351915
351-B [0.61lb] 351215
101,6 12.4
21:1
351-BSS [4.00] 351915 [0.49]
1670 N [375 lbf]
351-R 0,36kg 351215
351-RSS [0.8lb] 351915
371 0,69kg 371215
371-SS [1.53lb] 371915
136,7 23.9
3340 N [750 lbf] 36:1
371-R [5.38] 371215 [0.94]
0,85kg
371-RSS |[1.88lb] 371915
381 1,16kg 155,7 381215 29.7
4450 N [1000 lbf] 37:1
381-SS [2.56lb] [6.13] 381915 [1.17]
EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
330, 351, 371, 381 Series
Pull Action Latch Clamps | Dimensions | -SS/-B/-BSS
330
330-SS 330, 330-SS, 351, 351-SS,L 351-B, 371, 371-SS, 381,
381-SS
Ø D2
H
H1
C
351
351-SS S L1 C2
A3 A
L M
Ø D2
371 381 B B1
371-SS 381-SS C2
ØD A1 H1
C
A1
B4 B ØD
S L1 C2
A3 A
Model A A1 A3 B
351-B 351-B ONLY A3 A
330 [0.50] [1.00] [0.25] [1.22]
351-BSS M
Narrow Base 330-SS 12,7 25,4 6,4 30,9
351 [0.75] [1.50] [0.50] [1.37] B

C2 351-SS 19,1 38,1 12,7 34,8
ØD A1
351-B [1.50] [2.00] [0.25] [0.56]
A1
B4 B 351-BSS 38,1 38,1 Ø D 6,4 14,3
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
A3 A 371 [1.25] [1.94] [0.34] [1.94]

371-SS 31,8 49,2 8,7 49,2
THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION
351-B ONLY
381 [1.13] [2.13] [0.50] [2.37]
381-SS 28,6 54,1 12,7 60,3
Model B1 B4 C C2 ØD ØD2 H H1 L L1 Max M S

330 [1.69] [0.56] [0.12] [0.22] [0.32] [1.43] [0.89] [6.01] [1.70] [2.35]
- M5
330-SS 42,9 14,2 3,1 5,6 8,1 36,2 22,6 152,7 43,3 59,7
351 [1.93] [0.75] [0.22] [1.83] [2.13]

- [1.34] 34
351-SS 49,1 19,1 5,5 46,6 54,2
[0.12] [0.38] [8.82] [4.00]
M8
351-B 3,1 9,7 224 101,6
[0.87] [0.86] [0.27] [1.94] [1.45] [1.63]
-
351-BSS 22,1 21,8 6,7 49,3 36,8 41,4
371 [2.63] [1.42] [0.34] [0.50] [2.58] [2.23] [11.89] [2.81] [5.38]
- [0.16] 4 M10
371-SS 66,7 36,1 8,7 12,7 65,6 56,5 302 71,5 136,7
381 [3.38] [0.19] [0.41] [0.62] [2.90] [2.71] [13.45] [3.13] [6.13]
- [1.81] 46 M12
381-SS 85,9 4,7 10,3 15,7 73,6 68,8 341,7 79,5 155,7
351-R, 371-R Series
Pull Action Latch Clamps | Dimensions
351-R L
351-RSS Ø D2
with DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
H
Plus™ H1
C
C2
S L1
371-R
371-RSS
with DESTACO® A6
A3 A
Toggle Lock M
Plus™ mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
B B4 B1
A1 ØD
Model A A1 A3 A6 B B1 B4 C C2 ØD H H1
351-R [0.75] [1.50] [0.50] [3.06] [1.37] [1.93] [1.70] [0.75] [0.12] [0.22] [1.85] [1.34]
351-RSS 19,1 38,1 12,7 77,7 34,8 49,1 19,1 19,1 3,1 5,5 47,1 33,9
371-R [1.25] [1.94] [0.34] [4.73] [1.94] [2.63] [2.25] [1.42] [0.16] [0.34] [2.65] [2.22]
371-RSS 31,8 49,2 8,7 120,1 49,2 66,7 57,2 36,1 4 8,7 67,4 56,3
Model L L1 M S Pressure Locking lever

351-R [9.45] [2.13] [4.33] spring
M8
351-RSS 240 54,2 110
371-R [12.74] [2.81] [5.59]
M10
371-RSS 323,6 71,4 142
Jam Nut
Locking [0.25]
Locknut plate 6,5
Thumb Control
Lever
For added convenience, DESTACO
Pull Action Toggle Clamps are supplied Model 351-R, 351-RSS, 371-R, 371-RSS
with a thumb control lever. Information concerning the assembly and function
of the clamps locking mechanism
Replacement Thumb Used on The locking plate which is supplied with the unit must be
Control Lever Clamp Model fastened with a screw (M6 or 1/4-20) as shown in this
330-ZB1 330 illustration. The screw head should be flat.
351, 351-B, 351-R, Function
351-ZB1
351-SS, 351-RSS When closing the latch clamp, the locking lever engages
371, 371-R automatically. Actuate the locking lever to open the clamp.
371-ZB1
371-SS, 3&1-RSS
381-ZB1 381, 381-SS
330, 351, 371, 381 Series
Pull Action Latch Clamps | Replacement Hook Assembly Dimensions
Replacement Hook Used on

A1 A2 B ØC M Material
Assembly Clamp Model
330215 330 [2.00] 50,8
330215-M-25 330-M-25 [3.00] 76,2
Steel
330215-M-50 330-M-50 [4.00] 101,6
330215-M-100 330-M-100 [6.00] 152,4 [1.50] [0.75] [0.32]
M5 x 0.8
330915 330-SS [2.00] 50,8 38,1 19,1 8,1
330915-M-25 330-SS-M-25 [3.00] 76,2
Stainless Steel
330915-M-50 330-SS-M-50 [4.00] 101,6
330915-M-100 330-SS-M-100 [6.00] 152,4
351215 351, 351-B, 351-R [2.09] 53,1
351-M-25
351215-M-25 351-B-M-25 [3.09] 78,5
351-R-M-25
351-M-50 Steel
351215-M-50 351-B-M-50 [4.09] 103,9
351-R-M-50
351-M-100
351215-M-100 351-B-M-100 [6.09] 154,7 [3.38] [1.63] [0.38]
M8 x 1.25
351-R-M-100 85,9 41,4 9,6
351915 351-SS, 351-RSS [2.09] 53,1
351-SS-M-25
351915-M-25 351-RSS-M-25
[3.09] 78,5
351-SS-M-50 Stainless Steel

351915-M-50 351-RSS-M-50
[4.09] 103,9
351-SS-M-100
351915-M-100 351-RSS-M-100
[6.09] 154,7
351103
371215 371, 371-R [2.94] 74,7
371-M-25
371215-M-25 371-R-M-25
[3.94] 100
371-M-50 Steel
371215-M-50 371-R-M-50
[4.94] 125,5
371-M-100
371215-M-100 371-R-M-100
[6.94] 176,3
[4.16] [2.22] [0.50]
M10 x 1.50
371915 371-SS, 371-RSS [2.94] 74,7 105,7 56,4 12,7
371-SS-M-25,
371915-M-25 371-RSS-M-25
[3.94] 100
371-SS-M-50 Stainless Steel

371915-M-50 371-RSS-M-50
[4.94] 125,5
371-SS-M-100
371915-M-100 371-RSS-M-100
[6.94] 176,3
381215 381 [3.00] 76,2

381215-M-25 381-M-25 [4.00] 101,6
Steel
381215-M-50 381-M-50 [5.00] 127
381215-M-100 381-M-100 [7.00] 177,8 [4.63] [2.50] [0.62]
M12 x 1.75
381915 381-SS [3.00] 76,2 117,6 63,5 15,8
381915-M-25 381-SS-M-25 [4.00] 101,6
Stainless Steel
381915-M-50 381-SS-M-50 [5.00] 127
381915-M-100 381-SS-M-100 [7.00] 177,8
A1 A2
C B
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice M MC-PAL | 8
323, 331, 341 Series

•U -hook style latch clamps are supplied with • Molding • Clamps with longer hooks available
threaded U-hooks for easy adjustment • Closures for doors, Upon Request that are 25mm, 50mm,
• Supplied with latch plate and patented thumb lids, covers 100mm longer than standard length
control lever for one handed operation • Assembly • To order clamp with longer hook, add
• DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus™ versions avail- -M-25, -M-50, or -M-100 to the end
able of the model. Example: 323-M-50
331
323 323-R 331 331-R 341
323-SS 323-RSS 331-SS 331-RSS 341-SS
with DESTACO® with
Toggle Lock DESTACO®
Plus™ Toggle Lock
Plus™
341-R
341-RSS
with DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
Plus™
AF Max. Replacement Hook

Drawing Latch Plate
Model Holding Weight EF:AF Hook Adj.
Movement (Supplied) Assembly
Capacity Range
EF
323 30 323104-M 323215
323-SS [1.18] 323104-MSS 323915
1600 N 0,07kg [0.36]
27:1
323-R [360 lbf] [0.15lb] 323104-M 323215 9,1
29,7
323-RSS [1.17] 323104-MSS 323915
331 331005 331215
331-SS 3200 N 0,25kg 44,5 331905 331915 [0.87]
32:1
331-R [720 lbf] [0.56lb] [1.75] 331005 331215 22,1
331-RSS 331905 331915

341 341005 341215
341-SS 8900 N 0,65kg 63,5 341905 341915 [0.97]
29:1
341-R [2000 lbf] [1.43lb] [2.50] 341005 341215 24,6
341-RSS 341905 341915

323, 323-R, 331, 341 Series
Pull Action Latch Clamps | Dimensions | -R/-RSS
M
323
323-SS
B4 B3
323-R
323-RSS S
with DESTACO®
L2 L
Toggle Lock
Plus™
C
331
331-SS C3 L1 C2
A3 A
Ø D1
341 mm [INCH] B2[INCH]
mm
341-SS
B B1
PROJECTION A4
PROJECTION
A2
A5 ØD
A1
Model A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B B1 B2 B3 B4 C C2
323
323-SS [0.63] [1.02] [0.39] [0.20] [0.24] [0.79] [0.75] [1.10] [0.52] [0.75] [1.10] [0.47] [0.08]
323-R 16 26 10 5 6 20 19 28 13,2 19,1 28 12 2
323-RSS
331 [0.75] [1.56] [0.56] [0.25] [0.22] [1.00] [1.26] [1.74] [0.68] [1.00] [1.50] [0.66] [0.12]
331-SS 19,1 39,7 14,3 6,4 5,6 25,4 32 44,3 17,3 25,4 38,1 16,7 3,1
341 [1.63] [2.38] [0.75] [0.38] [0.38] [1.50] [1.50] [2.12] [1.19] [1.75] [2.38] [0.94] [0.16]
341-SS 41,3 60,5 19,1 9,7 9,5 38,1 38,1 53,8 30,1 44,5 60,5 23,8 4
Model C3 ØD ØD2 H L L1 MAX L2 M S

323
323-SS [0.08] [0.17] [0.17] [1.19] [3.88] [2.32] [0.37] [1.18]
M4
323-R 2 4,2 4,2 30,3 98,6 58,9 9,3 30
323-RSS
331 [0.12] [0.27] [0.27] [1.97] [6.07] [3.07] [0.52] [1.75]
M5
331-SS 3,1 6,7 6,9 50 154,2 78 13,3 45,5
341 [0.16] [0.33] [0.33] [2.89] [8.20] [4.59] [0.75] [2.50]
M8
341-SS 4 8,5 8,5 73,4 208,3 116,6 19,1 63,5
331-R, 341-R Series 331-R, 331-RSS, 341-R, 341-RSS
331-R M
331-RSS
with DESTACO®
Toggle Lock B4 B3
Plus™
341-R
341-RSS S
with DESTACO® L2 L
Toggle Lock
Plus™
C3 L1 C2
A3 A
Ø D1
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
B2 B B1
PROJECTION A4
PROJECTION
A2
ØD
A5 A1
Model A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B B1 B2 B3 B4 C C2
331-R [0.75] [1.56] [0.56] [0.25] [0.22] [1.00] [1.25] [1.74] [0.68] [1.00] [1.50] [0.66] [0.12]
331-RSS 19,1 39,7 14,3 6,4 5,6 25,4 31,8 44,3 17,3 25,4 38,1 16,7 3,1
341-R [1.63] [2.38] [0.75] [0.38] [0.38] [1.50] [1.50] [2.12] [1.19] [1.75] [2.38] [0.94] [0.16]
341-RSS 41,3 60,5 19,1 9,7 9,5 38,1 38,1 53,8 30,1 44,5 60,5 23,8 4
Model C3 ØD ØD2 H L L1 MAX L2 M S

331-R [0.12] [0.27] [0.27] [2.01] [6.07] [3.07] [0.52] [1.75]
M5
331-RSS 3,1 6,7 6,9 53,1 154,2 78 13,3 45,5
341-R [0.16] [0.33] [0.33] [2.89] [8.20] [5.24] [0.77] [2.50]
M8
341-RSS 4 8,5 8,5 73,4 208,3 133,2 19,4 63.5
323, 331, 341 Series
Pull Action Latch Clamps | Replacement Hook Assembly | Dimensions

A B C M Material
323215 323, 323-R [2.12] 53,8
323215-M-25 323-M-25, 323-R-M-25 [3.12] 79,2
Steel
323215-M-50 323-M-50, 323-R-M-50 [4.12] 104,6
323215-M-100 323-M-100, 323-R-M-100 [6.12] 155,4 [0.94] [0.75]
M4 x 0.7
323915 323-SS, 323-RSS [2.12] 53,8 23,8 19,1
323915-M-25 323-SS-M-25, 323-RSS-M-25 [3.12] 79,2
Stainless Steel
323915-M-50 323-SS-M-50, 323-RSS-M-50 [4.12] 104,6
323915-M-100 323-SS-M-100, 323-RSS-M-100 [6.12] 155,4
331215 331, 331-R [3.00] 76,2
331215-M-25 331-M-25, 331-R-M-25 [4.00] 101,6
Steel
331215-M-50 331-M-50, 331-R-M-50 [5.00] 127
331215-M-100 331-M-100, 331-R-M-100 [7.00] 177,8 [1.50] [1.00]
M5 x 0.8
331915 331-SS, 331-RSS [3.00] 76,2 38,1 25,4
331915-M-25 331-SS-M-25, 331-RSS-M-25 [4.00] 101,6
Stainless Steel
331915-M-50 331-SS-M-50, 331-RSS-M-50 [5.00] 127
331915-M-100 331-SS-M-100, 331-RSS-M-100 [7.00] 177,8
341215 341, 341-R [4.31] 109,5
341215-M-25 341-M-25, 341-R-M-25 [5.31] 135
Steel
341215-M-50 341-M-50, 341-R-M-50 [6.31] 160,2
341215-M-100 341-M-100, 341-R-M-100 [8.31] 211 [1.97] [1.75]
M8 x 1.25
341915 341-SS, 341-RSS [4.31] 109,5 50 44,5
341915-M-25 341-SS-M-25, 341-RSS-M-25 [5.31] 135
Stainless Steel
341915-M-50 341-SS-M-50, 341-RSS-M-50 [6.31] 160,2
341915-M-100 341-SS-M-100, 341-RSS-M-100 [8.31] 211
M
Jam Nut Locknut

C
Thumb Control
Lever
Flat Surface of B
Pin to Rear A
For added convenience, DESTACO
Pull Action Toggle Clamps are supplied
with a thumb control lever that allows
the clamp to be operated with one hand.
Replacement Thumb Used on

Control Lever Clamp Model
324-ZB1 323, 323-SS
331, 331-SS
330-ZB1
331-R, 331-RSS
341, 341-SS
341-ZB1
341-R, 341-RSS
375 Series

•H eavy duty U-hook style latch clamps are • Molding • Clamps with longer hooks available
supplied with threaded U-hooks for easy • Closures for doors, Upon Request that are 25mm, 50mm,
adjustment lids, covers 100mm longer than standard length
• Supplied patented thumb control lever • Assembly • To order clamp with longer hook, add
for one handed operation -M-25, -M-50, or -M-100 to the end
• DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus™ versions available of the model. Example: 375-M-50
Covered under one or331

more U.S./International Patents
375 375-R 375-B 375-BR

with DESTACO® Weld-on Weld-on
Toggle Lock Mounting Mounting
Plus™ with DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
Plus™
375509 385102
Cleat Optional
Latch Plate
for 375 and
375-R
AF Max. Replacement Hook

Drawing Latch
Model Holding Weight EF:AF Hook Adj.
Movement Plate Assembly Range
Capacity
EF
[2.94lb]
375
1,33kg
385102
(Optional)
[3.0lb]
375-R
1,36kg
[4000 lbf] [0.81]
44:1 88,9 [3.50] 375215
17800 N 20,5
[2.56lb]
375-B
1,16kg 375509
(Cleat
[2.62lb] Supplied)
375-BR 1,19kg
 This item is available upon request. EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
375, 375-R, 5-B, 375-BR Series
Pull Action
CopyOf375_R Latch Clamps | Dimensions
Shown with optional [0.41] [0.69]

Latch Plate (385102) Ø 10.3 Ø 17.5
M10 [1.75]
44.5
375 [3.13] [2.25]

79.4 57.2
[1.38] [2.25]
34.9 57.2
[2.26] [3.44] DESTACO®

57.3 87.4 TOGGLE LOCK
[0.56] PLUS™ OPTION
14.2
[10.19]
375-R 258.8 [7.47]
with DESTACO® 189.8
Toggle Lock [3.50]
88.9 mm [INCH] mm [INC
Plus™
[4.19]
CopyOf375_BR 106.4 THIRD ANGLE FIRST AN
[0.13] PROJECTION PROJECT
3.2
[1.13] [0.38]
28.6 [0.94] [2.24] 9.7
23.8 56.8
[3.50] [10.19]
375-B 88,9 258,8
[7.47]
Weld-on 189,8
Mounting
[4.19]
106,4
[1.13]
28,6
DESTACO®
[0.78]
TOGGLE LOCK
375-BR 19,8
[35.1] PLUS™ OPTION
[2.79]
Weld-on 35,1 70,8 mm [INCH] mm [INC
[1.00] [1.75]
Mounting 25,4 44,5
with DESTACO®
Toggle Lock [2.50] THIRD ANGLE FIRST AN
63,5 PROJECTION PROJECT
Plus™
[0.88] [0.49] M10

22,4 12,4
M
Replacement
A B C M
Hook Assembly
375215 [5.72] 145 50,8 [2.00] [1.75] 44,5 M10 x 1.50 C
Hook assembly includes (2) jam nuts and (2) locknuts. Longer hook lengths available
Upon Request. 375215-M-25, 375215-M-50, 375215-M-100
B
Replacement Thumb Used on A
375, 375-B
375-ZB1
375-R, 375-BR
385 Series

•H eavy duty U-hook style latch clamps are • Molding • Clamps with longer hooks available
supplied with threaded U-hooks for easy • Closures for doors, Upon Request that are 25mm, 50mm,
adjustment lids, covers 100mm longer than standard length
• Supplied with patented thumb control lever • Assembly • To order clamp with longer hook, add
for one handed operation -M-25, -M-50, or -M-100 to the end
• DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus™ versions available of the model. Example: 385-M-50
Covered under one or331

more U.S./International Patents
385 385-R 385-L

385-SS 385-RSS Low Profile
with DESTACO® Handle
Toggle Lock
Plus™
385102 385902
Optional Optional Stainless
Latch Plate Latch Plate for
for 385, 385-R 385-SS and
and 385-L 385-RSS

Max. Latch Hook
AF Drawing Replacement
Model Holding Weight EF:AF Plate/Cleat Adj.
Movement Hook Assembly Range
Capacity (Optional)
EF
385 [3.3lb]
385-SS 1,50kg
385102 385215
385-R
[7500 lbf] [3.4lb] [1.36]
44:1 55,6 [2.19] 385902 385915
385-RSS 33300 N 1,54kg 34,5
(Stainless (Stainless
Steel) Steel)
[3.3lb]
385-L
1,50kg
 This item is available upon request. EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
385, 385-R, 385-L Series
CopyOf385_R
Shown with optional [0.69]

Latch Plate (385102) [0.41]
Ø 10,3 Ø 17,5 [0.47]
385 M 12
385-SS [2.12]
53,8
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[3.13] [2.25]
79,4 57,2

[1.38]
34,9 [2.25]
57,2
[2.26] [3.44]
57,3 87,4
385-R [0.56]
14,2
385-RSS [2.29] [9.65]
with DESTACO® 58,3 245,1
[6.46]
Toggle Lock 164,2
Plus™
DESTACO®
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS™ OPTION [3.67]
[0.13] 93,2
3,2
[0.38]
[1.13] [2.18] 9,7
28,6 [0.94] 55,3
23,8
CopyOf385_L
385-L
Shown with optional
Low Profile Latch Plate (385102) [0.41] [0.69] [0.47]
Handle Ø 10,3 Ø 17,5 Ø 12
[3.13] [2.25] [2.12]

79,4 57,2 53,8
[2.25]
[1.38] 57,2
34,9
[2.27] [3.44]
57,6 [0.56] 87,4
[2.19] 14,2 [10.12]
55,6 257
[6.95]
176,4
[2.75]
mm [INCH] mm
69,9
[1.84]
46,8
THIRD ANGLE FIRST
PROJECTION PROJE
[1.13] [0.94] [0.12] [0.38]
28,6 23,8 3 9,7
385, 385-R, 385-L Series

A B C M Material
385215 385, 385-R, 385-L [5.72] 145,3
385-M-25, 385-R-M-25
385215-M-25 385-L-M-25
[6.72] 170,7
385-M-50, 385-R-M-50 Steel
385215-M-50 385-L-M-50
[7.72] 196
385-M-100, 385-R-M-100 [2.75] [2.12]
385215-M-100 [9.72] 247 M12 x 1.75
385-L-M-100 70 53,8
385915 385-SS, 385-RSS [5.72] 145,3
385915-M-25 385-SS-M-25, 385-RSS-M-25 [6.72] 170,7
Stainless Steel
385915-M-50 385-SS-M-50, 385-RSS-M-50 [7.72] 196
385915-M-100 385-SS-M-100, 385-RSS-M-100 [9.72] 247
M

C
385, 385-R, 385-L,
385-ZB1
385-SS, 385-RSS
B
A
324, 334, 344, 374 Series

•U -hook style latch clamps supplied with • Molding • Clamps with longer hooks available
threaded U-hooks for easy adjustment • Closures for doors, Upon Request that are 25mm, 50mm,
• Supplied with latch plate (except 374) lids, covers 100mm longer than standard length
and patented thumb control lever for • Assembly • To order clamp with longer hook, add
one handed operation. -M-25, -M-50, or -M-100 to the end
• DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus™ of the model. Example: 324-M-50
versions available
• Stainless steel available as -SS models.
324 324-R 334 334-R 344

331 334-RSS 344-SS
324-SS 324-RSS 334-SS
Plus™ Plus™
344-R 374
344-RSS
with DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
Plus™

Max. (S) Hook
AF Latch Plate Replacement
Model Holding Weight EF:AF Drawing Adj.
(Supplied) Hook Assembly
Capacity Movement Range
EF
324 324101 324215
324-SS [500 lbf] [0.25lb] 324901 324915 11.9
38,7 [1.53]
324-R 2200 N 0,11kg 324101 324215 [0.47]
324-RSS 324901 324915
31:1
334 334101 334215
334-SS [1000 lbf] [0.60lb] 334901 334915 19.3
51,7 [2.04]
334-R 4450 N 0,27kg 334101 334215 [0.76]
334-RSS 334901 334915
344 344101 344215
344-SS [2000 lbf] [1.50lb] 344901 344915 31
45:1 62,4 [2.46]
344-R 8900 N 0,68kg 344101 344215 [1.22]
344-RSS 344901 344915
[4000 lbf] [2.10lb] 53.8
374 36:1 44,5 [1.75] None* 374215
17800 N 0,95kg [2.12]
EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force *375509 Latch Plate may be used as an alternate.
324, 334, 344, 374 Series
Pull Action Latch Clamps | Dimensions | -SS
324
324-SS
L
B3
M
R
334 H2 H
334-SS H1
C2
L1
F H3
344
A4 A7
344-SS
A2 A5
A6
Ø D2 S E
B2 E1
374 mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

A3 ØD

B4 B B1
A
A1
Model 374
Model A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 B B1 B2 B3 B4 C2
324 [0.50] [1.00] [0.56] [0.25] [0.28] [1.00] [0.19] [0.19] [0.88] [1.38] [0.53] [0.81] [1.19] [0.09]
324-SS 12,7 25,4 14,2 6,4 7,1 25,4 4,8 4,8 22,4 35,1 13,5 20,7 30,2 2,4
334 [0.75] [1.31] [0.81] [0.28] [0.41] [1.50] [0.28] [0.28] [1.00] [1.56] [0.68] [1.13] [1.63] [0.12]
334-SS 19,1 33,3 20,6 7,1 10,4 38,1 7,1 7,1 25,4 39,6 17,4 28,7 41,4 3.1
344 [1.94] [1.06] [0.35] [0.69] [2.13] [0.36] [0.39] [1.44] [2.12] [1.20] [2.38] [0.16]
344-SS [1.25] 49,3 27 8,0 17,5 54 9,1 9,9 36,6 53,8 30,6 [1.75] 60,5 4
31,8 [2.43] [0.68] [1.50] [2.50] 44,5 [2.36] [0.37]
374 -- -- -- -- -- --
61,7 17,3 38,1 63,5 60 9,4
Model ØD ØD2 F H H1 H2 H3 E E1 L L1 MAX R M S

324 [0.20] [0.17] [0.25] [1.91] [1.10] [1.97] [0.92] [0.19] [0.38] [3.49] [2.56] [3.49] [1.53]
M4
324-SS 5,1 4,3 6,4 48,5 28 50,1 [23,4] 4,4 9,7 88,7 65,1 88,8 38,7
334 [0.28] [0.22] [0.28] [2,37] [1.55] [2.68] [1.34] [0.35] [0.63] [4.10] [3.70] [4.12] [2.04]
M6
334-SS 7,1 5,6 7,1 60,1 39,3 68 34 8,8 16 104,2 94 104,5 51,8
344 [0.34] [0.34] [0.35] [3.39] [1.86] [7.09] [1.73] [0.50] [0.94] [5.77] [5.00] [5.84] [2.46]
M8
344-SS 8,6 8,6 8,9 86,1 47,3 78,6 49,1 12,7 23,8 146,6 126,9 148,4 62,4
[0.41] [2.38] [1.43] [6.60] [6.04] [6.04] [1,75]

374 -- -- -- -- -- -- M10
10,3 60,5 36,3 167,8 153,5 153,5 44,5
324-R, 334-R, 344-R Series
324-R
324-RSS
with DESTACO® H4
HOOK ADJ
Toggle Lock L
Plus™
B4
H H2
H1 C2
M
334-R L1
334-RSS A4
with DESTACO® H3
Toggle Lock E1
Plus™ A5 A2
E
ØD2
B2 S
DRAWING
B3 MOVEMENT
F
344-R ØD
344-RSS
with DESTACO®
Toggle Lock B1 B
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
Plus™
THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE A3

A
A1
Model A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B B1 B2 B3 B4 C2 D
324-R [.50] [1.00] [.56] [.25] [.28] [1.00] [0.88] [1.38] [.52] [0.81] [0.44] [0.09] [0.20]
324-RSS 12,7 25,4 14,3 6,4 7,1 25,4 22,4 35,1 13,3 20,6 11,1 2,4 5,2
334-R [.75] [1.38] [.81] [.27] [.41] [2.13] [1.00] [1.56] [0.68] [1.13] [1.63] [0.12] [0.28]
334-RSS 19,1 34,9 20,6 7,0 10,3 54,0 25,4 39,6 17,3 28,6 41,3 3,1 7,1
344-R [1.25] [1.94] [1.06] [.34] [0.69] [2.13] [1.44] [2.13] [1.21] [1.75] [2.38] [0.16] [0.34]
344-RSS 31,8 49,1 27,0 8,7 17,5 54 36,6 54 30,6 44,5 60,5 4 8,6
Model D2 E E1 F H H1 H2 H3 H4 L L1 M S R
324-R [0.17] [0.20] [0.17] [0.22] [2.03] [1.11] [2.07] [1.52] [.44] [3.47] [2.62] [1.53] [3.49]
M4
324-RSS 4,4 5,2 4,4 5,6 51,6 28,1 52,7 38,5 11,1 88,1 66,6 38,7 88,8
334-R [0.22] [0.35] [0.63] [0.18] [2.37] [1.55] [2.55] [2.22] [0.86] [4.12] [3.76] [2.04] [4.10]
M6
334-RSS 5,6 8,8 15,9 4,5 60,2 39,3 64,7 56,3 21,8 104,6 95,6 51,7 104,2
344-R [0.34] [0.50] [0.94] [0.36] [3.40] [1.86] [3.39] [3.17] [1.22] [5.77] [5.04] [2.46] [5.90]
M8
344-RSS 8,7 12,7 23,9 9,1 86,5 47,3 86,0 80,8 31 146,5 128,0 62,º4 150
324, 334, 344, 374 Series

A B C M Material
324215 324, 324-R [3.00] 76
324-M-25
324215-M-25 324-R-M-25
[4.00] 101,6
324-M-50 Steel
324215-M-50 324-R-M-50
[5.00] 127
324-M-100 [1.00] [0.81]
324215-M-100 [7.00] 178 M4X0.7
324-R-M-100 25,4 20,6
324915 324-SS, 324-RSS [3.00] 76
324915-M-25 324-SS-M-25 [4.00] 101,6
Stainless Steel
324915-M-50 324-SS-M-50 [5.00] 127
324915-M-100 324-SS-M-100 [7.00] 178
334215 334, 334-R [4.31] 109,5
334-M-25
334215-M-25 334-R-M-25
[5.31] 135
334-M-50 Steel
334215-M-50 334-R-M-50
[6.31] 160,3
334-M-100 [1.50] [1.13]
334215-M-100 [8.31] 211 M6X1.0
334-R-M-100 38,1 28,7
334915 334-SS, 334-RSS [4.31] 109,5
334915-M-25 334-SS-M-25 [5.31] 135
Stainless Steel
334915-M-50 334-SS-M-50 [6.31] 160,3
334915-M-100 334-SS-M-100 [8.31] 211
344215 344, 344-R [5.81] 147,5
344-M-25
344215-M-25 344-R-M-25
[6.81] 173
344-M-50 Steel
344215-M-50 344-R-M-50
[7.81] 198,5
344-M-100 [2.25]
344215-M-100 [9.81] 249,2 M8X1.25
344-R-M-100 57,2
344915 344-SS, 344-RSS [5.81] 147,5 [1.75]
344915-M-25 344-SS-M-25 [6.81] 173 44,5
Stainless Steel
344915-M-50 344-SS-M-50 [7.81] 198,5
344915-M-100 344-SS-M-100 [9.81] 249,2
374215 374 [6.50] 165
374215-M-25 374-M-25 [7.50] 190,5 [3.25]
M10X1.50 Steel
374215-M-50 374-M-50 [8.50] 216 82,6
374215-M-100 374-M-100 [10.50] 266,5
Hook assemblies are supplied with (2) jam nuts and (2) locknuts.
 This item is available upon request. M

Control Lever Clamp Model C
324-ZB1 324, 324-SS
334-ZB1 334, 334-SS
344-ZB1 344, 344-SS
B
375-ZB1 374 A
331 301, 311 Series
•F ixed stop automatically limits handle travel • Molding
at various clamping positions once the clamp • Closures for doors,
is installed lids, covers
• Model 301 available in stainless steel • Assembly
as 301-SS
301 311
301-SS
AF 301, 301-SS,
Max. Holding 311 Drawing
Model Weight EF:AF
Capacity Movement
EF
301 1670 N [375 lbf]
0,32kg [0.70lb] 29:1 101,6 [4.00]
301-SS 2000 N [450 lbf]
311 5340 N [1200 lbf] 0,53kg [1.16lb] 31:1 85,9 [3.38]
A1
A3 A
B3
B1
B
B4
ØD
S
H mm [INCH] mm [INC
C
THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANG

L1 C2
L
Model A A1 A3 B B1 B3 B4 C C2 ØD H L L1 S
301 [0.75] [1.38] [0.32] [1.25] [1.75] [0.56] [1.04] [1.52] [0.12] [0.28] [1.91] [8.33] [3.04] [4.00]
301-SS 19,1 35,1 8 31,8 44,5 14,1 26,4 38,6 3,1 7,1 48,4 211,5 77,1 101,6
[1.25] [1.91] [0.33] [1.78] [2.53] [0.56] [1.05] [1.91] [0.12] [0.33] [2.44] [9.49] [3.02] [3.88]
311
31,8 48,4 8,3 45,2 64,3 14,3 26,6 48,6 3,1 8,4 61,9 241,2 76,7 85,9
331
3011 Series
•H eavy duty cast steel or stainless steel • Molding
construction with ergonomic handle • Closures for doors,
• Replaceable stainless steel pivot pins lids, covers
• Assembly
3011
3011
AF
Max. Holding Drawing
Model Weight EF:AF
Capacity Movement
EF
3011 8900 N [2000 lbf] 0,91kg [2.00lb] 31:1 76,2 [3.00]
[0.63]
16
[3.61]
91,7
[1.55] [0.24]
39,5 6
[3.00]
76,2
[2.49]
63,2
[9.28]
235,6
[0.33] [2.52]
Ø 8,5 64,0
[0.71]
18
[1.42] [3.23]
36 82,0
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.55] [1.77]
14 45 [1.78] THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
[0.38] [1.25] 45,2
9,6 31,8
[1.97]
50
353-359_35
353 Series

•H eavy duty cast steel clamps are designed • Molding • Keeper plate
to withstand the harshest environments • Closures for doors, • Papered bolt assembly
• Ideally suit for parting line clamping of lids, covers
rotational molds
• Replaceable stainless steel pivot pins
353-35 353-65
Max. Keeper Tapered Bolt

AF Drawing
Model Holding Weight EF:AF L K Plate Assembly
Movement
Capacity 353-359_35
(included) (included)
EF HC [2800 lbf] [2.10lb] [9.50] [1.38]
353-35 23:1 353004
12460 N 0,95kg 241,5 35
12
353908
[0.47]
[2100 lbf] [2.30lb] [10.69] [2.56]
353-65 27:1 353004
9350 N 1,04kg 271,5 65
[0.31]
8,0
M10
[0.79] [3.15]
20,0 80,0
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

[0.27]
Ø 6,8 [2.46]
[1.12] 62,5
28,5
[1.00]
25,4
[1.57] [0.50]
40,0 12,7
K [6.56]
[2.20] MAX, 166,5
56,0
L
424
435
431
486
325
MC-SAP | 1
Series
486
484
482
463
462
435
425
431
441
426
345
325
squeeze action plier clamps
7
7
7
7
7
6
6
5
4
4
3
2
Page MC-SAP-#
0 to 1000 [0 to 225]
1000 to 2000 [225 to 450]
2000 to 3000 [450 to 675]

N [lbf.]
3000 to 4000 [675 to 900]
4000 to 5000 [900 to 1125]

Max. Holding Capacity
5000 to 6000 [1125 to 1350]
0 to 10 [0 to 0.39]
10 to 20 [0.39 to 0.78]
20 to 30 [0.78 to 1.18]
30 to 40 [1.18 to 1.57]
mm [inch]
40 to 60 [1.57 to 2.36]
60 to 80 [1.57 to 3.15]
Maximum Clamping Thickness
80+ [2.26+]

325 Series
Squeeze Action Plier Clamps | Product Overview

•D esigned for attachment by welding or using • Molding See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
mounting holes •C losures for doors,
• Available in stainless steel as -SS version lids, covers
325, Technical Information | Holding Capacities

325-SS
Max. Holding Jaw Spindle
Model Weight
Capacity Opening (Supplied)
325 325203-M
3560 N [800 lbf] 0,54kg [1.18lb] 90°
325-SS 325943-M
Dimensions
[1.06]
Ø 27,0
[1.25]
31,7
M12
[0.27]
Ø 6,8
90°
[1.78]
45,3
[0.28]
7,1
[8.28]
210,2
[0.31]
8,0
[0.50]
12,7
mm [INCH] mm
[2.94] THIRD ANGLE FIRST

74,6 PROJECTION PROJE
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-SAP | 2
345 Series

•D esigned for welding or bolting at any • Welding fixture See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
point along the mounting bar • Assembly fixture
• Includes M10 swivel foot spindle • Closures for doors,
• Model 345-G includes sliding jaw lids, covers
with spindle
345, Technical Information | Holding Capacities

345-G
Max. Holding Jaw Spindle
Model Weight
Capacity Opening (Supplied)
345 1,22kg [2.69lb] 468206-M

3560 N [800 lbf] 85°
468206-M
345-G 1,40kg [3.09lb]
210203-M

345, 345-G
Dimensions
M10
85°
[2.72]
[4.77] 69,0
121,1 MIN
[9.33] M10
237,0 MAX
[10.86]
276,0
INCLUDED WITH
345-G ONLY
[0.75]
19,1
[6.47]
164,3
435113 [1.06] mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
Ø 27,0
[1.97] SLIDING JAW
50,0
MC-SAP | 3 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
424, 441 Series

•C ompact clamps with forged alloy steel • Welding See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
construction for high strength • Assembly
• Versions ending with (-2) are supplied with
two adjustable spindles
424 424-2 441 441-2

With Two With Two
Adjustable Adjustable
Spindles Spindles
424, 424-2, 441, 441-2
(K5) Maximum
K5 Max. Holding Spindle
Model Weight Clamping
Capacity (Supplied)
Thickness
424 16 [0.63] 424208-M
K2 900 N [200 lbf] 0,14kg [0.31lb]
424-2 7,4 [0.29] (2X) 431208-M
K2
441 23,3 [1.03] 441203-M
1560 N [350 lbf] 0,29kg [0.63lb]
441-2 20,8 [0.82] (2X) 461203-M
424, 424-2, 441, 441-2
MODEL 424-2 & 441-2 AS SHOWN

L1
M
B
K5
K2
K4 K1 K
K2 K5
MODEL 424-2 & 441-2 AS SHOWN

mm [INCH] mm
L1
M
B THIRD ANGLE FIRST
PROJECTION PROJE
L
Model B K K1 K2 K4 L L1 M
424 [0.50] [1.91] [1.00] [0.50] [2.06] [4.63] [1.08]
K4 K1 K M6
K5 424-2 12.8 48.5 25.4 12.7 52.3 117.6 27.4
441 [0.50] [2.07] [1.25] [0.63] [2.80] [6.03] [1.77]

M8
441-2 12.7 52.5 31.8 15.9 71.2 153.1 44.9
431 Series

•T
empered spring steel jaws provide • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
exceptional jaw depth • Gluing, soldering
431 431
Max. Holding (K5) Maximum Spindle

Model Weight
Capacity Clamping Thickness (Supplied)
431 400 N [100 lbf] 0,14kg [0.31lb] 6,8 [0.27] 424208-M
[2.91]
M6 74,0
[0.64]
16,2
[2.83] [2.38]
72,0 60,4
K5
[0.66]
16,8
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

172,7
425, 435 Series

•T
wo way trigger release allows for fast • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
and easy opening of clamp • Welding
• Gluing, soldering
425 435
425
(K5) Maximum
Max. Holding Spindle
Capacity (Supplied)
Thickness
425 0,14kg [0.31lb] 24 [0.94] 205203-M
2220 N [500 lbf]
435 0,23kg [0.50lb] 36,3 [1.43] (2X) 205203-M
[1.83]
M6 46,5
435
[2.80] [1.10] [1.84]

71,1 28,1 46,7
K5
[0.58]
14,8
MODEL 425 AS SHOWN

[5.51]
140,0
[1.83]
M6 46,5
[0.55]
14,0
K5 [1.76]
[3.38] [1.75] 44,7
86,0 44,4
mm [INCH] mm [IN
[0.62]
15,8 [5.52]
THIRD ANGLE FIRST AN
MODEL 435 AS SHOWN 140,1 PROJECTION PROJECT
460, 480 Series

•D rop forged alloy steel components • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
for exceptional strength • Welding
• Two way trigger release allows for fast
and easy opening of clamp
462 462-2 463

With Two Adjustable
Spindles
482 484 486
(K5) Maximum
Max. Holding Spindle
Capacity (Supplied)
Thickness
468206-M
462 29,5 [1.16]
0,51kg [1.13lb] 210206-M
462-2 3110 N [700 lbf] 30,5 [1.20] (2X) 491203-M
468206-M
463 0,54kg [1.19lb] 54,2 [2.13]
210206-M
482 0,79kg [1.75lb] 29,5 [1.16] 468206-M
5340 N [1200 lbf] 468206-M
484 0,91kg [2.00lb] 76,5 [3.01]
210206-M
486 4450 N [1000 lbf] 1,05kg [2.31lb] 138,4 [5.45] (2X) 240203-M
460, 480 Series
Squeeze Action Plier Clamps | Dimensions
M 10
484
[0.88]
22,2 K5
[0.88] [2.13]
22,2 54
[4.65] [3.00] [2.72]
118,0 76,2 69 [2.65]
[2.72] 67,2
69,0 [0.88]
[0.75] M10 22,2
19,1
[1.75]
44,5
[4.16] [2.65]
105,6 67,4
[0.69]
K5 Ø 17,5
[8.51]
216,1
[8.51]
216,1
MODEL 463 AS SHOWN
MODEL 462 AS SHOWN
486
M10
[9.13] [2.56]
232 [5.98]
65,1
151,8
[3.00]
[3.88] 76,2
98,4
[2.99]
M 10 [0.88] 76,0
22,2
[4.18] [1.75] [2.59] [2.94]

[1.19] 65.7
106.2 44.5 74.6
30.2
[0.69]
Ø 17,5
[9.15]
232,5
MODEL 482 AS SHOWN MODEL 484 AS SHOWN
[3.00]
76,2
[2.56]
65,1
[7.92] [2.99]
201,1 76,0
[3.00]
76,2
M10
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.69]
Ø 17,5
[9.15]
232,5
MODEL 486 AS SHOWN
manual clamping accessories
Manual Clamping Accessory Overview
Flat-Tip Bonded Large Diameter Padded Neoprene Caps Special Neoprene

Neoprene Spindle – Inch Swivel Foot Spindle – Inch Caps
Metric Flat-Tip Bonded Swivel Foot Polyurethane Caps Cone-Tip

Neoprene Spindle – Metric Spindle Polyurethane Caps
Round Bonded Hex Head Bolt Retainers Flanged Washers

Neoprene Spindle – Metric Spindle
Adapters and
Cone-Tip Bonded Plunger-matic Extensions
Neoprene Spindle – Metric Assemblies
MC-ACC | 1 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
Spindles
Manual Clamping Accessories | Technical Information | Dimensions
Flat-Tip Bonded Neoprene Part No. M L L1 SW H A ØD ØD1

Spindle – Inch 102208
[1.25] [0.94]
31,8 23,8 [0.34] [0.06]
• Black neoprene, hardness: CopyOfLARGE BONDED SPINDLE ASSEMBLY
#8-32
8,7 1,6
[1.00] [0.69] [0.13] [0.56] [0.44]
70-80 Shore A 105208 25,4 17,4 3,2 14,3 11,1
• Temperature Range: 201208 #10-32 [1.38] [1.01] [0.38] [0.13]
35,1 25,5 9,5 3,2
-20°C to 100°C [1.63] [1.08]
[-22°F to 212°F] 202208 41,4 27,4
SW [0.12] [0.63] [0.47]
• Oil resistant, LABS M 2.13] [1.58] 3 16 12
215208 54,1 40,1 [0.44] [0.16]
(silicone) free 1/4-20
[1.50] [1.12] 11,1 4
424208
• Includes jam nuts H 38,1 28,5 [0.13] [0.66] [0.50]
[1.00] [0.62] 3,3 16,8 12,7
• Stainless steel L1 431208 25,4 15,8
versions available L
[2.25] [1.54]
225208 57,2 39,1
upon request 5/16-18 [0.50] [0.19] [0.83] [0.55]
[3.00] [2.29] 12,7 4,8 21 14
507208 76,2 58,2
A
[3.25] [2.31] [0.20] [1.02] [0.79]
240208 82,6 58,5 5 26 20
CopyOfSMALL BONDED SPINDLE ASSEMBLY-METRIC [3.50] [2.50] [0.56] [0.22] [0.88] [0.63]
Ø D1 527208 3/8-16
88,9 63,5 14,3 5,6 22,2 16
ØD [5.75] [4.77] [1.02] [0.79]
235208 146,1 121,1 26 20
[3.87] [2.73] [0.75] [0.31] [0.28] [1.18] [0.95]
247208 1/2-13
98,3 69,3 19,1 7,9 7 [30] 24
[5.00] [3.63] [0.94] [0.38] [0.38] [1.38] [1.00]
267208 5/8-11
127 92,1 23,8 9,5 9,5 35,1 25,4
Flat-Tip Bonded Neoprene Part No. M L L1 SW H A ØD ØD1

Spindle – Metric 431208-M
[1.00]
25,4
[0.6]
15,8 [0.13] [0.66] [0.66]
• Red neoprene, hardness: [1.63] [1.25] 3,3 16,8 16,8
424208-M
80-85 Shore A M6
41,3 31,7 [0.39] [0.13]
[1.73] [1.18] 10 3,2
• Temperature Range: SW 202208-M 44 30 [0.12] [0.63] [0.47]
-20°C to 100°C M [2.13] [1.57] 3 16 12
215208-M
[-22°F to 212°F] 54 40
[2.09] [1.38]
• Oil resistant, LABS H 225208-M 53 35
(silicone) free L1
2007208-M M8
[2.48] [1.77] [0.51] [0.16] [0.83] [0.55]
63 45 13 4 21 14
• Includes jam nuts L
[3.27] [2.56] [0.20]
507208-M 83 65 5
[3.11] [2.17]
240208-M 79 55
A [0.67] [0.20] [1.02] [0.78]
M10
[4.72] [3.74] 17 5 26 20
235208-M 120 95
Ø D1 [4.02] [2.87] [0.75] [0.24] [0.28] [1.18] [0.94]
247208-M M12
102 73 19 6 7 30 24
ØD
Part No. M L L1 SW H A ØD
[0.87] [0.79]
205208-M 22 20
SW [0.28] [0.09] [0.11] [0.32]
M4
[1.26] [1.18] 7 2,2 2,8 8
201208-M 32 30
H
[1.14] [0.98]
305208-M 29 25
L1
[1.34] [1.18] [0.32] [0.11] [0.20] [0.39]
L 213208-M M5
34 30 8 2,7 5 10
[1.54]
2013208-M 39 [1.38]
G A [1.69] 35 [0.51] [0.16] [0.35] [0.75]
307208-M M8
43 13 4 9 19
ØD
L1 H
L Part No. D L L1 ØG
SW
[0.24] [1.34] [1.18]
213208-M-L 6 34 30
M5
D
 Item is available upon request.
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-ACC | 2
Spindles
Cone-Tip Bonded Neoprene Spindle – Inch

• Black neoprene, hardness: [0.50] SW
12,7 Part No. M L L1 SW H A B ØD ØD1
70-80 Shore A CopyOf905
• Temperature Range: 305208 #10-32

[1.50] [1.00] [0.38] [0.13] [0.38] [0.19] [0.56] [0.44]
38,1 25,4 9,5 3,3 9,5 4,8 14,2 11,2
-20°C to 100°C M
[2.25] [1.56] [0.44] [0.16]
[-22°F to 212°F] 7,9 213208 1/4-20
57,2 39,6 11,2 40,6
H
• Oil resistant, LABS 509208
[3.00] [2.28] [0.50] [0.25] [0.75] [0.63]
L1 76,2 57,9 [0.50] [0.19] 12,7 6,4 19,1 16
(silicone) free L 5/16-18
12,7 4,8
[5.50] [4.75]
• Includes jam nuts 519208 139,7 120,7
[3.50] [2.50] [0.56] [0.23] [0.75] [0.41] [0.88] [0.75]
210208 3/8-16
88,9 63,5 14,2 5,8 19,1 10,4 22,4 19,1
A Ø D1
B ØD
Large Diameter Padded Swivel Foot Spindle-Inch

• White neoprene, hardness:
Swivel
70-80 Shore A Part No. M L L1 SW H A ØD
Angle
• Temperature Range: [2.56] [1.56] [0.44] [0.16] [1.00]
SW 207209 1/4-20 14°
-40°C to 105°C 65 39,6 11,2 4 25,4
[-40°F to 220°F] M
507209 5/16-18 [2.98] [1.94] [0.50] [0.19] [0.31] [1.50]
24°
75,7 49,3 12,7 4,8 8 38,1
• Non-marking neoprene H
[3.56] [2.44] [0.56] [0.23] [2.00]
• Includes jam nuts L1
CopyOfSWIVEL210209
FOOT ASSEMBLY
3/8-16
90,4 62 14,2 5,8 50,8
26°
L
Plunger-matic Assemblies Spring Max.

Max.
• For use with Straight Line Action clamps Part No. M L L1 ØD Compression
Constant Force
• Internal compression spring [lbf./in] [lbf.]
M S
N/mm N
compensates for
variations in 905 5/16-18
L1 [2.50] [0.75] [0.19] [750] [135]
material thickness 63,5 19,1 4,8 131 600
905-M M8
• Zinc plated [0.88]
• Includes jam nut 22,2
L 920 3/8-16
[3.63] [1.13] [0.38] [822] [308]
92,2 28,6 [9,6] 144 1370
920-M M10
S
ØD
Swivel Foot Spindle Part No. M Style L L1 SW H ØD

Swivel
• Includes jam nuts Angle
[2.44] [2.13] [0.39] [0.13] [0.47]
207206-M M6
62 54 10 3,2 12
A 30°
SW SW SW [2.87] [2.46] [0.51] [0.16]
507206-M M8
73 62,5 13 4 [0.63]
[3.06] [2.00] 16
468206-M B
77,8 50,8
24°
M M [0.67] [0.20]
M10
[3.31] [2.80] 17 5 [0.79]
210206-M 84 71 20
A 30°
H [4.72] [4.13] [0.75] [0.24] [0.98]
L1 250206-M M12
120 105 19 6 25
L1 L
L L L1 [2.38] [1.56] [0.44] [0.16] [0.50]
207206 1/4-20
60,5 39,6 11,2 4 12,7
14°
C
[2.75] [1.94] [0.50] [0.19] [0.56]
507206 5/16-18
69,9 49,3 12,7 4,8 14,2
24°
[3.06] [1.92]
ØD 468206 B
77,7 48,8
ØD ØD [0.56] [0.23] [0.63]
3/8-16
Style A Style B Style C [3.38] [2.41] 14,2 5,8 16
210206 85.9 61,2
26°
C
[4.63] [3.44] [0.75] [0.31] [1.00]
250206 1/2-13
117,6 87,4 19,1 7,9 25,4
24°
spindles
Hex Head Spindle –

Part No. M L L1 SW H Part No. M L L1 SW H
Stainless Steel
• Includes Plain
CopyOfPLAIN SPINDLE ASSEMBLY [0.89] [0.79] [0.28] [0.09] [0.86] [0.75] [0.25]
205943-M M4
22 20 7 2,2 205943 #8-32
21,8 19,1 6,4 [0.13]
hexagonal head
3,2
• Includes Fully threaded M5
[1,32] [1.18] [0.31] [0.11]
#10-32
[1,37] [1,37] [0.31]
201943-M 33,5 30 8 2,7 201943 34,8 34,8 8
• Includes Stainless steel,
type 303 202943-M M6
[1.73] [1.57] [0.39] [0.13]
202943 1/4-20
[1.67] [1.50] [0.44] [0.16]
42,4 40 10 3,2 42,4 38,1 11,1 4
• Includes jam nuts
[2.77] [2.56] [0.51] [0.16] [2.72] [0.50] [0.19]
207943-M M8
70.3 65 13 4 207943 5/16-18
69 12,7 4,8
[2.50]
63,5
[3.00] [2.76] [0.67] [0.20] [2.75] [0.56] [0.22]
237943-M M10
76,4 70 17 5 237943 3/8-16
69,9 14,2 5,6
[2.87] [2.56] [0.75] [0.24] [2.72] [2.38] [0.75] [0.31]

245943-M M12 245943 1/2-13
73 65 19 6 69 60,5 19,1 8
Hex Head Spindle

Part No. M L L1 SW H Part No. M L L1 SW H
• Plain hexagonal head
• Fully threaded
[1.93] [1.77] [0.39] [0.13] [1.92] [1.75]
• Zinc plated 205203-M M6
49 45 10 3,2 205203 48,8 44,5
[0.44] [0.16]
• Includes jam nuts 1/4-20
11,2 4
[1.20] [0.98] [3.17] [3.00]
461203-M 30,5 25 202203 80,5 76,2
[0.51] [0.16]
M8
13 4
[2.97] [2.76] [1.22] [1.00]
SW
207203-M 75,5 70 461203 31 25,4
[1.85] [1.57] [1.97] [1.75] [0.50] [0.19]

491203-M 47 40 441203 5/16-18
50 44,5 12,7 4,8
M
[3.03] [2.76] [0.67] [0.20] [2.72] [2.50]
210203-M M10
77 70 17 5 207203 69,1 63,5
H [4.21] [3.94] [1.75] [1.50]

240203-M 107 100 491203 44,5 38,1
[3.46] [3.15] [0.75] [0.24] [3.00] [2.75]

220203-M M12 210203
88 80 19 6 76,2 69,9
L1 [0.56] [0.23]
3/8-16
L 14,2 5,8
[5.12] [4.72] [0.94] [0.28] [4.25] [4.00]
267203-M M16
130 120 24 7 240203 108 101,6
#8-32 [0.86] [0.75] [0.25] [5.25] [5.00]

105203* 21,8 19,1 6,4 527203 133,4 127
[0.13]
3,3
#10-32 [1.12] [1.00] [0.31] [2.84] [2.50]
305203 28,4 25,4 8 325203 72,1 63,5
[0.75] [0.31]
1/2-13
19,1 7,9
*Material: nylon [3.34] [3.00]
220203 84,8 76,2
[4.00] [0.38] [0.38]

250203 5/8-11 [4.42]
101,6 9,5 9,5
spindle caps
Neoprene Caps For Spindle

• Slip on head of hex-head spindles Part No. D d H
Diameter
• Hardness: 60-70 Shore A
• Temperature range: 215119
[0.63] [0.25] [0.44]
M6 or 1/4
16 6,35 11,1
-40°C to 105°C [-40°F to 220°F]
. [0.75] [0.31] [0.50]
d
225119 19,1 8 12,7
M8 or 5/16
[0.88] [0.38] [0.53]

235119 22,3 9,7 13,5
3/8
H
Special Neoprene Caps For Spindle

• Slip on threaded spindle rod Part No. D d H
Diameter
• Hardness: 60-70 Shore A
• Temperature range: 424107
[0.44] [0.22] [0.44]
M6 or 1/4
11,1 5,6 11,1
-40°C to 105°C [-40°F to 220°F]
[0.72] [0.34] [0.88]
d 235110 18,3 8,6 22,3
M10 or 3/8
Polyurethane Caps For Spindle

• Flat tip, internally threaded Part No. D D1 L1 L2
Diameter
Color
• Hardness: 80 Shore A
• Temperature range: 215219 1/4-20 Black
-70°C to 95°C [-90°F to 200°F] 215219-M [0.79] [0.50] [0.69] [0.50] M6 x 1.0 Red
225219 20 12,7 17,5 12,7 5/16-18 Black
D
225219-M M8 x 1.25 Red
235219 [0.81] [0.63] [0.88] [0.63] 3/8-16 Black
235219-M 20,5 16 22,3 16 M10 x 1.5 Red
L2
L1
D1
Polyurethane Caps – Cone-tip For Spindle

• Cone tip, internally threaded Part No. D L1 L2
Diameter
• Hardness: 80 Shore A
• Temperature range: 215319 [0.75] [0.50] 1/4
19,1 12,7
-70°C to 95°C [-90°F to 200°F] 225319 [0.81] 5/16
20,5
[0.94] [0.63]
D 235319 23,9 16
3/8
L2
L1
bolt retainers, washers
Bolt Retainers – For Spindle

Part No. L H Ød F1 Style
• For use with clamps featuring U-bar Diameter
and open bar clamping arms [1.23] [0.34] [0.28]
207105 31,3 8,7 7,1
A
[0.63]
M8 or 5/16
[1.26] 16 [0.32] [0.24]
207105-M 32 8,2 6
B
Ød F1
Ød F1 [1.50] [0.75] [0.53]
210114 38,1 19,1 13,5
A
[0.31]
M10 or 3/8
[1.49] [0.78] [0.51] 8
210114-M 38 20 13
B
H H
[1.63] [0.88] [0.56]
247110 41,4 22,3 14,2
A
M12 or 1/2
[1.61] [0.87] [0.57] [0.38]
247110-M 41 22,2 14,4 9,7
B
L L
[1.88] [1.00] [0.64]
250121 47,8 25,4 16,3
M12 or 1/2 A
Style A Style B [0.97] [0.50] [0.26]

2002115-E 24,6 12,7 6,6
M6 or 1/4
[0.23]
[1.26] [0.75] [0.34] 5,8
2007115-E 32 19,1 8,6
M8 or 5/16 B
[1.58] [1.13] [0.41] [0.32]

2010115-E 40,1 28,7 10,4 8,1
M10 or 3/8
Flanged Washers – For Spindle

Part No. ØD Ød F2
and open bar clamping arms [0.44] [0.17] [0.33]
105106 M4 or #8
• Zinc plated 11,2 4,3 8,3
[0.56] [0.20] [0.38]

102111 14,2 5,1 9,6
M5 or #10
d
[0.69] [0.26] [0.50]
215105 17,5 6,7 12,7
M6 or 1/4
[0.88] [0.33] [0.59]

507107 22,4 8,4 15
M8 or 5/16
F2 [1.00] [0.41] [0.75]

235106 25,4 10,5 19,1
M10 or 3/8
[1.26] [0.53] [0.91]

D 247109 32 13,5 23,2
M12 or 1/2
[1.44] [0.66] [1.03]

267102 36,5 16,8 26,2
M16 or 5/8
Flanged Washers-Stainless Steel Part No. ØD Ød F2

For Spindle
and open bar clamping arms 105906
[0.44] [0.17] [0.33]
M4 or #8
11,2 4,3 8,3
d [0.56] [0.20] [0.38]

102911 14,2 5,1 9,6
M5 or #10
[0.69] [0.26] [0.50]

215905 17,5 6,7 12,7
M6 or 1/4
[0.88] [0.33] [0.60]

507907 22,4 8,4 15,2
M8 or 5/16
F2
[1.00] [0.41] [0.75]
235906 25,4 10,5 19,1
M10 or 3/8
D [1.26] [0.53] [0.91]

247909 32 13,5 23,2
M12 or 1/2
[1.44] [0.66] [1.03]

267902 36,6 16,8 26,2
M16 or 3/8
Adapters & extensions
Manual Clamping Accessories | Product Overview
Features: Application Areas:

Provides flexible adjustment of length and heigh
• • Checking fixture
• Mounts to manual clamp models that feature • Areas requiring multiple clamping points
open clamping arms
• Lightweight aluminum
Length Adapter:
For horizontal bridging
Made of aluminum
Easy handling
Height Adapter:
For vertical bridging
Made of aluminum Plastic Grip:
Ergonomic design
Easy handling
for checking fixture
Internal
over-centre
Clamping Arm Adapter: locking:
Flexible adjustment of the Secure fixin
clamping points with several Exact positioning
holes for asymmetric clamping
Open clamping arm:

Attaches easily to manual clamps
with open ended clamping arms
(Model 227-U-L shown)
Also available in black
Adjustment Spindles:
For Checking Fixtures
Small head-diameter
No interference during
the checking process
Manual Clamping Accessories | Dimensions
Length Adapter
ØD2H7
Length
Model no. B B1 B2 B3 B4 DØ D1 Ø D2H7 L L1 L2 L3 L4 M M1
adapter +0, -,1 +0,2
213-U-L / 213-UB-L L-213-1-01

[1.97] [1.18]
[0.39] [0.22] [0.31] [0.39] 2x [0.22] 50 30 [0.47] [0.79] [0.20]
2013-U / 2013-UB 10 5,5 8 10 45º 5,5
--
12 20 5
M4 M5
[3.54] [2.76]
L-213-1-02
2013-UR / 2013-UBR 90 70
202-U-L / 202-UB-L [0.24] [1.30]

[2.17] [1.18] 33
L-217-1-01 6
217-U-L / 217-UB-L 55 30
[0.26] [0.35] [0.47] 2x [0.22] [3.74] [2.76]
2002-U-L / 2002-UB-L L-217-1-02
6,5 9 12 45º 5,5 95 70
M5 M5
[1.89]
2017-U / 2017-UB [5.31] [4.33]
L-217-1-03 48
135 110
2017-UR / 2017-UBR
[0.47] [0.39] [0.59] [0.24]
12 10 [2.17] [1.18] 15 [1.30] 6
207-U-L / 207-UB-L L-227-1-01 33
55 30
227-U-L / 227-UB-L L-227-1-02
[3.74] [2.76]
[0.33] [0.51] [0.59] 2x [0.22] [0.31] 95 70
2007-U-LS / 2007-U-LS 8,5 13 15 45º 5,5 8
M6 M5
[5.31] [4.33] [2.87]
L-227-1-03 73
2027-U / 2027-UB 135 110
2027-UR / 2027-UBR [6.89] [5.91]

L-227-1-04
175 150
 Available upon request. Also available in Black. Add -BLK to part number.
Height Adapter
Model no. Height adapter DØ D1 Ø D2 L L1 L2 L3 SW M

f7 f7
213-U-L / 213-UB-L [2.05] [1.38]

L-213-2-01
52 35
[0.20] [0.24]
2013-U / 2013-UB 5 6
M5
L-213-2-02 [3.23] [2.56]
2013-UR / 2013-UBR 82 65
202-U-L / 202-UB-L [0.39] [0.47] [0.31]

10 [2.05] [1.38] 12 8
217-U-L / 217-UB-L L-217-2-01 52 35
[0.24] [0.24]
2002-U-LS / 2002-UB-LS 6 6
M6
L-217-2-02 [3.23] [2.56] [0.31]
2017-U / 2017-UB 82 65 8
2017-UR / 2017-UBR
207-U-L / 207-UB-L
[2.09] [1.38]
227-U-L / 227-UB-L L-227-2-01 53 35
[0.31] [0.31] [0.31] [0.51] [0.39]
2007-U-LS / 2007-U-LS 8 8 13 10
M8
88 [2.56]
L-227-2-02 [3.23]
2027-U / 2027-UB 82 65
2027-UR / 2027-UBR
Clamping Arm Adapter
Clamping
Model no. B B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 DØ L L1 L2 L4 L5 L6 M M1
arm adapter H7
213-U-L / 213-UB-L
[0.20]
2013-U / 2013-UB L-213-3-01

5
- M5 M5
2013-UR / 2013-UBR
202-U-L / 202-UB-L [3.70] [2.40] [2.01]

94 61 51
217-U-L / 217-UB-L
[0.24]
2002-U-LS / 2002-UB-LS L-217-3-01 6
- M6 M5
[0.39] [0.20] [0.79] [0.31] [0.47] [1.26] [0.59] [0.39]
2017-U / 2017-UB 10 5 20 8 12 32 15 10
2017-UR / 2017-UBR
207-U-L / 207-UB-L
227-U-L / 227-UB-L
4.88] [0.31] [2.99] [2.60] [0.59]
2007-U-LS / 2007-UB-LS L-227-3-01 124 8 76 66 15
M8 M5
2027-U / 2027-UB
2027-UR / 2027-UBR
Arm Extension:
• Easily cut to length
• Drilled & tapped for spindle attachment
Note: adding arm extension will reduce the clamp’s holding
capacity. Refer to Technical Appendix for details
Model no. Extension link B B1 B2 B3 B4 L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 M M1

+0, -,1 +0,2
213-U-L / 213-UB-L
[0.39] [0.22] [0.31] [0.39] 2x [3.35] [2.76] [0.87] [0.79] [0.47] [1.89] [0.31]
2013-U / 2013-UB L-213-4-01 M4 M5
10 5,5 8 10 45º 85 70 22 20 12 48 8
2013-UR / 2013-UBR
202-U-L / 202-UB-L
217-U-L / 217-UB-L
[0.26] [0.35] [0.47] 2x [5.00] [4.33] [1.38] [1.89] [2.95] [0.39]
2002-U-LS / 2002-UB-LS L-217-4-01 M5 M5
6,5 9 12 45º 127 110 35 48 75 10
2017-U / 2017-UB
2017-UR / 2017-UBR [0.47] [0.59]
12 15
207-U-L / 207-UB-L
227-U-L / 227-UB-L
[0.33] [0.51] [0.59] 2x [6.57] [5.91] [1.77] [2.87] [4.13] [0.39]
2007-U-LS / 2007-UB-LS L-227-4-01 M6 M5
8,5 13 15 45º 167 150 45 73 105 10
2027-U / 2027-UB
2027-UR / 2027-UBR
Cross Arm Set

• 1 x cross arm
• 2 x adjustment spindles
with neoprene thrust pads L1
vulcanized, resin-free, inc. L3
2 x fastening nuts
• 4 x flange washer
C1
• 1 x screw incl. 1 x fastening

C7
nut, self-locking F1
F
For Models
Model no. C1 C7 F F1 L1 L3 Adjustable Spindles
with U Arms
[0.47] [0.12] [0.31] [0.57] [4.92] [4.33]
207426-Q 207, 225, 227 507208-M
12 3 35 14,5 125 110
[0.63] [0.16] [0.43] [0.75] [5.87] [5.12]

210440-Q 210, 235, 237 240208-M
16 4 11 19 149 130
827
1200
858
8021
803
812
MC-PTC | 1
pneumatic toggle clamps
Series
800
850
830
803
868
827
817
858
847
846
810
807
802
812
1200
8031
8071
8021
8007
9
7
5
3
29
29
28
27
26
25
23
21
21
19
19
17
13
15
11
Page MC-PTC-#
View
Click
Page #
0 to 1000 [0 to 225]
1000 to 2000 [225 to 450]
2000 to 3000 [450 to 675]
3000 to 5000 [675 to 1125]

N [lbf.]
5000 to 7000 [1125 to 1575]
7000 to 10000 [1575 to 2250]

Max. Holding Capacity
10000+ [2250+]
0 to 1000 [0 to 225]
1000 to 2000 [225 to 450]
2000 to 3000 [450 to 675]
3000 to 4000 [675 to 900]
4000 to 5000 [900 to 1125]
5000 to 6000 [1125 to 1350]

5bar [72PSI] N [lbf.]
Max. Exerting Force at
6000 to 8000 [1350 to 1800]

0 to 50 [0 to 1.97]
50 to 75 [1.97 to 2.95]
75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]
100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]
125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]
150 to 175 [5.91 to 6.89]

mm [inch]
175 to 200 [6.89 to 7.87]

Overall Height
200 to 225 [7.87 to 8.86]
225 to 250 [8.86 to 9.84]
250 to 275 [9.84 to 10.83]
275+ [10.83+]
125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]
150 to 175 [5.91 to 6.89]
175 to 200 [6.89 to 7.87]
200 to 225 [7.87 to 8.86]
225 to 250 [8.86 to 9.84]

mm [inch]

Overall Length
250 to 300 [9.84 to 11.81]
300 to 400 [11.81 to 15.75
400+ [15.75+]
20 to 40 [0.78 to 1.57]
40 to 60 [1.57 to 2.36]
60 to 80 [2.36 to 3.15]
mm [inch]
80 to 100 [3.15 to 3.94]

Overal Width
100 to 120 [3.94 to 4.72]




















MC-PTC | 2
Welding



















Assembly
Areas
Suitable
Application



















Light Machining



















Duty Cycle
Accomodates Workpiece Variation
3
3
U-Bar Version
3
3
3
3
Solid Arm Version

3
3
3
3 3
3 3 3
3 3 3
3 3
3 3
3 3
3 3
3 3 3
3 3 3
3
3
Normal
ment
Service
Harsh/Dirty
3
3
3
3
3
Environ-
pneumatic toggle clamps

812 Series
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Product Overview

•S mallest of the pneumatic hold down series • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1
• Pneumatic version of Model 201-U • Welding for spindle accessories
See page MC-PSC-40
for sensing options
High temperature version available
upon request as Model 812-U-HT
812-U
Maximum
Maximum Accessories
Exerting Force @
Holding Capacity (Supplied)
5bar [72PSI]
Air
Bore Port Spindle Flanged
Model Inner Outer Inner Outer Weight Consumption†
Size Size Accessory Washers
dm3 [ft3]
[100 lbf] [55 lbf] [136 lbf] [92 lbf] [0.46lb] [0.75] [0.003]
812-U 440 N 245 N 613 N 413 N 0,21kg 19,1 0,09
M5 305208-M 102111
† Per double stroke at 5bar [72PSI]
Max. Operating Temp: -23°C to 74°C [-10°F to 165°F]

Optional Sensors: 810156, 810158
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 812-U-LC
Replacement Cylinder Assembly: 812CYL
In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create
an exerting force that exceeds the clamp’s holding capacity.
See Technical Appendix Section for details.
MC-PTC | 3 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
812
812 Series
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Dimensions
812-U [0.75] [0.29] M5

19,1 7,2
[1.54]
39,1
M5 OR #10
IF SUPPLIED
99° [2.76]
[0.31]
8,0 70,0
[1.56]
39,6
[0.13] [0.68] [1.02]

3,4 17,3 25,9 [5.59]
142,0
[1.00] [0.17]
25,4 Ø 4,3
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[1.50] [0.94]
38,1 23,9
[0.18] [0.63]
4,6 16,0
Note:
Model 812-U requires either 810156
or 810158 sensors. Two (2) sensors
are required if detecting both open
and closed positions. These sensors
use 810156-1 (included with sensors)
band clamp to mount the sensor to
the cylinder wall.
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-PTC | 4
802 Series

• Pneumatic version of Model 202-U • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1
• Sensor ready for T-slot or round sensors • Welding for spindle accessories
See page MC-PSC-40
for sensing options
upon request, add –HT to model
number. Example: 802-U–HT
802-U
802-UE
Maximum Max. Exerting Force Accessories

Holding Capacity @ 5bar [72PSI] (Supplied)
Air
Size Size Accessory Washers
dm3 [ft3]
802-U [200 lbf] [110 lbf] [200 lbf] [110 lbf] [1.52 lb] [0.79] [0.0006] 1/8 NPT
202208-M 215105
802-UE 890 N 490 N 890 N 490 N 0,69 kg 20 0,02 G-1/8
Max Cylinder Pressure: 10bar [145psig]*

Max Operating Temp: -10°C to 90°C [-14°F to 194°F]
Replacement Seal Kit: 802550-20-1-00
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 802-U-LC
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create an exerting force
that exceeds the clamp’s holding capacity. See Technical Appendix for details.
Sensor Accessories Item Number

Round Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect 810169
T-slot Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect 8EA-109-1
Quick Disconnect 2M Extension Cable CABL-010
See Pneumatic Accessories section for more options
802-U, 802-UE
802 Series
802-U 1/8" NPT

802-U [0.99] [0.50] 802-UE G-1/8
802-UE 25,1 12,7
[2.22]
56,4
AUXILIARY UNCLAMP PORT

(802-U ONLY)
M6 OR 1/4"
IF SUPPLIED
92°
[2.39] [0.38] [3.79]
60.8 9,7 96,2
[0.24]
6,2
[1.06] [1.73]
27,0 43,9
[7.51]
190.7
[1.50]
38,1 [0.22]
Ø 5,6
[1.93] [1.06] mm [INCH] mm [INC

49,1 27,0

[0.25] [0.50] PROJECTION PROJECTI
6,4 12,7
807 Series

•P neumatic version of Series 207 • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1
manual clamps • Welding for spindle accessories
• Sensor ready for round or T-slot sensors. See page MC-PSC-40
• Built-in flow restriction eliminates need for sensing options
for external flow controls
upon request, add –HT to model
807-U 807-S
807-UE 807-SE
Maximum Maximum
Accessories
Holding Exerting Force
(Supplied)
Capacity @ 5bar [72PSI]
Air
Bore Port Spindle Flanged Bolt
Size Size Accessory Washers Retainer
dm3 [ft3]
807-U [375 lbf] [275 lbf] [576 lbf] [297 lbf] 1/8 NPT --
507107 --
807-UE 1670 N 1220 N 2573 N 1327 N G-1/8 2007208-M
[1.66lb] [1.26] [0.015]
807-S 0,75kg 32 0,42 1/8 NPT
[500 lbf] [260 lbf] [540 lbf] [180 lbf]
-- -- 207105
807-SE 2220 N 1160 N 2412 N 804 N G-1/8

Replacement Clamp Assembly: 807-U-LC, 807-S-LC
that exceeds the clamp’s holding capacity. See Technical Appendix for details.

807-U, 807-UE, 807-S, 807-SE
807 Series
807-U / 807-S 1/8" NPT

807-UE / 807-SE G-1/8
[1.97] [0.88]
50,0 22,4
807-U
807-UE
[2.26]
57,4

(807-U, 807-S ONLY)
103°
M8 OR 5/16"
IF SUPPLIED [5.83]
148,2
[0.63]
16,0
[3.00]
76,3
[1.38]
[0.25] 35,0 [2.51]
6,3 63,6
[9.33]
237,1
[0.34] [2.00] [0.28]

Ø 8,7 50,8 Ø 7,1
807-S
807-SE
[2.06] [1.25]
52,4 31,8
[0.25] [0.63] [0.75]

6,4 15,9 19,1
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

810 Series

• Sensor ready for round or T-slot style sensors See page MC-PSC-40
for external flow controls
810-U 810-S
810-UE 810-SE
Maximum Maximum
Accessories
Holding Exerting Force
(Supplied)
Capacity @ 5bar [72PSI]
Air
dm3 [ft3]
810-U [600 lbf] [290 lbf] [856 lbf] 1/8 NPT --
235106 --
810-UE 2670 N 1290 N 3834 N G-1/8 240208-M
[407 lbf] [4.07lb] [1.57] [0.029]
810-S 1823 N 1,85kg 40 0,83 1/8 NPT
[750 lbf] [500 lbf] [702 lbf]
-- -- 210114
810-SE 3340 N 2220 N 3143 N G-1/8

that exceeds the clamp’s holding capacity.

810 Series
810-U, 810-UE, 810-S, 810-SE
810-U / 810-S 1/8" NPT

810-UE / 810-SE G-1/8
[2.35] [1.24]
810-U 59,7 31,5
810-UE
[3.08]
78,3

(810-U, 810-S ONLY)
M10 OR 3/8"
IF SUPPLIED 99°
[7.37]
[0.79] 187,1
20,0
[3.79]
96,3
[1.79] [3.57]
[0.24]
45,5 90,6
6,2 [11.70]
297,1
[0.34]
Ø 8,6
[0.42] [4.22]
Ø 10,7 107,2
810-S
810-SE mm [INCH] mm [INC
[2.86] [1.78]
72,7 45,2
PROJECTION PROJECT
[0.31] [0.38] [1.25]

7,9 9,7 31,8
846 Series

•S imilar in size to 807 but with higher • Assembly See page MC-PSC-40
holding capacity • Welding for sensing options
• Large, solid clamping arm is easily modified
to suit application requirements
• Sensor ready for round or T-slot style sensors
846
Maximum Max. Exerting Force

Holding Capacity @ 5bar [72PSI]
Air
Bore Port
Size Size
dm3 [ft3]
[750 lbf] [520 lbf] [786 lbf] [491 lbf] [4.18lb] [1.57] [0.029]
846 3340 N 2310 N 3520 N 2200 N 1,90kg 40 0,83
1/8 NPT
 This item is available upon request. † Per double stroke at 5bar [72PSI]

Replacement Clamp Assembly: 846-LC
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create an exerting force that
exceeds the clamp’s holding capacity. See Technical Appendix Section for details.

846
846 Series
1/8" NPT
846
[3.20]
81,4
97°
[5.54]
[0.63]
140,8
16,0
[3.30]
83,9
[1.61]
40,8
[0.37] [2.19]
9,4 55,6
[10.33]
262,3
[0.30] [4.22]
Ø 7,6 107,2
mm [INCH] mm [INC
[2.87] [1.50]
72,8 38,1
PROJECTION PROJECTI
[0.75] [0.38] [1.00]

19,1 9,7 25,4
8007 Series

•H ardened pins and bushing at all pivot points • Assembly See page MC-PSC-40
for long life cycle • Welding for sensing options
• Solid clamping bar may be modified to suit
application requirements
8007-E 8007-EHL 8007-EHR

Air
Bore Port
Size Size
dm3 [ft3]
8007-E 1,6kg [3.53lb]
[830 lbf] [405 lbf] [606 lbf] [225 lbf] [1.26] [0.016]
8007-EHL 3700 N 1800 N 2700 N 1000 N 32 0,44
G-1/8
1,7kg [3.75lb]
8007-EHR


8007-E, 8007-EHR, 8007-EHL
8007 Series
8007-EHR
8007-EHR
G-1/8
[0.39]
9,9
[2.72]
69
[4.71]
119,5
8007-EHL
[0.71] 98°
[5.63] 18,0 [5.72]
143,0 145,4
[1.39]
[3.15] 35,2
80,1
[2.68]
[0.31] 68,0
8,0 [10.19]
258,9
[0.31]
8,0
[0.94] [0.25]
8007-E 24,0 Ø 6,3
[1.81] [2.60]
46,0 66,0
[0.94]
24,0
[0.94]
24,0
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

847 Series

• Switch ready for Ø4mm or See page MC-PSC-40
6,5mmX5mm sensors for sensing options
• Built-in flow restriction eliminates
need for external flow control
847-U 847-S
Max. Exerting
Maximum Accessories
Force @ 5bar
Holding Capacity (Supplied)
[72PSI]
Air
dm3 [ft3]
[1000 lbf] [480 lbf] [450 lbf] 1/4
847-U 4450 N 2135 N 2018 N NPT
-- 247109 --
[948 lbf] [8.93lb] [1.97] [0.044]
4248 N 4,05kg 50 1,25
[1000 lbf] [650 lbf] [426 lbf] 1/4
847-S 4450 N 2890 N 1912 N NPT
-- -- 247110


847 Series
[3.14] [1.74]
79,7 44,1 1/4" NPT
847-U
[3.76]
95,5
M12 OR 1/2" 94°

[9.27]
IF SUPPLIED 235,3
[0.88]
22,2
[4.40]
111,7
[2.25]
57,1
[4.87]
[0.44]
123,8 [15.25]
11,0
387,2
[6.22]
[0.56] [0.34] 157,9
Ø 14,3 Ø 8,7
847-S
[3.56] [1.78]
90,4 45,2
[0.38] [0.38] [1.25]

9,5 9,5 31,8
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

858 Series

for long lifecyle • Welding for sensing options
858
858-E

Air
Bore Port
Size Size
dm3 [ft3]
858 [4,000 lbf] [2,000 lbf] [1,530 lbf] [800 lbf] [16.11lb] [2.48] [0.109] 1/4 NPT
858-E 17800 N 8900 N 6857 N 3585 N 7.31kg 63 3,08 G-1/4


858 Series
858 Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Dimensions
858 1/4" NPT

858 858-E G-1/4
858-E
[4.00]
101,6
[1.00]
25,4
(858 ONLY)
96°
[1.38] [12.27]
34,9 311,6
[7.12]
180,9
[3.85]
97,8
[0.50] [4.81]
12,7 122,2
[17.52]
445,0
[0.41]
Ø 10,3
[2.75] [4.00]
69,9 101,6
[0.63] [4.25]
16,0 108,0
[5.60]
142,2
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

8021, 8071 Series

•E nclosed clamp for dirty environments such • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1
as spot and MIG welding • Welding for spindle accessories
• Non-pivoting cylinder can be hard-piped See page MC-PSC-40
into fixture for sensing options
8021 8071
8021-UE 8071-UE

Air
Size Size Accessory Washer
dm3 [ft3]
8021 [390 lbf] [255 lbf] [169 lbf] [100 lbf] [2.30lb] [1.26] [0.015] 1/8 NPT
-- 8021122
8021-UE 1735 N 1135 N 760 N 449 N 1,04kg 32 0,42 G-1/8
8071 [450 lbf] [310 lbf] [496 lbf] [283 lbf] [2.80lb] [1.57] [0.020] 1/8 NPT
-- 507107
8071-UE 2000 N 1380 N 2218 N 1267 N 1,27kg 40 0,58 G-1/8

Replacement Seal Kit: 8021: 802450-32-1-00
8071: 810450-40-1-00

8021, 8071 Series
8021, 8021-UE, 8071, 8071-UE, 8101, 8101-UE
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Dimensions | -UE

(8021, 8071 ONLY) 8021 / 8071 1/8" NPT
8021-UE / 8071-UE G-1/8
L3 L2
8021
8021-UE F
B1
90°
C1
H1
H
C
L1
C2 L
A4
8071
8071-UE
B2 B
F A3 A
mm [INCH] mm [IN
CLAMPING BAR
C1
8021 / 8021-UE
PROJECTION PROJECT
Model A A1 A3 A4 B B1 B2 C C1 C2 ØD F
8021 [0.79] [1.97] [0.47] [1.50] [2.26] [1.88] [1.56] [0.63] [0.13] [0.21] [0.34]
-
8021-UE 20 50 12 38,2 57,4 47,9 39,6 16 3,2 5,3 8,7
8071 [1.97] [3.00] [0.39] [0.39] [1.56] [2.81] [2.12] [1.65] [0.75] [0.13] [0.28] [0.56]
8071-UE 50 76,2 10 10 39,7 71,4 53,9 41,9 19,1 3,2 7,1 14,3
Model H H1 L L1 L2 L3 M
8021 [2.40] [4.44] [9.86] [2.25] [0.44] [1.31] 1/4
8021-UE 60,9 112,8 250,4 57,2 11 33,2 M6
8071 [2.63] [5.12] [10.74] [2.72] [0.40] [1.83] 5/16

8071-UE 66,9 130 272,9 69 10,1 46,5 M8
817, 827 Series

•D ual mounting surfaces • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1
for maximum flexibilit • Welding for spindle accessories
for external flow control
817-U 817-S 827-U 827-S

817-UE 817-SE 827-UE 827-SE

Air
dm3 [ft3]
817-U [375 lbf] [369 lbf] 1/8NPT --
507107 --
817-UE 1670 N 1648 N G-1/8 225208-M
[200 lbf] [225 lbf] 1,05kg [1.26] [0.015]
817-S 890 N 1005 N [2.31lb] 32 0,42 1/8 NPT
[450 lbf] [360 lbf]
-- -- 207107
817-SE 2000 N 1608 N G-1/8
827-U [600 lbf] [390 lbf] [309 lbf] 1/8 NPT --
235106 --
827-UE 2670 N 1735 N 1383 N G-1/8 240208-M
[491 lbf] 2,14kg [1.57] [0.029]
827-S 2200 N [4.71lb] 40 0,83 1/8 NPT
[700 lbf] [330 lbf] [281 lbf]
-- -- 210114
827-SE 3110 N 1470 N 1257 N G-1/8

Replacement Seal Kit: 817: 802450-32-1-00
827: 810450-40-1-00
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 817-U-LC, 817-S-LC, 827-U-LC, 827-S-LC
Replacement Cylinder Assembly: 817: 807CYL, 827: 810CYL

817-U, 817-UE, 817-S, 817-SE, 827-U, 827-UE, 827-S, 827-SE
817, 827 Series

Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-UE/-S/-SE
817-U 817-U / 817-S / 827-U / 827-S 1/8" NPT

817-UE 817-UE / 817-SE / 827-UE/ 827-SE G-1/8
L3 L2
B2
817
(817-U, 817-S, 827-U, 827-S ONLY)
M Mounting Options:
IF SUPPLIED
Use two bolts in the “side” mounting holes, to
N
secure mounting bracket, when “top” mounting.
C1
ØD
A4
C
H
A2
L1
B3 L
L1 A3 ØD
Ø D1 F
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
B
THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE Top Mounting Side Mounting
C2 A
Model A A2 A3 A4 B B2 B3 C C1 C2 C3 C4
817-U
817-UE [0.63] [0.44] [0.60] [0.63] [1.00] [2.44] [1.00] [2.69] [0.63] [0.12] [1.25] [1.31]
817-S 16 11,2 15,1 16 25,4 62 25,4 68,3 16 3,1 31,8 33,3
817-SE
827-U [3.89] [0.79] [1.76]
827-UE [1.25] [0.51] [0.66] [1.25] [1.75] [3.08] [1.75] 98,8 20 [0.12] [2.00] 44,8
827-S 31,8 12,8 16,8 31,8 44,45 78,3 44,45 [3.91] [0.75] 3,1 50,8 [1.78]
827-SE 99,2 19,1 45,3
Model ØD ØD1 F H L L1 L2 L3 M N
817-U [6.24] [2.37] [0.19] [1.90]
- -
817-UE [0.27] [7.51] 158,6 60,3 4,8 48,4 5/16
95º
817-S 6,7 [0.34] [0.25] 190,7 [6.97] [3.04] M8
- -
817-SE 8,7 6,4 175,5 77,2
827-U [8.61] [3.27] [1.23] [2.35]

- -
827-UE [0.33] [9.04] 218,7 83,1 31,2 59,7 3/8
88º
827-S 8,4 [0.42] [0.31] 229,7 [8.49] [3.18] M10
- -
827-SE 10,7 7,9 215,6 80,7
868 Series

for long lifecycle • Welding for sensing options
868
868-E

Air
Bore Port
Size Size
dm3 [ft3]
868 [4000 lbf] [2400 lbf] [1704 lbf] [800 lbf] [17.0lb] [2.48] [0.109] 1/4 NPT
868-E 17800 N 10675 N 7637 N 3585 N 7,71kg 63 3,08 G-1/4


868 Series
868 Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Dimensions
868 [0.38]
868-E 9,7
[1.25]
31,8
[4.69]
119,1
91°
[1.25]
[0.41] 31,8
Ø 10,4
[1.63]
41,4 [6.95] [13.50]
176,6 343
[4.20]
106,7
[0.89]
22,5 [4.69] AUXILIARY UNCLAMP
119,1 PORT (868 ONLY)
[2.25] [10.17]
57,2 258,4
[4.00] 868 1/4" NPT
101,6
868-E G-1/4
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

803 Series

•P neumatic version of Model 603 manual • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1
straight line action clamp • Welding for spindle accessories
for sensing options
Upon Request, add –HT to model
803
803-ME
Maximum Maximum Air

Plunger Plunger Bore Port
Model Holding Exerting Force Weight Consumption†
Travel Thread Size Size
Capacity @ 5bar [72PSI] dm3 [ft3]
803 [600 lbf] [675 lbf] [0.75] 5/16-18 [1.86lb] [1.26] [0.015] 1/8 NPT
803-ME 2670 N 3015 N 19,1 M8 0,84kg 32 0,42 G-1/8
† Per double stroke at 5bar [72PSI] 803
Max Cylinder Pressure: 10bar [145psig]

Replacement Clamp Assembly: 803-LC, 803-M-LC
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create [0.27] [1.44] 803 1/8" NPT
an exerting force that exceeds the clamp’s holding capacity. 6,9 36,6 803-ME G-1/8
[1.31]
33,3
Round Reed Switch with Qk Disconnect 810169
T-slot Reed Switch with Qk Disconnect 8EA-109-1
Quick Disconnect 5M Extension Cable CABL-013 [0.44] AUXILIARY
Ø 11,0 [0.27] UNCLAMP
See Pneumatic Accessories section for more options 4X, Ø 6,8 PORT
[9.86] (803 ONLY)
250,4
[0.75]
19,1
[1.09]
mm [INCH] [2.93]
mm [INCH]
27,7
74,3

[0.31] 803 5/16-18

7,9 [2.37] 803-ME M8
60,2
8031 Series

•F ully enclosed straight line action clamp • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1
for the dirtiest environments • Welding for spindle accessories
• Compact design with high holding capacity See page MC-PSC-40
• Sensor ready for round style sensors for sensing options
8031
Maximum Maximum Air

[2000 lbf] [731 lbf] [0.75] [1.17lb] [1.26] [0.006] 1/8
8031 8900 N 3285 N 19,1
M8
2,58kg 32 0,18 NPT

*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create 8031

Round Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect 810169 [0.47] [2.17] [0.27]
12,0 55,0 4X, Ø 6,7
[0.44]
See Pneumatic Accessories section for more options Ø 11,1
[2.36] [2.75]
60,0 69,9
[0.75]
19,1
[2.17] 1/8 NPT
55,0
[1.25] [3.19]
31,7 81,0
[1.50]
mm [INCH] mm [INCH] [0.44]
[2.37] 38,1
Ø 11,1
60,3
[0.13]
[0.59] 3,2
M8 [0.75]
15,1 19,0
830 Series

830
830-ME
Maximum Maximum Air

830 [2500 lbf] [800 lbf] [0.75] 3/8-16 2,79kg [1.57] [0.029] 1/8 NPT
830-ME 11100 N 3582 N 19,1 M10 [6.14lb] 40 0,83 G-1/8
Max Cylinder Pressure: 10bar [145psig] Sensor Accessories Item Number

Max Operating Temp: -10°C to 90°C [-14°F to 194°F] Round Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect 810169
Replacement Seal Kit: 810450-40-1-00 T-slot Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect 8EA-109-1
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 830-LC, 830-M-LC Quick Disconnect 2M Extension Cable CABL-010
Replacement Cylinder Assembly: 810CYL Quick Disconnect 5M Extension Cable CABL-013
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create 830
830 3/8-16 [0.34] 830 1/8" NPT

830-ME M10 6X Ø 8,6 830-ME G-1/8
[3.00]
76,2
AUXILIARY
UNCLAMP
[1.63] [0.50] [1.38] [1.62] PORT
41,4 12,7 35,1 41,1 [11.43] (830 ONLY)
290,3
[1.25] Ø 15,8
31,8
[3.59]
[1.06] 91,1 PROJECTION PROJECTION
27,0
[1.97] [7.75] [0.43]

50,0 196,9 10,8
850 Series

• Sensor ready for round or T-slot style sensors • Light press See page MC-PSC-40
•B uilt-in flow restriction eliminates need operations for sensing options
850
850-ME
Maximum Maximum Air

850 [16,000 lbf] [1232 lbf] [2.00] 5/8-11 [16.66lb] [2.48] [0.109] 1/4 NPT
850-ME 71200 N 5522 N 50,8 M16 7,56kg 63 3,08 G-1/4
Max Cylinder Pressure: 10bar [145psig] Sensor Accessories Item Number

Max Operating Temp: -10°C to 90°C [-14°F to 194°F] Round Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect 810169
Replacement Seal Kit: 850450-63-1-00 T-slot Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect 8EA-109-1
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 850-LC, 850-M-LC850, 850-M,Quick
850-MEDisconnect 2M Extension Cable CABL-010
Replacement Cylinder Assembly: 868CYL Quick Disconnect 5M Extension Cable CABL-013
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create
850 5/8-11 850 1/8NPT

850-ME M16
850-ME G1/8
[2.25]
[2.00] 57,2
50,8
[4.00]
[0.99] 101,6
25,2
[1.69] [2.75] [0.41]
42,9 69,9 4X Ø 10,5
[20.56]
522,2
[0.99] [2.00] mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

Ø 25,2 50,8 [7.21]
183,1
[2.63] [4.54] [9.06] [0.63]

66,7 115,3 230,2 15,9
800, 1200 Series
Features: Applications: How it Works:

• L ow profile and compact for mounting • Assembly 1. C
lamp arm retracts fully for loading
in tight spaces • Welding and unloading.
• Uniform clamping force throughout full stroke • Light machining 2. Clamp arm moves straight forward.
• Accommodates variable workpiece thickness
• Single acting - air advance, spring return 3. C
lamp arm pivots down to hold
workpiece.
800 800-E 1200 1200-E
Inlet Max. Pressure at

Port
Model Pressure Exerting Force Max. Mechanical Clamping Range Weight
Size
bar [PSI] Advantage† bar
[PSI]
[850~1500 lbf]
800 3780~6670N
[0.09] 2,3
[2.50lb]
[650~1200 lbf] 1,13kg
800-E 2890~5340N
[0.16] 4,0
[70~150]
4,8 [70] 1/4 NPT
4,8~10,3 [750~1600 lbf]
1200 3340~7120N
[0.25] 6,4
[4.00lb]
[550~1200 lbf] 1,81kg
1200-E 2450~5340N
800, 800-E, 1200, 1200-E [0.38] 9,6

D
G
Note: For use with pneumatic L
power only. This is a single
acting device (air clamp, N H E C
spring return), a 3-way air
valve required for control. Note:
MTG. HOLES K (Forward Stroke) Arm
F R (Downward Stroke) Configuration
Repair Kits: 8
00-00, M
1200-00 [0.50]
B K Model E
12,7
[0.19]
P K R
R 4,8
A
[0.31]
Q 8
MNTG
Model A B C D E F G H K L M N P Q R
HOLES
[0.09]
800 -
[1.63] [4.81] [2.72] [0.25] [2.21] [0.25] [3.13] [1.19] [0.50 [2.31] [1.50] [0.59] 2,3
41,4 122,8 69,1 6.4 56,1 6,4 79,5 30,2 12,7 58,37 38,1 [0.50] 15,0 [0.16]
800-E 12,7 4,1
1/4 [0.26]
NPT [0.25] 6,6
1200 -
[2.25] [6.00] [3.00] [0.28] [2.44] [0.28] [4.25] [1.50] [1.00] [3.00] [1.38] [0.63] 6,4
57,2 152,4 76.2 7.1 62 7,1 108 38,1 25,4 76.2 35,1 [0.69] 16 [0.38]
1200-E 17,5 9,7
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps
Notes
pneumatic swing clamps
Clamp
Bore Size Total Stroke Clamping
Stroke
mm [in] mm [in] Force N [lbf]
mm [in]
Arm Rotation - Top of Stroke
Confined Space Operation

Page MC-PTC-#
Clamp Arm/Spindle Incl.

10 to 20 [0.39 to 0.78]
20 to 30 [0.78 to 1.18]
30 to 40 [1.18 to 1.57]
40 to 50 [1.18 to 1.57]
50 to 60 [1.18 to 1.57]
10 to 20 [0.39 to 0.78]
20 to 30 [0.78 to 1.18]
20 to 30 [0.79 to 1.18]
30 to 40 [1.18 to 1.57]
40 to 50 [1.57 to 1.97]
50 to 60 [1.97 to 2.36]
360° Arm Adjustability

Threaded Body Style
Less than 20 [0.79]
Flanged Body Style

0 to 10 [0 to 0.39]
Manual Operation
Block Body Style
1000 to 2000
Sensor Ready
60+ [2.36+]
500 to 1000
100 to 500
Series
0 to 100
9522-2 3 3 33 3
9530-2 3 3 33 3
9540-2 3 3 33 3
9550-2 3 3 33 3
89R20 8 3 33
89R32 8 3 33
89R40-010 8 3 33
9540 89R40-025 8 3 33
89R50 8 3 33
89R63 8 3 33
89R40
89B20 14 3 33
89B32 14 3 33
89B40 14 3 33
89B50 14 3 33
89B40 89B63 14 3 33
8115/8116 19 3 333
8315/9316 19 3 333
89E20 23 3 3
8315 89E32 23 3 3
89E40 23 3 3
89E50 23 3 3
89E63 23 3 3
89E40
8015/8016 28 3 333
8215/8216 28 3 333
8415/8416 28 3 333
8215
035-125 32 3 3
035-132 32 3 3
035-140 32 3 3
035-150 32 3 3
035-1 035-225 32 3 3
035-232 32 3 3
035-240 32 3 3
035-250 32 3 3
035-2 8725 37 3 3 3
8732 37 3 3 3
8740 37 3 3 3
8732 8750 37 3 3 3
6004-SW 6004-SW 42 N/A 3 3 333
MC-PSC | 1 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
pneumatic swing clamps
89R40_010_2
CLAMPED
POSITION
Application Note:
90°±5° 90°±5°
Swing Cylinder Rotation: The frame of reference for specifying

the rotation direction (left or right) is the clamp arm viewed
from above during the clamping stroke. A RIGHT HAND unit
rotates CLOCKWISE and then clamps down; a LEFT HAND unit UNCLAMPED
POSITION
UNCLAMPED
POSITION
RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND
rotates COUNTER-CLOCKWISE and then clamps down. ROTATION ROTATION
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-PSC | 2
9500 Series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Product Overview

• Ideal for tight spaces with an arm motion • Assembly See page MC-PSC-6 for mounting options
that rotates at the top of the stroke • Welding See page MC-PSC-7 for clamping arms
• Includes a rod weld cover to protect • Light machining
the rod throughout the entire stroke See page MC-PSC-40 for sensing options
• Can be mounted on any face with
optional side flange mounting kit
• Switch ready for Ø4mm or 6.5mm x 5mm sensors
9522-2 9530-2 9540-2 9550-2
Shown with optional clamping arm.
Stroke Vertical
Total Clamping Air
Swing During Clamping Bore Size Weight Replacement
Model Stroke Force @ Consumption‡
Direction Rotation Stroke [in.]mm [lb.]kg Seal Kit
[in]mm [lbf.]N† dm3[in3]
[in]mm [in]mm
9522-2L LH [0.50] [0.50] [34] [0.86] [0.004] [0.68]
952292
9522-2R RH 13 13 150 22 0,10 0,31
9530-2L
LH
9530-2GL [76] [1.26] [0.010] [1.25]
9530-2R 340 32 0,29 0,57
RH
9530-2GR 953092
9540-2L 954092
LH --
9540-2GL [0.79] [0.79] [123] [1.57] [0.016] [1.98]
9540-2R 20 20 550 40 0,46 0,90
RH
9540-2GR
9550-2L
LH
9550-2GL [196] [1.97] [0.026] [3.33]
955092
9550-2R 870 50 0,74 1,51
RH
9550-2GR
† with standard clamping arm at 5bar [72psi]. ‡ Per double stroke at 5bar [72psi]
Operating Pressure Range: 3bar [45psig] to 8bar [120psig]
Maximum Operating Temperature: 60°C [140°F]
9500 series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Dimensions
90º Right Hand (RH)

clockwise rotation RH (Clamped Position)
90° ±5°
REPEATABILITY
±1° "C" SHCS
Unclamped
Clamped
Unclamped B A
Position (SQ) (SQ)
90º Left Hand (LH)

counter-clockwise rotation D E
mm [INCH] mm [INCH
LH (Clamped Position)
THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGL
Unclamped Unclamped
Clamped Position
ØF
J
K H G
CLAMP Unclamped
STROKE Position N
(PORTS)
M
Clamped
Position L
Shown with optional clamping arm.
Model A B C D E F G H J K L M N
[1.42] [1.00] M5 [0.82] [3.77] [4.79] [5.72] [0.50] [0.43] [2.90]
9522-2 -- -- M5
36 25,4 (#10) 21 95,8 121,8 145,7 13 11 73,8
9530-2 [1.81] [1.34] [0.16] [0.96] [4.48] [6.09] [7.33] [0.61] [3.39] 1/8NPT
9530-2G 46 34 4 24,4 113,7 154,8 186 15,5 86,2 G-1/8
M6 [0.55]
9540-2 (1/4”) 14
[2.05] [1.57] [0.20] [1.13] [4.63] [6.29] [7.52] [0.79] [0.65] [3.43] 1/8NPT
9540-2G 52 40 5 28,7 117,6 159,7 190,9 20 16,5 87,1 G-1/8
9550-2 [2.52] [1.97] M8 [0.71] [0.28] [1.32] [5.58] [7.20] [8.64] [0.73] [4.22] 1/8NPT
9550-2G 64 50 (5/16”) 18 7 33,5 141,8 182,9 219,3 18,5 107,3 G-1/8
9500 series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Clamping Forces
Series 9522-2 Clamping Force Series 9530-2 Clamping Force

250 [55] 600 [135]
Straight Pull Straight Pull

952250 Arm 500 [112] 954050 Arm
200 [45]
952253 Arm 954053 Arm
Clamping Force N [lbf]

400 [90]
150 [34]
300 [67]
100 [22]
200 [45]
50 [11]
100 [22]
0 [0] 0 [0]
[40] [50] [60] [70] [80] [90] [100] [110] [120] [40] [50] [60] [70] [80] [90] [100] [110] [120]
2.8 3.4 4.1 4.8 5.5 6.2 6.9 7.6 8.3 2.8 3.4 4.1 4.8 5.5 6.2 6.9 7.6 8.3
Inlet Pressure bar [PSI] Inlet Pressure bar [PSI]
Series 9540-2 Clamping Force Series 9550-2 Clamping Force

900 [202] 1600 [360]
800 [180]
Straight Pull Straight Pull
1400 [315]
954050 Arm 955050 Arm
700 [157] 954053 Arm 955053 Arm
1200 [270]
600 [135]
1000 [225]
500 [112]
800 [180]
400 [90]
600 [135]
300 [67]
400 [90]
200 [45]
100 [22] 200 [45]
0 [0] 0 [0]
[40] [50] [60] [70] [80] [90] [100] [110] [120] [40] [50] [60] [70] [80] [90] [100] [110] [120]
2.8 3.4 4.1 4.8 5.5 6.2 6.9 7.6 8.3 2.8 3.4 4.1 4.8 5.5 6.2 6.9 7.6 8.3
Inlet Pressure bar [PSI] Inlet Pressure bar [PSI]
Guidelines
DESTACO Pneumatic Swing Clamps are 9522-2 Clamp Arm Weight 9530-2 Clamp Arm Weight
designed for long life when using standard 300 700
clamping arms and spindles. In the event that 250 600
a longer arm or additional weight is needed, 500
Weight (gr)
Weight (gr)
200
please consult these charts for the allowable 400
150
weight and length. 300
100
200
50
Example: 9522-2 100
0 0
At a weight of 80 gr, the maximum length 40 80 120 160 200 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220
of the arm is approximately 120mm.
Length - L1 (mm) Length - L1 (mm)
L1
9540-2 Clamp Arm Weight 9550-2 Clamp Arm Weight
800 1400
700 1200
600
Weight (gr)
1000
Weight (gr)
WEIGHT, c.g. 500

800
400
600
300
200 400
All data refers to an operating pressure of 5 bar [72psi] 100 200

and an opening and closing time of 1 second. 0 0
40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220
Length - L1 (mm) Length - L1 (mm)
9500 series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Mounting Accessories
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
U
ØT x (6)
W SHCS x (4)
Q
ØV TAPPED
HOLE x (4)
P X
R
S
Optional Side Flange Mounting Optional Tapped Hole Mount Optional Standard Mount
Side Flange Tapped Standard

Model P Q R S T U V W X
Kit Hole Kit Mount Kit
[0.41] [1.91] [2.26] [0.22] [0.22] [0.36]
9522-2 M5 M5x100 952260 952261 952262
10,4 48,5 57,5 5,5 5,5 9,2
9530-2 [0.76] [1.48] [2.68] [3.07] [0.52]

953060 953061
9530-2G 19,4 37,5 68 78 13,3
[0.26] [0.26]
M6 M6x120 953062
9540-2 6,5 6,5
[0.84] [2.91] [3.31] [0.37]
954060 954061
9540-2G 21,3 74 84 9,4
9550-2 [0.82] [1.97] [3.66] [4.17] [0.33] [0.31] [0.59]

M8 M8x150 955060 955061 955062
9550-2G 20,9 50 93 106 8,5 8 15
Refer to NPN-9500-2 for mounting instructions
9500 Series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Clamping Arms
A
Features: B E
G
• L ightweight aluminum construction
• Designed for use with 9500-2 series clamps
F + [0.003] 0.08
- [0.000] 0.00 H
95XX153 D
95XX150 + [0.003] 0.08
- [0.000] 0.00 C2 C1
Part Used with Weight

A B C C1 C2 D E F G H
Number Model [lbs] kg
[2.28] [1.77] [0.06]
9522150
58 45 [0.59] [0.16] [0.315] [0.30] [0.59] [0.20] [0.315] 0,025
9522-2 M6
[3.07] [2.56] 15 4 8,01 7.50 15 5 8,00 [0.08]
9522153
78 65 0,034
[2.76] [1.97] [0.12]
9540150
70 50 [0.79] [0.18] [0.394] [0.39] [0.79] [0.394] 0,054
9530-2, 9540-2 M8
[3.94] [3.15] 20 4,6 10,01 10 20 10,00 [0.17]
9540153
100 80 [0.39] 0,079
[3.46] [2.56] 10 [0.18]
9550150
88 65 [0.87] [0.30] [0.493] [0.43] [0.87] [0.492] 0,081
9550-2 M10
[4.45] [3.54] 22 7,5 12,51 11 22 12,50 [0.23]
9550153
113 90 0,11
89R Series

•S wing direction is field adjustable between left, • Assembly See page MC-PSC-11 thru 13
right, or straight. (20mm not linear adjustable) • Welding for clamping arms and mounting
• Switch ready for Ø4mm or 6.5mm x 5mm • Light machining accessories
sensors See page MC-PSC-40 for
• Lightweight and robust, designed for several sensing options
million cycles
• Clamp arm sold separately
89R
Stroke Vertical
Total Clamping Bore Air
Swing During Clamp Weight Replacement
Model Stroke Force† Size Consumption‡
Direction* Rotation Stroke [lb.]kg Seal Kit
[in]mm [lbf]N [in]mm [ft3]dm3
[in]mm [in]mm
[0.83] [0.43] [18] [0.79] [0.002] [0.66]
89R20-010-2 LH, RH 89R20-00
21 11 80 20 0,07 0,3
[1.10] [0.61] [0.39] [55] [1.26] [0.009] [1.32]
89R32-010-2 89R32-00
28 18 10 245 32 0,25 0,6
[1.24] [0.015] [2.09]
89R40-010-2
31,5 [0.85] [85] [1.57] 0,43 0,95
89R40-00
LH, RH, [1.83] 21,5 380 40 [0.022] [2.43]
89R40-025-2
STRT 46,5 0,63 1,1
[2.05] [1.06] [0.98] [138] [1.97] [0.040] [3.97]
89R50-025-2 89R50-00
52 27 25 614 50 1,13 1,8
[2.30] [1.32] [218] [2.48] [0.072] [6.17]
89R63-025-2 89R63-00
58,5 33,5 970 63 2,04 2,8
* Swing direction is field adjustable. † with standard clamping arm 5bar [72psi]. ‡ per double stroke at 5bar [72psi]

Note:
Switches are optional. To order with (2) 8EA-109-1 switches, add A to the end of the model. Ex. 89R32-010-2A
89R Series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Dimesnsions
I1
CLAMPED
I2 POSITION
I3
I4
90°±5° 90°±5°
Ø M1
H6
I5 I6
Ø D1
Ø D2
UNCLAMPED UNCLAMPED
H2 POSITION POSITION
H1 RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND
ROTATION ROTATION
Ø M3
H7
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
H3 H4
Ø D3
H7 H5
M2
ØD1 ØD2
Model ØD3 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 L1 L2
H9 F7
[0.71] [0.39] [0.18] [0.78] [0.47] [4.15] [2.60] [0.52] [0.59] [0.55] [1.56] [1.38]
89R20-010-2
18 10 4,6 19,8 11,9 105,5 66 13,2 15 14 39,5 35
[0.87] [0.47] [0.93] [4.92] [3.27] [0.69] [0.63] [2.36] [2.13]
89R32-010-2
22 12 23,7 125 83 17,5 16 60 54
[0.22] [5.51] [3.74] [0.67]
89R40-010-2 [0.83]
[1.18] [0.63] 5,5 [0.98] [0.43] 140 95 17 [2.60] [2.36]
21
30 16 25 11 [6.69] [4.92] 66 60
89R40-025-2
170 125 [0.98]
[1.57] [0.71] [0.29] [1.24] [7.70] [5.39] [1.05] 25 [3.09] [2.85]
89R50-025-2
40 18 7,4 31,4 195,5 137 26,7 [0.98] 78,5 72,5
[1.77] [0.78] [0.37] [1.30] [0.59] [8.33] [6.08] [1.04] 25 [3.74] [3.46]
89R63-025-2
45 20 9,3 33 15 211,5 154,5 26,5 95 88
Model L3 L4 L5 L6 M1 M2 M3
[0.87] [0.63] [0.87] [1.26]
89R20-010-2 M5 M6 M5
22 16 22 32
[1.42] [0.94] [1.26] [1.77]
89R32-010-2 M6
36 24 32 45
89R40-010-2 M8
[1.57] [1.07] [1.57] [2.15]
M8 G-1/8
40 27,3 40 54,5
89R40-025-2
[1.97] [1.28] [1.97] [2.56]
89R50-025-2 M10
50 32,5 50 65
M10
[2.44] [1.57] [2.44] [3.15]
89R63-025-2 M12 G-1/4
62 40 62 80
89R Series
Series 89R Clamping Force

(w/ standard clamping arm)
2000 [450]
1800 [405] 89R20

89R30
1600 [360]
89R40

1400 [215] 89R50
1200 [270] 89R63
1000 [225]
800 [180]
600 [135]
400 [90]
200 [45]
0 [0]
[45] [58] [73] [87] [102] [116] [131] [145]
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Inlet Pressure bar [PSI]
Guidelines
DESTACO Pneumatic Swing Clamps are designed 89R20 & 89R32 Clamp Arm Weight
for long life when using standard clamping arms and 200
spindles. In the event that a longer arm or additional 160 89R32

weight is needed, please consult these charts for the
Weight (gr)
89R20
120
allowable weight and length.
80
Example: 89R32 40
At a weight of 80 gr, the maximum length of the arm
0
is approximately 90mm. 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240
Length - L1 (mm)
L1
89R40 & 89R50 Clamp Arm Weight

500
440
89R50
WEIGHT, c.g. 380
Weight (gr)
89R40
320
260
200
All data refers to an operating pressure of 5 bar [72psi] 140
and an opening and closing time of 1 second. 80
20
50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290
Length - L1 (mm)
89R63 Clamp Arm Weight

700
600
Weight (gr)
500
400
300
200
100
60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320
Length - L1 (mm)
89R Series
A
Features:
G B
• Locking tapered connection for
E
360 deg. arm positioning
F
D
C
C1

A B C C1 D E F G
[2.64] [2.05] [0.59] [0.33] [0.59] [0.28] [0.08]
8JG-215-1 89R20-010-2 M6
67 52 15 8,5 [0.33] 15 7 0,04
[3.15] [2.36] [0.79] [0.37] 8,5 [0.79] [0.14]
8JG-217-1 89R32-010-2
80 60 20 9,5 20 0,06
89R40-010-2, [3.74] [2.76] [0.98] [0.45] [0.55] [0.98] [0.39] [0.28]
8JG-218-1 M8
89R40-025-2 95 70 25 11,5 14 25 10 0,13
[4.17] [3.15] [1.18] [0.59] [0.57] [1.18] [0.42]
8JG-219-1 89R50-025-2
106 80 30 15 14,5 30 0,19
[4.72] [3.54] [1.38] [0.67] [0.67] [1.38] [0.47] [0.66]
8JG-220-1 89R63-025-2 M10
120 90 35 17 17 35 12 0,30
Clamping Arm Adapters
Features:
•F or attaching custom
made clamp arms
• 360° rotatable arm
• Aluminum construction

A B C D E E1 F
[1.57] [1.10] [0.59] [0.32] [0.59] [0.03]
8MA-084-1 89R20-010-2
40 28 15 8 15 [0.22] 0,014
--
[1.38] [0.79] [0.43] [0.79] 5,5 (2x) [0.08]
8MA-086-1 89R32-010-2
[1.97] 35 20 11 20 0,035
89R40-010-2, 50 [1.50] [0.98] [0.51] [0.98] [0.55] [0.22] [0.11]
8MA-087-1
89R40-025-2 38 25 13 25 14 5,5 (4x) 0,050
[2.36] [1.77] [1.18] [0.59] [1.18] [0.59] [0.28] [0.19]
8MA-088-1 89R50-025-2
60 45 30 15 30 15 7 (4x) 0,085
[2.56] [1.89] [1.38] [0.67] [1.38] [0.71] [0.35] [0.28]
8MA-089-1 89R63-025-2
65 48 35 17 35 18 9 (4x) 0,125
89R40_010_2
89R series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Body Mount Flanges
A E
Features: C F
• For recessed mounting
• Variable height adjustment
• Can be used with switches
• For use with the 89R Series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps D B G
ØH

A B C D E F G H
[2.24] [2.17] [1.85] [0.94] [0.59] [0.28] [0.22]
8MA-092-1 89R20-010-2 -- --
57 55 47 24 15 5,5 0,10
[2.95] [1.57] [0.79] [0.47] [0.98] [0.44]
8MA-094-1 89R32-010-2
75 40 20 12 25 0,20
[3.19] [2.55] [0.26]
89R40-010-2
81 [3.15] 70 [1.77] [1.10] 6,6 [0.55]
8MA-095-1
80 45 [0.98] [0.67] 28 0,25
89R40-025-2
25 17
[4.00] [3.94] [3.37] [1.97] [1.46] [0.35] [0.88]
8MA-096-1 89R50-025-2
101,5 100 85,5 50 37 9 0,40
Mounting Feet
Features:
•C an be mounted on bottom
side or front side
• Can be mounted on 4 sides E
of the cylinder F
• For use with 89R Series
D
Pneumatic Swing Clamps ØG
B C

A B C D E F G
[5.41] [1.38] [0.87] [0.87] [0.16] [0.63] [0.08]
8MW-018-1 89R20-010-2
137,5 35 22 22 4 16 0,04
[6.54] [1.97] [1.38] [0.71] [0.15]
8MW-020-1 89R32-010-2
166 50 35 18 0,07
[0.28]
[7.13] [1.10] [0.20] 7
89R40-010-2
181 [2.17] [1.57] 28 5 [0.22]
8MW-021-1 55 40 0,10
[8.31] [0.94]
89R40-025-2
211 24
[9.39] [2.64] [1.97] [1.26] [0.35] [0.33]
8MW-022-1 89R50-025-2
238,5 67 50 32 9 0,15
[0.24]
[10.37] [3.35] [2.44] [1.57] 6 [1.06] [0.43] [0.52]
8MW-023-1 89R63-025-2
263,5 85 62 40 27 11 0,24
89R series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | End Mount Flanges
Features: B
• Can be mounted on bottom side or top side D
• For use with 89R Pneumatic Swing Clamps E
A C
ØG
F H
ØJ
C D Weight
Part Used with
A B [±0.008] [±0.008] E F G H J
Number Model [lbs]kg
±0,2 ±0,2
[1.26] [2.56] [0.71] [1.97] [0.87] [0.39] [0.07]

8MA-061-1 89R20-010-2
32 65 18 50 22 10 0,03
[1.97] [3.15] [1.26] [2.52] [1.26] [0.43] [0.28] [0.26] [0.20]

8MA-063-1 89R32-010-2
50 80 32 64 32 11 7 6,6 0,09
[0.47]
12
89R40-010-2, [2.17] [3.94] [1.57] [3.15] [1.57] [0.29]
8MA-064-1 89R40-025-2 55 100 40 80 40 0,13
[2.56] [4.72] [1.77] [3.94] [1.97] [0.33] [0.46]

8MA-065-1 89R50-025-2
65 120 45 100 50 8,5 0,21
[0.59] [0.59] [0.35]
15 15 9
[3.15] [5.12] [2.36] [4.33] [2.44] [0.35] [0.66]
8MA-066-1 89R63-025-2
80 130 60 110 62 8,8 0,30
89B Series

• L ightweight and robust, designed for several • Assembly See page MC-PSC-17 for clamping arms
millions cycles • Welding See page MC-PSC-40 for sensing options
• Can be mounted from the side or the top • Light machining
• Sensor ready for T-slot style sensors
• Metric design
Series 89B
Stroke Vertical
Total
During Clamp Clamping Bore Air
Swing Stroke Weight Replacement
Model Rotation Stroke Force [lbf.] Size Consumption‡
Direction [in]mm [lb.]kg Seal Kit
[in]mm [in]mm N† mm[in] [ft3]dm3
S
S1 S2
89B20-010-2R RH [0.79] [0.39] [29] [0.79] [0.003] [1.46]
89B/E20-2-00
89B20-010-2L LH 20 10 130 20 0,08 0,66
89B32-010-2R RH [0.83] [0.43] [0.39] [79] [1.25] [0.008] [2.25]

89B/E32-2-00
89B32-010-2L LH 21 11 10 350 32 0,22 1,02
89B40-010-2R RH [0.94] [0.55] [130] [1.57] [0.014] [3.17]

89B/E40-2-00
89B40-010-2L LH 24 14 580 40 0,39 1,44
89B50-025-2R RH [1.57] [0.59] [0.98] [225] [1.97] [0.036] [5.95]

89B/E50-2-00
89B50-025-2L LH 40 15 25 1000 50 1,03 2,70
89B63-008-2R RH [1.02] [0.71] [0.32] [321] [2.48] [0.038] [6.39]

89B/E63-2-00
89B63-008-2L LH 26 18 8 1430 63 1,08 2,90
† with standard clamping arm at 6bar [87psi]. ‡ per double stroke at 6bar [87psi]

Note:
Switches are optional. To order clamp with (2) 8EA-109-1 switches, add A to the end of the model.
EX. 89B30-010-2RA. See page MC-PSC-40 for additional switch options.
89B series 89B40_010_1L
CLAMPED
POSITION
L1
L3
90°±5° 90°±5°
Ø M1
H6
L5 L6
UNCLAMPED UNCLAMPED
POSITION POSITION
L2 Ø D1 ROTATION ROTATION
S1
L4
Ø D4 S
H2 S2 Ø D2
Ø D3
Ø M3
H1
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
H8
Ø D3
H3 H4 PROJECTION PROJECTION
H9 S = Total Stoke
H7 S1 = Stroke during Rotation
S2 = Vertical Clamp Stroke
H5
M2
Model ØD1 ØD2 ØD3 D4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9 L1

[1.89] [0.39] [0.26] [0.43] [0.69] [0.35] [3.48] [2.28] [0.35] [0.59] [0.79] [0.28] [1.57] [1.77]
89B20
48 10 6,6 11 17,5 9 88.5 58 9 15 20 7 40 45
[2.20] [0.47] [0.63] [0.43] [3.70] [2.72] [0.39] [1.77] [2.17]
89B32 [0.33]
56 12 [0.59] 16 11 94 69 10 [0.67] [0.98] [0.35] 45 55
[2.60] [0.63] 8,5 15 [0.75] [0.55] [3.98] [2.91] 17 25 9 [1.97] [2.56]
89B40
66 16 19 14 101 74 50 65
[3.07] [0.71] [0.98] [0.67] [5.51] [4.29] [0.43] [2.76] [2.95]
89B50
78 18 [0.41] [0.71] 25 17 140 109 11 [0.98] [1.18] [0.43] 70 75
[3.70] [0.79] 10,5 18 [1.06] [0.75] [4.53] [3.35] 25 30 11 [2.16] [3.54]
89B63
94 20 27 19 115 85 55 90
Model L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 M1 M2 M3
[0.45] [1.18] [0.75] [2.36] [2.95] Mounting Options
89B20 M5 M8 M5
11,5 30 19 60 75
[0.55] [1.50] [0.89] [2.68] [3.35]
89B32 M6
14 38 22,5 68 85
M10
[0.75] [1.89] [1.08] [2.87] [3.54]
89B40 G-1/8
19 48 27,5 73 90
M8
[0.94] [2.17] [1.34] [3.54] [4.33]
89B50
24 55 34 90 110
M12
[1.18] [2.76] [1.57] [3.94] [4.72]
89B63 M10 G-1/4
30 70 40 100 120
89B series
Series 89B Clamping Force

1400 [215]
Clamping Force N [lbf] 1200 [270]
1000 [225]
800 [180] 89B20 L=52 [2.05]

600 [135] 89B32 L=60 [2.36]
400 [90]
89B40 L=70 [2.76]
89B50 L=80 [3.15]
200 [45]
89B63 L=90 [3.54]
0 [0]
[45] [58] [73] [87] [87]
3 4 5 6 6
Guidelines
DESTACO Pneumatic Swing Clamps are designed 89B20 & 89B32 Clamp Arm Weight
spindles. In the event that a longer arm or additional 160 89B32

Weight (gr)
89B20
120
80
Example: 89B32 40
0
Length - L1 (mm)
L1
89B40 & 89B50 Clamp Arm Weight

500
440
89B50
WEIGHT, c.g. 380
Weight (gr)
89B40
320
260
200
20
50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290
Length - L1 (mm)
89B63 Clamp Arm Weight

700
600
Weight (gr)
500
400
300
200
100
60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320
Length - L1 (mm)
89B series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Clamping Arm
A
Features: G B

E
360 deg. arm positioning F
D
C
C1

A B C C1 D E F G
[2.64] [2.05] [0.59] [0.33] [0.59] [0.28] [0.08]
8JG-215-1 89B20-010-2 M6
67 52 15 8,5 [0.33] 15 7 0,04
[3.15] [2.36] [0.79] [0.37] 8,5 [0.79] [0.14]
8JG-217-1 89B32-010-2
80 60 20 9,5 20 0,06
[3.74] [2.76] [0.98] [0.45] [0.55] [0.98] [0.39] [0.28]
8JG-218-1 89B40-010-2 M8
95 70 25 11,5 14 25 10 0,13
[4.17] [3.15] [1.18] [0.59] [0.57] [1.18] [0.42]
8JG-219-1 89B50-025-2
106 80 30 15 14,5 30 0,19
[4.72] [3.54] [1.38] [0.67] [0.67] [1.38] [0.47] [0.66]
8JG-220-1 89B63-008-2 M10
120 90 35 17 17 35 12 0,30
Features:
made clamp arms

A B C D E E1 F
[1.57] [1.10] [0.59] [0.32] [0.59] [0.03]
8MA-084-1 89B20-010-2
40 28 15 8 15 [0.22] 0,014
--
[1.38] [0.79] [0.43] [0.79] 5,5 (2x) [0.08]
8MA-086-1 89B32-010-2
[1.97] 35 20 11 20 0,035
50 [1.50] [0.98] [0.51] [0.98] [0.55] [0.22] [0.11]
8MA-087-1 89B40-010-2
38 25 13 25 14 5,5 (4x) 0,050
[2.36] [1.77] [1.18] [0.59] [1.18] [0.59] [0.28] [0.19]
8MA-088-1 89B50-025-2
60 45 30 15 30 15 7 (4x) 0,085
[2.56] [1.89] [1.38] [0.67] [1.38] [0.71] [0.35] [0.28]
8MA-089-1 89B63-008-2
65 48 35 17 35 18 9 (4x) 0,125
Pneumatic Swing Clamps
Notes
8100, 8300 series

• L ightweight and robust, designed for several • Assembly See page MC-PSC-22 for clamping arms
millions cycles • Welding See page MC-PSC-40 for sensing options
• Block style body may be mounted from • Light machining
the side or the top.
• Sensor ready for use with round style sensors
• Clamp arm and spindle included
8115 8116 8315 8316

Right-hand Left-hand Right-hand Left-hand
Swing Swing Swing Swing
Stroke Vertical
Model Stroke Force [lbf.] Size Consumption‡
Direction Rotation Stroke [lb.]kg Seal Kit
[in]mm N† mm[in] [ft3]dm3
[in]mm [in]mm
8115 RH [0.85] [0.47] [0.38] [25] [18] [0.002] [0.68]
801560
8116 LH 21,5 11,8 9,7 110 80 0,06 0,31
8315 RH [1.25] [0.75] [0.50] [89] [67] [0.014] [2.00]

821560
8316 LH 31,8 19,1 12,7 400 298 0,40 0,91

Maximum Operating Temperature: -18°C to 60°C [0°F to 140°F]
Note:
To order without clamping arm add –LA
to the end of the model. Ex. 8315-LA
8315_C
8100, 8300 series

L6 CLAMPED
POSITION
L2 L5
90°±5° 90°±5°
L3 L1
Ø M1
Ø D1
H6
Ø D2 UNCLAMPED UNCLAMPED
Unclamped POSITION POSITION
SHOWN IN ROTATION ROTATION
UNCLAMPED
POSITION H2 + STROKE
H1 + STROKE
Ø D3
Ø D4
H8
Ø M3
H10 mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
H3 THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE

H4 PROJECTION PROJECTION
Clamped H11
H9
H5
H7
D5
Model ØD1 ØD2 ØD3 ØD4 ØD5 Stroke H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6

8115 [1.23] [0.44] [0.20] [0.85] [0.53] [0.41] [3.37] [1.45] [0.35] [0.75]
-- --
8116 31,2 11,2 5,1 21,5 13,5 10,4 85,6 36,8 8,9 19,1
8315 [1.74] [0.50] [0.33] [0.53] [0.40] [1.25] [0.97] [0.81] [4.11] [2.46] [0.65] [0.67]
8316 44,2 12,7 8,4 13,5 10,2 31,8 24,6 20,6 104,4 62,5 16,5 17
Model H7 H8 H9 H10 H11 L1 L2 L3 L5 L6 M1 M3

8115 [0.25] [1.37] [1.00] [1.00] [1.25] [0.47] [0.94] [0.94] [1.25]
-- ¼-20 #10-32
8116 6,4 34,8 25,4 25,4 31,8 11,9 23,9 23,9 31,8
8315 [0.44] [1.00] [1.49] [2.25] [2.37] [2.00] [0.72] [1.44] [2.44] [3.00]
5/16/18 1/8 NPT
8316 11,2 25,4 37,9 57,2 60,2 50,8 18,3 36,6 62 76,2
Mounting Options
Can be mounted Mounted to the top

to the side or front of the work surface
of the fixture, or through the two
mounted back to mounting holes in
back for multiple the bottom of unit.
clamping operations.
8100, 8300 series
Series 8100, 8300 Clamping Force

600 [135]
550 [124] 8100

500 [112] 8300
Clamping Force N [lbf] 450 [101]
400 [90]
350 [79]
300 [67]
250 [56]
200 [45]
150 [34]
100 [22]
50 [11]
0 [0]
[29] [45] [58] [73] [87] [102] [116] [131]
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Guidelines
DESTACO Pneumatic Swing Clamps are designed 8115/8116 Clamp Arm Weight
spindles. In the event that a longer arm or additional 200

Weight (gr)
160
allowable weight and length. 120
80
Example: 8315 40
0
is approximately 90mm. 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Length - L1 (mm)
L1
8315/8316 Clamp Arm Weight

400
350
WEIGHT, c.g. 300
Weight (gr)
250
200
150
All data refers to an operating pressure of 5 bar [72psi]
100
and an opening and closing time of 1 second.
50
50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190
Length - L1 (mm)
8100, 8300 series
A
G B
Features:
• L ightweight aluminum construction E
D
C
C1

A B C C1 D E F G
[1.74] [1.11] [0.03]
801528
44,2 28,2 [0.37] [0.33] [0.25] [0.62] [0.32] 0,01
8115, 8116 #10-32
[2.87] [2.24] 9,4 8,3 6,4 15,7 8,1
801529
72,9 56,9
[2.75] [2.00] [0.05]
821512
69,9 50,8 [0.75] [0.57] [0.38] [0.75] [0.38] 0,02
8315, 8316 3/8-16
[3.75] [3.00] 19,1 14,5 9,5 19,1 9,5
821513
95,3 76,2
Features:
made clamp arms

A B C D E E1 F
[1.37] [1.00] [0.39] [0.25] [0.62] #10-32 [0.03]
801532 8115, 8116 --
34,8 25,4 9,1 6.4 15.7 (2x) 0,014
[1.50] [1.06] [0.75] [0.37] [0.75] 1/4-20 [0.05]
821556 8315, 8316 --
38,1 26,9 19 9,4 19 (2x) 0,020
89E series

• L ightweight and robust, designed • Assembly See page MC-PSC-26 for clamping arms
for several millions cycles • Welding See page MC-PSC-27 for mounting flanges
• Threaded body may be mounted in a • Light machining
tapped hole or a clearance hole with
optional mounting flange
• Metric design
Series 89E
Stroke Vertical
Total
[in]mm [in]mm N† mm[in] [ft3]dm3
S
S1 S2
89E20-010-2R RH [0.79] [0.39] [29] [0.79] [0.003] [0.64]
89B/E20-2-00
89E20-010-2L LH 20 10 130 20 0,08 0,29
89E32-010-2R RH [0.83] [0.43] [0.39] [79] [1.25] [0.008] [0.93]

89B/E32-2-00
89E32-010-2L LH 21 11 10 350 32 0,22 0,42
89E40-010-2R RH [0.94] [0.55] [130] [1.57] [0.014] [1.76]

89B/E40-2-00
89E40-010-2L LH 24 14 580 40 0,39 0,80
89E50-025-2R RH [1.57] [0.59] [0.98] [225] [1.97] [0.036] [3.22]

89B/E50-2-00
89E50-025-2L LH 40 15 25 1000 50 1,03 1,46
89E63-008-2R RH [1.02] [0.71] [0.32] [321] [2.48] [0.038] [3.68]

89B/E63-2-00
89E63-008-2L LH 26 18 8 1430 63 1,08 1,67
Operating Pressure Range: 3bar [45psig] to 10bar [145psig] (89E20 8bar [116psig] max.)
89e series
89E40_010_1L Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Dimensions
UNCLAMPED
POSITION
90°±5° LEFT HAND
Ø D1 ROTATION
CLAMPED
POSITION
Ø M1
H5
L1 UNCLAMPED
90°±5° POSITION
S = Total Stoke RIGHT HAND
ROTATION
S1 = Stroke during Rotation S1 Ø D2
S2 = Vertical Clamp Stroke
S H2
S2 H1
H4
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
Ø M2
H3 THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE

Model ØD1 ØD2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 L1 M M1 M2

[1.89] [0.39] [0.69] [0.35] [2.36] [0.59] [0.75]
89E20 M36X1,5 M5 M5
48 10 17,5 9 60 [0.79] 15 19
[2.52] [0.47] [0.63] [0.43] [2.72] 20 [0.89]
89E32 M42X1,5 M6
64 12 16 11 69 [0.67] 22,5
[2.95] [0.63] [0.75] [0.55] [2.60] 17 [1.08]
89E40 M55X2 M8 G-1/8
75 16 19 14 66 27,5
[3.54] [0.71] [0.98] [0.67] [4.09] [1.18] [1.36]
89E50 M68X2
90 18 25 17 104 30 [0.98] 34,5
M10
[4.13] [0.79] [1.06] [0.75] [3.03] 25 [1.57]
89E63 M80X2 G-1/4
105 20 27 19 77 40
Mounting Options
89e series
Series 89E Clamping Force

1400 [215]
1200 [270]
1000 [225]
800 [180] 89E20 L=52 [2.05]

600 [135] 89E32 L=60 [2.36]
400 [90]
89E40 L=70 [2.76]
89E50 L=80 [3.15]
200 [45]
89E63 L=90 [3.54]
0 [0]
[45] [58] [73] [87] [87]
3 4 5 6 6
Guidelines
DESTACO Pneumatic Swing Clamps are designed 89E20 & 89E32 Clamp Arm Weight
spindles. In the event that a longer arm or additional 160 89E30

Weight (gr)
89E20
120
80
Example: 89E32 40
0
Length - L1 (mm)
L1
89E40 & 89E50 Clamp Arm Weight

500
440
89E50
WEIGHT, c.g. 380
Weight (gr)
89E40
320
260
200
20
50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290
Length - L1 (mm)
89E63 Clamp Arm Weight

700
600
Weight (gr)
500
400
300
200
100
60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320
Length - L1 (mm)
89e series
A
G B
Features:
• L ightweight aluminum construction E
D
C
C1

A B C C1 D E F G
[2.64] [2.05] [0.59] [0.33] [0.59] [0.28] [0.08]
8JG-215-1 89E20-010-2 M6
67 52 15 8,5 [0.33] 15 7 0,04
[3.15] [2.36] [0.79] [0.37] 8,5 [0.79] [0.14]
8JG-217-1 89E32-010-2
80 60 20 9,5 20 0,06
[3.74] [2.76] [0.98] [0.45] [0.55] [0.98] [0.39] [0.28]
8JG-218-1 89E40-010-2 M8
95 70 25 11,5 14 25 10 0,13
[4.17] [3.15] [1.18] [0.59] [0.57] [1.18] [0.42]
8JG-219-1 89E50-025-2
106 80 30 15 14,5 30 0,19
[4.72] [3.54] [1.38] [0.67] [0.67] [1.38] [0.47] [0.66]
8JG-220-1 89E63-008-2 M10
120 90 35 17 17 35 12 0,30
Features:
made clamp arms

A B C D E E1 F
[1.57] [1.10] [0.59] [0.32] [0.59] [0.03]
8MA-084-1 89E20-010-2 --
40 28 15 8 15 [0.22] 0,014
[1.38] [0.79] [0.43] [0.79] 5,5 (2x) [0.08]
8MA-086-1 89E32-010-2 --
[1.97] 35 20 11 20 0,035
50 [1.50] [0.98] [0.51] [0.98] [0.55] [0.22] [0.11]
8MA-087-1 89E40-010-2
38 25 13 25 14 5,5 (4x) 0,050
[2.36] [1.77] [1.18] [0.59] [1.18] [0.59] [0.28] [0.19]
8MA-088-1 89E50-025-2
60 45 30 15 30 15 7 (4x) 0,085
[2.56] [1.89] [1.38] [0.67] [1.38] [0.71] [0.35] [0.28]
8MA-089-1 89E63-008-2
65 48 35 17 35 18 9 (4x) 0,125
89e series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Mounting Flanges
Features: H
• For use with Threaded Body Pneumatic Swing Clamps
• Variable height adjustment ØE
B
ØF
D
C
Part Used with

A B C D E F H
Number Model
[2.17] [4.33] [1.65] [0.83] [0.26] [0.31]
8MA-219-1 89E20-010-2 M36X1,5
55 27,5 42 21 6,6 8
[2.76] [1.38] [2.13] [1.06] [0.39]
8MA-220-1 89E32-010-2 M42X1,5
70 35 54 27 10
[3.15] [1.57] [2.60] [1.30] [0.35] [0.47]
8MA-221-1 89E40-010-2 M55X2
80 40 66 33 9 12
[3.54] [1.77] [2.99] [1.50]
8MA-222-1 89E50-025-2 M68X2
90 45 76 38 [0.59]
[4.33] [2.17] [3.54] [1.77] [0.43] 15
8MA-223-1 89E63-008-2 M80X2
110 55 90 45 11
8000, 8200, 8400 series

•T hreaded body may be mounted in a • Assembly See page MC-PSC-31 for clamping arms
tapped hole or a clearance hole with • Welding See page MC-PSC-31 for mounting flanges
optional mounting flange. 8215/8216 • Light machining
may be mounted with the upper flange. See page MC-PSC-40 for sensing options
• Sensor ready for use with round style sensors
• Clamp arm and spindle included
8015 8016 8415 8416 8215 8216

Right-hand Left-hand Right-hand Left-hand Right-hand Left-hand
Swing Swing Swing Swing Swing Swing
Stroke Vertical
Model Stroke Force [lbf.] Size Consumption‡
Direction Rotation Stroke [lb.]kg Seal Kit
[in]mm N† [in]mm [ft3]dm3
[in]mm [in]mm
8015 RH [0.85] [0.47] [0.38] [18] [0.75] [0.002] [1.0]
801560
8016 LH 21,5 11,8 9,7 80 19,1 0,06 0,45
8215 RH [67] [1.50] [0.015] [2.2]

821560
8216 LH 300 38,1 0,41 1
[1.25] [0.75] [0.50]
8415 RH 31,8 19,1 12,7
[55] [1.19] [0.009] [1.5]
841560
8416 LH 245 30,2 0,25 0,68

Note:
To order without clamping arm add –LA
to the end of the model. Ex. 8215-LA
8000, 8200, 8400 series
8215_C
8215, 8216 8015, 8016

Ø D4 Ø M1
8415, 8416
Ø D3 H5
Ø D4
H6
L1
L4 Ø D1
M3
Ø D1
Unclamped
L3 L2
Ø D2 H2 + STROKE
SHOWN IN
UNCLAMPED
POSITION
H1 + STROKE
CLAMPED
POSITION
H4
90°±5° 90°±5°
Clamped M2
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
H3

PROJECTION PROJECTION UNCLAMPED UNCLAMPED
POSITION POSITION
ROTATION ROTATION
M
Model ØD1 ØD2 ØD3 ØD4 Stroke H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 L1

8015 [1.25] [0.44] [0.85] [0.53] [0.41] [2.87] [0.50] [0.75]
-- -- -- --
8016 31,8 11,1 21,5 13,5 10,4 72,9 12,7 19,1
8215 [3.00] [0.28] [2.66] [0.97] [0.81] [3.36] [0.25] [1.16]
8216 76,2 [0.50] 7,1 67,6 [1.25] 24,6 20,6 85,3 [0.75] [0.67] 6,4 29,5
8415 [2.13] 12,7 31,8 [0.94] [0.78] [3.17] 19,1 17
-- -- -- --
8416 54,1 23,9 19,8 80,5
Model L2 L3 L4 M M1 M2 M3
8015 [1.12] [0.31] [0.62]
1-1/8-16 ¼-20 #10-32 #10-32
8016 28,4 7,9 15,7
8215 [2.00]
2-1/4-12
8216 50,8 [0.38] [0.75]
5/16-18 1/8 NPT 3/8-16
8415 [1.56] 9,6 19,1
1-3/4-12
8416 39,6
Mounting Options
8000, 8200, 8400 8200 only
Mounted into a tapped Mounted through a
hole or a through a clearance hole using
clearance hole with mounting screws in
the optional mounting the top flange.
flange. Jam nuts are
available for 8000.
8000, 8200, 8400 series
Series 8000, 8200, 8400 Clamping Force

600 [134]
550 [123] 8000

500 [112] 8200
Clamping Force† N [lbf]

450 [101] 8400
400 [90]
350 [78
300 [67]
250 [56]
200 [45]
150 [34]
100 [22]
50 [11]
0 [0]
[29] [45] [58] [73] [87] [102] [116] [131]
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Guidelines
DESTACO Pneumatic Swing Clamps are designed 8015/8016 Clamp Arm Weight
spindles. In the event that a longer arm or additional 200

Weight (gr)
160
allowable weight and length. 120
80
Example: 8215 40
0
is approximately 90mm. 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Length - L1 (mm)
L1

400
350
WEIGHT, c.g. 300
Weight (gr)
250
200
150
All data refers to an operating pressure of 5 bar [72psi]
100
and an opening and closing time of 1 second.
50
50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190
Length - L1 (mm)

350
300
250
Weight (gr)
200
150
100
50
0
30 50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230
Length - L1 (mm)
8000, 8200, 8400 series
A
G B
Features: E
F
360 deg. arm positioning D
C
C1

A B C C1 D E F G
[1.74] [1.11] [0.03]
801528
44,2 28,2 [0.37] [0.33] [0.25] [0.62] [0.32] 0,01
8015, 8016 #10-32
[2.87] [2.24] 9,4 8,3 6,4 15,7 8,1
801529
72,9 56,9
[2.75] [2.00] [0.04]
821512
8215, 8216, 69,9 50,8 [0.75] [0.57] [0.38] [0.75] [0.38] 0,02
3/8-16
8415, 8416 [3.75] [3.00] 19,1 14,5 9,5 19,1 9,5
821513
95,3 76,2

Features:
8MA_221_1
made clamp arms

A B C D E E1 F
[1.37] [1.00] #10-32 [0.03]
801532 8015, 8016 [0.39] [0.25] [0.62] --
34,8 25,4 (2x) 0,014
[1.50] [1.06] 1/4-20 [0.05]
821556 8215, 8216 [0.75] [0.37] [0.75] --
38,1 26,9 (2x) 0,020
Mounting Flanges H
ØE
Features:
• For use with Threaded Body
Pneumatic Swing Clamps
• Variable height adjustment A
• For recessed mounting B

ØF
D
C
Part Used with

A B C D E F H
Number Model
[1.38] [0.69] [1.08] [0.54] [0.20]
801553 8015, 8016 1 1/8-16
35 17,5 27,4 13,7 5,1
[2.50] [1.25] [2.12] [1.06] [0.50]
821553 8215, 8216 2 1/4-12
12,7
63,5 31,8 53,8 26,9 [0.28]
[2.00] [1.00] [1.60] [0.80] 7,1
841550 8415, 8416 1 3/4-12
50,8 25,4 40,6 20,3
035 series

•A vailable with threaded body, • Assembly See page MC-PSC-35 for clamping arms
or lower flange mounting • Welding See page MC-PSC-36 for jam nuts
• Low profile for confined spaces • Light machining
• Double locked arm attachment is bolted to
piston rod and clamped around shaft diameter
Series 035-1 Series 035-2
Threaded body design

for mounting through Flanged body design for
fixture plates. quick and easy mounting
Stroke Vertical
Total
[in]mm [in]mm N† [in]mm [ft3]dm3
S
S1 S2
035-125-190 RH [1.04] [0.51] [0.53] [20] [0.98] [0.005] [0.56]
905516
035-125-290 LH 26,3 12,8 13,5 89 25 0,13 0,25
035-132-190 RH [1.13] [0.56] [0.57] [30] [1.26] [0.008] [0.94]

905517
035-132-290 LH 28,8 14,3 14,5 133 32 0,24 0,43
035-140-190 RH [1.20] [0.57] [0.63] [60] [1.57] [0.015] [1.31]

905518
035-140-290 LH 30,4 14,4 16 267 40 0,41 0,59
035-150-190 RH [1.18] [0.63] [0.55] [69] [1.97] [0.023] [1.81]

905519
035-150-290 LH 30 16 14 307 50 0,64 0,82
035-225-190 RH [1.05] [0.54] [0.51] [20] [0.98] [0.005] [0.56]

905516
035-225-290 LH 26,7 13,7 13 89 25 0,13 0,25
035-232-190 RH [1.06] [0.57] [0.49] [30] [1.26] [0.008] [1.13]

905517
035-232-290 LH 26,8 14,4 12,4 133 32 0,24 0,51
035-240-190 RH [1.09] [0.57] [0.52] [60] [1.57] [0.015] [1.40]

905518
035-240-290 LH 27,7 14,4 13,3 267 40 0,41 0,64
035-250-190 RH [1.13] [0.63] [0.51] [69] [1.97] [0.023] [1.90]

905519
035-250-290 LH 28,8 16 12,8 307 50 0,64 0,86

035 series 035_240_190_011_
035_140_190_011_ 035_240_190_011_
035_140_190_011_
Mounting Options
035-1
Threaded body
mounts through
Series 035-1 Series 035-2 a clearance hole
Ø D2
Ø D2 S1 and locked in
S1
S1 Ø D2 Ø D2 place using two
S1 optional jam nuts
M1 S M1
S M1
S
S M1
S2 H1
S2 H1 M2
S2 H1 S2 H1 035-1
M2
M2 M2 Threaded body
mounts into a
H3
H4 Ø D1 H3 threaded hole
H2
H3
H4
and is locked in
Ø D1 H3
H2 place using one
H4 H2
H4 H5 optional jam nuts
H2
H5
L
L
Ø D1
Ø D1
M
M
L1
Ø D3 L3
L1 035-2
Ø M2
Ø M2 L Ø D3 L3
Mount using four
L mounting holes in
the base flange
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

Model ØD1 ØD2 D3 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 L L1 L3 M M1 M2

[1.42] [.55] [0.57] [1.50] [2.76] [2.25] [0.35]
035-125-( ) -- -- -- -- 1-½ -16 1/4-20 #10-32
36 14 14,4 38,1 70 57,2 9
[1.79] [0.75] [1.72] [3.87] [2.63] [0.45]
035-132-( ) -- -- -- -- 1-7/8-16
45,4 [0.63] 19,1 43,7 98,2 66,7 11,4
5/16-18
[2.16] 16 [0.76] [1.88] [3.28] [2.80] [0.70]
035-140-( ) -- -- -- -- 2-1/4-16 1/8 NPT
54,8 19,4 47,7 83,2 71 17,8
[2.36] [0.79] [0.70] [2.00] [3.48] [2.95] [0.50]
035-150-( ) -- -- -- -- 2-1/2-16 3/8-16
60 20 17,8 50,8 88,3 75 12,7
[1.38] [.55] [.18] [0.60] [2.62] [1.60] [0.50] [0.57] [1.57] [1.22]
035-225-( ) -- 1/4-20 #10-32
35 14 4,5 15,2 [.91] 66,5 40,6 12,7 14,5 40 31
[1.97] [0.85] 23 [2.79] [1.76] [0.57] [0.65] [2.13] [1.73]
035-232-( ) --
50 [0.63] [.26] 21,6 71 44,6 114,5 16,5 54 44
5/16-18
[2.16] 16 6,5 [0.94] [1.03] [2.95] [1.85] [2.29] [1.89]
035-240-( ) -- 1/8 NPT
54,8 23,9 26,1 75 47 [0.65] [0.65] 58,2 48
[2.36] [0.79] [.33] [0.78] [1.03] [3.15] [2.05] 16,5 16,5 [2.68] [2.17]
035-250-( ) -- 3/8-16
60 20 8,5 19,7 26 80 52 68 55
035 series
Series 035 Clamping Force

500 [112]
450 [101] 035-( )25-( )

035-( )32-( )
400 [90]
035-( )40-( )

350 [78 035-( )50-( )
300 [67]
250 [56]
200 [45]
150 [34]
100 [22]
50 [11]
0 [0]
[45] [58] [73] [87] [102]
3 4 5 6 7
Guidelines
DESTACO Pneumatic Swing Clamps are designed 25mm, 32mm Clamp Arm Weight
spindles. In the event that a longer arm or additional 160 32mm

Weight (gr)
25mm
120
80
Example: 035-132-190 40
0
is approximately 90mm. 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Length - L1 (mm)
L1
40mm, 50mm Clamp Arm Weight

500
440
50mm
WEIGHT, c.g. 380
Weight (gr)
40mm
320
260
200
20
50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250
Length - L1 (mm)
035 series
Features:
• For standard use
• Clamp on style connection
for 360 deg. arm positioning
A
G B
F
036-XXX-02 D
036-XXX-01 C
C1

A B C C1 D E F G
Number Model/series [lbs] kg
[2.38] [1.36] [0.10]

036-551-01
60,5 34,5 0,05
035-12.... [0.63] [0.40] [0.31] [0.75] [0.32]
1/4-20
035-22.... 15,9 10,2 8 19,1 8
[3.38] [2.36] [0.13]
036-551-02
85,9 60 0,06
[3.10] [2.00] [0.15]

036-630-01
78,7 50,8 0,07
035-13....
035-23.... [0.75] [0.50] [0.38] [0.75] [0.38]
5/16-18
035-14.... 19,1 12,7 9,5 19,1 9,5
035-24....
[4.73] [3.63] [0.21]

036-630-02
120 92,1 0,10
[4.00] [2.75] [0.33]

036-787-01
101,6 69,9 0,15
035-15.... [1.00] [0.70] [0.50] [1.00] [0.38]
3/8-16
035-25.... 25,4 17,8 12,7 25,4 9,5
[6.36] [5.00] [0.49]
036-787-02
161,5 127 0,22
035 series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Jam Nuts
Features:
• For use with Threaded Body Pneumatic Swing Clamps
• Steel construction C B
D A
Part Used with Model/ Weight

A B C D
Number series [lbs] kg
035-125-190, [2.00] [0.275] [0.13]

051-150-160 035-125-290 50.8 7.0 0.06
[0.38]
1 1/2-16 UN
9.7
035-132-190, [2.63] [0.25]
051-187-160 035-132-290 66.7 0.11
035-140-190, [3.00] [0.312] [0.40]

051-225-160 035-140-290 76.2 7.9 0.18
[0.50]
2 1/4-16 UN
12.7
035-150-190, [3.25] [0.44]
051-250-160 035-150-290 82.6 0.20
8700 series
Pneumatic Lever Clamps | Product Overview

•A lternative solution to swing clamps when • Assembly & See page MC-PSC-39 for jam nuts
space is limited welding fixtures
• The clamping lever may be positioned left, • Light machining
forward, or right (relative to ports) within
the same clamp body
• Threaded body with upper flange mount
• Non-toggle locking linkage
• Clamping arm and spindle included
8725 8732 8740 8750

8732G 8740G 8750G
Vertical Clamping Air

Bore Size Weight
Model Clamping Stroke* Force† Consumption‡ Seal Kit
[in.] mm [lb.] kg
[in.] mm [lbf.] N [in.3] cm3
[0.10] [43] [0.98] [0.004] [1.3]
8725 872500
2,5 195 25 0,11 0,6
8732 [64] [1.26] [0.008] [2.2]

873200
8732G 285 32 0,23 1
[0.12]
8740 3,2
[106] [1.57] [0.014] [2.6]
874000
8740G 470 40 0,41 1,2
8750 [0.15] [167] [1.97] [0.023] [4,4]

875000
8750G 3,8 745 50 0,64 2
* Equal to approx. 6° above horizontal with standard clamping arm. † at 5bar [72psi].
‡ per double stroke at 5bar [72psi].
Operating Pressure Range:

3bar [45psig] to 7bar [100psig]
Max. Operating Temperature:
-10°C to 80°C [14°F to 175°F]
Application Note:
If using clamping arms other than standard, the
length must not exceed 1.5X the overall length of
the standard arm.
Left Forward Right
The inlet air flow rate should be adjusted to
Levers can be positioned in one of three
position the arm in no less than 1/2 second for positions in relation to the air ports.
standard arms and no less than 1 second in the
case of an extended arm.
8700 series
Pneumatic Lever Clamps | Dimensions, Clamping Forces
ØD1
1600 [360]
ØD
8750
M1 1400 [315]
8740
8732

1200 [270]
8725
L3 oL2 oL1 1000 [225]
800 [180]
600 [135]
400 [90]
200 [45]
OPENING
0 [0]
ANGLE [40] [60] [80] [100] [120] [140]
2.8 4.1 5.5 6.9 8.3 9.7
L7
H7
H6 UNCLAMP CLAMP
M2
H9
H2
H4
L6 H5
H1
H8
L5 L8
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
H3
L4
ØM
Opening H4
Model ØD ØD1 H1 H2 H3 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9
Angle (min/max)
[0.22] [0.35] [5.67] [1.97] [2.42] [0.59-0.98] [0.67] [0.39] [0.47] [0.59]
8725 80°
5,5 9 144 50 61,5 15-25 17 10 12 15
8732/ [6.65] [2.25] [2.83] [0.63-1.18] [0.79] [0.43]
81°
8732G [0.27] [0.43] 169 57 72 16-30 [0.98] 20 11 [0.51]
8740/ 6,8 11 [6.93] [2.40] [2.85] [0.75-1.14] 25 [0.98] [0.55] [0.41] 13
82°
8740G 176 61 72.5 19-29 25 14 10,5
8750/ [0.33] [0.55] [7.87] [2.60] [3.11] [0.86-1.30] [1.18] [0.59] [0.43]
75°
8750G 8,5 14 200 66 79 22-33 30 15 11
Model L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 ØM M1 M2
[1.97] [1.46] [0.63] [1.89] [1.61] [0.63] [0.55]
8725 M40 x 1.50 M6 x 1.0 M5 x 0.8
50 37 16 48 41 16 14 [0.91]
8732 [2.36] [1.77] [0.71] [2.36] [2.05] [0.87] [0.71] 23 [1/8NPT]
M50 x 1.50
8732G 60 45 18 60 52 22 18 G-1/8
M8 x 1.25
8740 [2.65] [1.97] [0.79] [2.60] [2.20] [0.93] [0.79] [1.02] [1/8NPT]
M55 x 1.50
8740G 65 50 20 66 56 23,5 20 26 G-1/8
8750 [2.95] [2.28] [0.87] [3.05] [2.50] [1.02] [1.10] [1.26] [1/8NPT]
M65 x 1.50 M12 x 1.75
8750G 75 57 22 77,5 63,5 26 28 32 G-1/8
8700 series
Pneumatic Lever Clamps | Jam Nuts
Features:
• For use with 8700 Series Pneumatic Lever Clamps
Mounting from
above using
4 socket cap screws
through the flange.
Mounting by
screwingbody into
a tapped hole and
locking with one
jam nut.
C B
Mounting by
inserting body
into a plain hole
and locking with
two jam nuts.
D A

A B C D
[2.28] [0.35] [0.13]

872550 8725 M40 x 1.50
58 9 0.06
[0.28]
7
[2.76] [0.35]
873250 8732 M50 x 1.50
70 0.16
[0.43]
11
[2.95] [0.37]
874050 8740 M55 x 1.50
75 0.17
[0.31]
8
[3.35] [0.47] [0.33]
875050 8750 M65 x 1.50
85 12 0.15
Pneumatic Swing Clamps accessories
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Sensors
Features:
•S ensors are activated by a magnetic ring
installed on the cylinder piston
• All sensors feature an LED for easy set-up
• IP67 rated
• Temperature Range: -10°C to 60°C [14°F to 140°F]
810169, 8EA-109-1, 810151,

810173, 8EA-120-1, 810153,
810174 810170, 810155,
810171 810157
Tie rod clip 810151-1 included.
810156, 810153
810158
Item Mount Max. Switching Voltage

Connector Length Function Voltage
Number Style Current Drop
810169 Reed 5-120V AC/DC 50mA 3.0V
M8 male
165mm
810173 Round quick PNP 4.5-28V DC 100mA 0.5V
[6.5in.]
connect
810174 NPN 4.5-28V DC 100mA 0.5V
M8 male
300mm
8EA-109-1 quick Reed 10-30V DC 100mA 3.0V
[11.8in.]
connect
M12 male
300mm
8EA-120-1 T-slot quick Reed 15-30 V AC/DC 500mA 1.5V
[11.8in.]
connect
810170 M8 male PNP 10-30V DC 100mA 2.0V
165mm
quick
810171 [6.5in.] NPN 10-30V DC 100mA 2.0V
connect
810151 Reed 5-120V AC/DC 500mA 3.5V
810153 Reed 24-240V AC 4A 1.0V
Tie Rod
810155 No PNP 6-24V DC 500mA 1.0V
2.7m
connector
810157 [9ft.] NPN 6-24V DC 500mA 1.0V
cord
810156 Band Reed 5-120V AC/DC 500mA 3.5V
810158 Clamp PNP 6-24V DC 500mA 1.0V
Pneumatic Swing Clamps accessories
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Extension Cordsets
Features:
• For use with M8 quick connect sensors
• Threaded coupling nuts provide IP67 protection
• Robotic grade, oil and abrasion resistant polyurethane (PUR) cable
Item Number Length Rating Temperature Rating

CABL-010 2 Meter [78in.]
120V AC/DC, 3A max. -20°C to 80°C [-40°F to 176°F]
CABL-013 5 Meter [16.4ft.]
Wiring Schematics
810169 810170, 810173
BRN
BRN 1-BROWN (+) + 1-BROWN (+)
LOAD +
- 1-BROWN (+) BLK 1-BROWN (+)
CIRCUIT
MAIN
4-NOT USED POWER 4-BLACK (OUT)
POWER 4-NOT USED BLU LOAD4-BLACK (OUT)
BLU 3-BLUE (-) - 3-BLUE (-)
- 3-BLUE (-)
- 3-BLUE (-)
$PRPSHEET:{SW-File Name(File Name)}
$PRPSHEET:{SW-File Name(File Name)} $PRPSHEET:{SW-File Name(File Name)}
810171, 810174 8EA-109-1, 8EA-120-1
BRN
BRN
1-BROWN (+) + 1-BROWN (+)
1-BROWN (+) + 1-BROWN (+)
BLK LOAD
CIRCUIT
BLK
MAIN
4-NOT USED POWER 4-BLACK (OUT) 4-BLACK (OUT)

4-NOT USED POWER
BLU LOAD
3-BLUE (-) 3-BLUE (-) BLU
- 3-BLUE (-) 3-BLUE (-)
-
810153 810151, 810156

BRN
$PRPSHEET:{SW-File Name(File Name)}
BLK BRN
WHT
RED + GRN
WHT
810155, 810158
WHT ~
+/-SUPPLY
6-24VDC
AC SUPPLY
LOAD
SUPPLY 120V Max.
- LOAD
-/+ ~ PNP
LOAD
810155, 810158 810157, 810158
BRN WHT
WHT BRN
+ GRN - GRN
810158 810157
SUPPLY SUPPLY
6-24VDC 6-24VDC
- +
LOAD LOAD
PNP NPN
6004-SW Series
Manual Swing Clamps | Product Overview and Dimensions
• L eft or right swing motion available • Assembly
• 90° Swing clamp arm motion • Checking fixtures
• Higher clamping force than pneumatic version • Welding fixtures
• Though-hole mounting • Tensioning devices
• Clamp arm can be radially positioned 360°
• Handle can be radially positioned up to 180°
6004-SWL 6004-SWR
Clamp Arm Clamp Arm
Swing Left Swing Left

4X [Ø0.22]
Ø5,5 Stroke Stroke
[Ø1.42] Total
90° (RH) Swing During Straight Weight
M8 THRU Ø36 Model Stroke
Direction Rotation Pull [lb] Kg
[in] mm
[in] mm [in] mm
[0.79] 6004-SWL LH [1.50] [0.87] [0.63] [1.32]
20 [Ø1.77] 38 22 16 0,6
90° (LH) 6004-SWR RH
Ø45
M8↧ 16 [0.63]
[0.39] [1.97]
Applied Force [40] [30] [20] [10]
[lbs] N
10 50 (on handle) 178 133 89 44
[0.87] Plunger Pull Force [576] [432] [288] [144]

22.0 [0.79] (straight pull) 2562 1922 1281 641
DURING 20
90° ROTATION [Ø0.50]
Ø12,7
Clamp Force [323] [269] [189] [108]
(with arm shown below) 1437 1197 841 480
[0.63]
16
LINEAR [2.16] [Ø0.94] [2.10]
TRAVEL 54,8 Ø24 53,3
[1.00]
25,4
[0.39] HEX
10 [0.24] [2.85±0.13] [0.87]
6 72,4±3,2 22,2
[R3.68]
R93,5
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

PROJECTION PROJECTION 6004-SWL 6004-SWR
pneumatic power cylinders
Features
Your requirements Round design: Type K and WK

Power element of machines, tools and devices •P
iston rod with male thread (Type K)
for the following applications: or ISO fit (Type WK
• Clamping • Coining
• Punching • Riveting
• Stamping • Pressing
• Notching • Clinching
The solution
DESTACO´s double acting power cylinder,
which is based on the wedge lever principle.
Clamping force
Rectangular design: Type WR
• Two piston rods prevent twisting
Force
Piston force
Stroke
Power stroke Forward stroke
Application Recommendations
• Compressed air should be treated by filter, water separator
and pressure regulator. Oiler is not allowed!
• For an adequate piston speed air hoses with 6mm I.D.
should be used.
• Do not increase the max. air pressure of 6 bar, because this
would reduce the cylinder´s life cycle considerably.
• The piston rods of type K and WK are not secured against
Product features twisting, an external device should be provided.
• Mechanical advantage: 10:1 • Piston rod should not be subjected to transversal forces.
• Characteristic are the two steps of stroke: the forward Force should always be exerted by coaxial force through
stroke to move a certain distance and the power the piston rod to the work piece.
stroke with an amplified force on a short distanc • For Type WR, force must be transmitted via the centre of
• Exact positioning of cylinder by flange mount o the pressure plate.
cylinder’s head • Connection between rod and tool should be performed as
• Cylinder works in any position frictional connection (coupling), not as form fitting connection
• High durability because of solid and maintenance • For punching operations we recommend a force reserve of
free wedge lever mechanics. approx. 30 %.
• End position control by magnetic field sensin • If the cylinder is used for positioning in the extended rod
position you should consider that a possible counter-force
will cause an axial deflection of approx. 1 mm. This feature is
Technical Data due to the cylinder’s design because after the nominal power
Power forces at 6 bar 4 – 60 kN stroke the clamping force drops down to the level of the
piston force (see force-stroke diagram left side).
Forward strokes 15 – 200 mm • Valves are not usable to avoid piston movement. If the
Power strokes 6 and 7 mm* piston should be positioned within the range of the forward
stroke, both chambers of the cylinder have to be vented.
Air pressure max. 6 bar, min 3 bar If the cylinder should stay at a retracted position the piston
Mechanical advantage max. 10:1 rod chamber should be under pressure and the piston
chamber should be vented.
Cylinders require clean, water- and oil free air • For further facts and additional applications features see
operating instruction MAPnkz-2.
*power strokes up to max. 12 mm upon request
MC-PPC | 1 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
pneumatic power cylinders
Funktionsschema
P neum atik-Kraftz y linder

Functions
Basic positionGrundstellung
Anstellhub
Forward stroke Gleiche Kraft wie ein konventioneller Pneumatikzy-
Piston force islinder
identical to the force
mit entsprechendem of a common
Kolbendurchmesser.
pneumatic cylinder with adequate piston diameter
Krafthub
Power stroke Die mechanische Kraftübersetzung tritt in Funk-
Beginning of tion.
mechanical
Mechanischeforce amplification.
Kraftübersetzung max. 10 : 1.
Mechanical advantage max. 10:1
Rückhub
Return strokeDer Rückhub kann in jeder beliebigen Kolbenstel-
The return stroke can be initiated in any position of
lung eingeleitet werden. Die Rückstellkraft beträgt
piston. The force during return stroke is approx. half
ca. die Hälfte der Anstellkraft.
of piston force.
Magnetfeldabfragung
Forces
NEU! Force within forward stroke Clamping force within power stroke
Pneumatik-Kraftzylinder der Bauform K und WK
mit Magnetfeldabfragung
WK6000 WK6000
[1350] 6 [13500] 60
■ für die Größen
[1124] 5 [11240] 50 Technische Daten und
K bzw. WK 400-..., K bzw. WK 1000-...
Clamping force [lbf] kN
Maßunterschiede zur K/WK4500

K/WK4500
Piston force [lbf] kN
K bzw.
[900]WK
4 3000-..., K bzw. WK 4500-... [9000] 40 Standardausführung
siehe Seite 20.4 und
K/WK3000 20.6! K/WK3000
[674] 3 [6740] 30
■ Modell-Nr.-Änderung
„-A“[450]
am2Ende der Modell-Nr. für Standard-Ausführung anstelleK/WK1000 [4500] 20 K/WK1000
von [225]
„-1“1einsetzen! K/WK600
[2250] 10 K/WK600
K/WK400
Beispiel: K 400-15-6-1 wird zu K 400-15-6-A ■ Lieferumfang
0 0 K/WK400
WK
[44] 33000-50-6-1[58]
wird
4 zu WK 3000-50-6-A
[73] 5 [87] 6 [44]-A
Die Zylinder mit 3 am Ende [58]
der 4Modell-Nr. [73]
sind5 serienmäßig
[87]mit
6
einem Magnetkolben ausgestattet.
Air pressure [psi] bar Air pressure [psi] bar
■ Bauliche Änderungen Separat zu bestellen:
Lediglich die Maße Ø D4, Ø D5, A/A1 und A9 unterscheiden sich Pro Zylinder je 2 Stück Magnetfeldschalter-Sets, Modell-Nr.
zur Standardausführung.
Return stroke force: half of piston force SMB-102157, bestehend aus Sensor mit 3 m Kabel, Klemmbock
Siehe Seite 20.4 und 20.6! und Spannband.
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice Siehe Seite 20.4 und 20.6! | 2
MC-PPC
type K Series
Pneumatic Power Cylinders | Product Overview | Technical Information
• Piston rod with male thread

Note:
Operating pressure max. 6 bar [87psi], min 3 bar [44psi]. Use only
clean, water- and oilfree compressed air. Piston rod is not secured
against twisting and should not be loaded transversal.
See page MC-PPC-2 for more information.
Piston Forward Clamping Power Piston Air Stroke Temperature

force within force within consumption frequency
stroke stroke dia. range Weight
Model forward stroke power stroke per double depending
at 6 bar mm at 6 bar mm mm stroke at 6 bar on total stroke °C Kg [lbs]
[in] [in] [in] [°F]
kN [lbf ] kN [lbf ] dm 3 [f t3] [min -1]
K400-15-6-1 15 [0.59] 0,71 [0.025] 1,20 [2.6]
K400-30-6-1 30 [1.18] 0,89 [0.031] 1,25 [2.8]

K400-50-6-1 0,68 50 [1.97] 1,14 [0.040] 1,30 [2.9]
4 6 40 - 5 to +75
[153] 5 to 30
[900lbf] [0.24] [1.75] [23 to 167]
K400-70-6-1 70 [2.76] 1,38 [0.049] 1,35 [3.0]
K400-120-6-1 120 [4.72] 1,98 [0.070] 1,50 [3.3]
K400-200-6-1 200 [7.87] 2,94 [0.104] 1,70 [3.7]
K600-15-6-1 15 [0.59] 1,34 [0.047] 2,05 [4.5]
K600-30-6-1 30 [1.18] 1,65 [0.058] 2,15 [4.7]
K600-50-6-1 1,06 50 [1.97] 6 6 50 2,06 [0.073] - 5 to +75 2,30 [5.1]
5 to 30
K600-70-6-1 [238] 70 [2.76] [1350lbf] [0.24] [1.97] 2,47 [0.087] [23 to 167] 2,40 [5.3]
K600-120-6-1 120 [4.72] 3,50 [0.124] 2,70 [6.0]
K600-200-6-1
200 [7.87] 5,15 [0.182] 3,20 [7.1]
K1000-15-7-1 15 [0.59] 2,20 [0.078] 3,60 [7.9]
K1000-30-7-1 30 [1.18] 2,66 [0.094] 3,80 [8.4]
K1000-50-7-1 1,75 50 [1.97] 10 7* 63 3,26 [0.115] - 5 to +75 4,10 [9.0]
5 to 30
K1000-70-7-1 [393] 70 [2.76] [2250lbf] [0.27] [2.48] 3,85 [0.136] [23 to 167] 4,40 [9.7]
K1000-120-7-1 120 [4.72] 5,35 [0.189] 5,20 [11.5]
K1000-200-7-1 200 [7.87] 7,74 [0.273] 6,40 [14.1]
K3000-15-6-1 15 [0.59] 4,48 [0.158] 11,80 [26.0]
K3000-30-6-1 30 [1.18] 5,20 [0.184] 12,50 [27.6]
K3000-50-6-1 3 50 [1.97] 30 6* 85 6,17 [0.218] - 5 to +75 13,40 [29.5]
5 to 25
K3000-70-6-1 [674] 70 [2.76] [6700lbf] [0.24] [3.35] 7,13 [0.252] [23 to 167] 14,30 [31.5]
K3000-120-6-1 120 [4.72] 9,54 [0.337] 16,60 [36.6]
K3000-200-6-1 200 [7.87] 13,40 [0.473] 20,20 [44.5]
K4500-15-6-1 15 [0.59] 6,18 [0.218] 13,30 [29.3]
K4500-30-6-1 30 [1.18] 7,17 [0.253] 14,00 [30.9]
K4500-50-6-1 4,2 50 [1.97] 45 6* 100 8,50 [0.300] - 5 to +75 15,00 [33.1]
5 to 25
K4500-70-6-1 [944] 70 [2.76] [10120lbf] [0.24] [3.94] 9,83 [0.347] [23 to 167] 15,80 [34.8]
K4500-120-6-1 120 [4.72] 13,20 [0.466] 18,10 [39.9]
K4500-200-6-1 200 [7.87] 18,50 [0.653] 21,70 [47.8]
* Power strokes up to 12 mm and other forward strokes upon request
type K Series
Pneumatic Power Cylinders | Technical Information
Type K in standard version
Dimensions for standard version of type K

Differences of dimensions for cylinder with magnet piston rings see chart on page MC-PPC-10
Model
A2 A3 A4 A5 A7 A9 Ø D1 Ø D2 Ø D3 Ø D4 Ø D5 M1
A A1 M3 LK SW G
186 145
K400-15-6-1
[7.32] [5.71]
201 160
K400-30-6-1
[7.91] [6.30]
221 180 M5,
K400-50-6-1 M16
[8.70] [7.09] 41 21 12 39 10 23,5 40h8 25h7 63 44 49 10mm 54 21
x 1,5 G1/8
241 200 [1.6] [0.8] [0.5] [1.5] [0.4] [0.9] [1.6] [1.0] [2.5] [1.7] [1.9] deep [2.1] [0.8]
K400-70-6-1 [0.06]
[9.49] [7.87] [0.1]
291 250
K400-120-6-1
[11.46] [9.84]
371 330
K400-200-6-1
[14.61] [12.99]
201 160
K600-15-6-1
[7.91] [6.30]
216 175
K600-30-6-1
[8.50] [6.89]
236 195 M6,
K600-50-6-1 M16
[9.29] [7.68] 41 21 12 39 10 23,5 40h8 25h7 73 54 59 10mm 64 21
x 1,5 G1/8
256 215 [1.6] [0.8] [0.5] [1.5] [0.4] [0.9] [1.6] [1.0] [2.9] [2.1] [2.3] deep [2.5] [0.1]
K600-70-6-1 [0.06]
[10.08] [8.46] [0.1]
306 265
K600-120-6-1
[12.05] [10.43]
386 345
K600-200-6-1
[15.20] [13.58]
243 187
K1000-15-7-1
[9.57] [7.36]
258 202
K1000-30-7-1
[10.16] [7.95]
278 222 M8,
K1000-50-7-1 M24
[10.94] [8.74] 56 25 15 52 10 29 63h8 40h7 100 68 74,5 12mm 85 32
x 3,0 G1/8
298 242 [2.2] [1.0] [0.6] [2.0] [0.4] [1.1] [2.5] [1.6] [3.9] [2.7] [2.9] deep [3.3] [1.3]
K1000-70-7-1 [0.98]
[11.73] [9.53] [1]
348 292
K1000-120-7-1
[13.70] [11.50]
428 372
K1000-200-7-1
[16.85] [14.65]
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-PPC | 4
type K Series
Type K in standard version
Dimensions for standard version of type K

Model
A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A7 A9 Ø D1 Ø D2 Ø D3 Ø D4 Ø D5 M1 M3 LK SW G
315 235
K3000-15-6-1
[12.40] [9.25]
330 250
K3000-30-6-1
[12.99] [9.84]
350 270 M10,
K3000-50-6-1
[13.78] [10.63]
50 35 20 70 20 45 85h8 65h7 130 95 108 M42 16mm 112 55
G1/4
[14.57] [11.42] [2.0] [1.4] [0.8] [2.8] [0.8] [1.8] [3.3] [2.6] [5.1] [3.7] [4.3] [1.65] deep [4.4] [2.2]
K3000-70-6-1 [1.7]
370 290
420 [13.39]
K3000-120-6-1
[16.54] 340
500 420
K3000-200-6-1
[19.69] [16.54]
315 235
K4500-15-6-1
[12.40] [9.25]
330 250
K4500-30-6-1
[12.99] [9.84]
350 270 [1.7]
K4500-50-6-1
[13.78] [10.63] 80 35 20 70 20 45 85h8 65h7 145 110 123 M42 M10, 127 55
G1/4
370 290 [3.1] [1.4] [0.8] [2.8] [0.8] [1.8] [3.3] [2.6] [5.7] [4.3] [4.8] [1.65] 16mm [5.0] [2.2]
K4500-70-6-1 deep
[14.57] [11.42]
420 340
K4500-120-6-1
[16.54] [13.39]
500 420
K4500-200-6-1
[19.69] [16.54]
type WK Series
Pneumatic Power Cylinders | Product Overview | Technical Information
• Piston rod with ISO fi

Note:
Operating pressure max. [87psi]6 bar, min [44psi] 3 bar. Use only
clean, water- and oilfree compressed air.Piston rod is not secured
against twisting and should not be loaded transversal.
See page MC-PPC-2 for more information.
Piston Forward Power Piston Air Stroke

Clamping force Temperature
force within consumption frequency
stroke within power stroke dia. range Weight
Model forward stroke per double depending
mm stroke at 6 bar mm mm °C [lbs] kg
at 6 bar stroke at 6 bar on total stroke
[in] kN [lbf ] [in] [in] [°F ]
kN [lbf ] dm [f t ]
3 3 [min -1]
WK400-15-6-1 15 [0.59] 0,71 [0.025] 1,20 [2.6]

WK400-30-6-1 30 [1.18] 0,89 [0.031] 1,25 [2.8]
WK400-50-6-1 0,68 50 [1.97] 4 6 40 1,14 [0.040] - 5 to +75 1,30 [2.9]
5 to 30
WK400-70-6-1 [153] 70 [2.76] [900lbf] [0.24] [1.75] 1,38 [0.049] [23 to 167] 1,35 [3.0]
WK400-120-6-1 120 [4.72] 1,98 [0.070] 1,50 [3.3]
WK400-200-6-1 200 [7.87] 2,94 [0.104] 1,70 [3.7]
WK600-15-6-1 15 [0.59] 1,34 [0.047] 2,05 [4.5]
WK600-30-6-1 30 [1.18] 1,65 [0.058] 2,15 [4.7]
WK600-50-6-1 1,06 50 [1.97] 6 6 50 2,06 [0.073] - 5 to +75 2,30 [5.1]
5 to 30
WK600-70-6-1 [238] 70 [2.76] [1350lbf] [0.24] [1.97] 2,47 [0.087] [23 to 167] 2,40 [5.3]
WK600-120-6-1 120 [4.72] 3,50 [0.124] 2,70 [6.0]
WK600-200-6-1 200 [7.87] 5,15 [0.182] 3,20 [7.1]
WK1000-15-7-1 15 [0.59] 2,20 [0.078] 3,60 [7.9]
WK1000-30-7-1 30 [1.18] 2,66 [0.094] 3,80 [8.4]
WK1000-50-7-1 1,75 50 [1.97] 10 7* 3,26 [0.115] - 5 to +75 4,10 [9.0]
63 [2.48] 5 to 30
WK1000-70-7-1 [393] 70 [2.76] [2250lbf] [0.27] 3,85 [0.136] [23 to 167] 4,40 [9.7]
WK1000-120-7-1 120 [4.72] 5,35 [0.189] 5,20 [11.5]
WK1000-200-7-1 200 [7.87] 7,74 [0.273] 6,40 [14.1]
WK3000-15-6-1 15 [0.59] 4,48 [0.158] 11,80 [26.0]
WK3000-30-6-1 30 [1.18] 5,20 [0.184] 12,50 [27.6]
WK3000-50-6-1 3 50 [1.97] 30 6* 6,17 [0.218] - 5 to +75 13,40 [29.5]
85 [3.35] 5 to 25
WK3000-70-6-1 [674] 70 [2.76] [6700lbf] [0.24] 7,13 [0.252] [23 to 167] 14,30 [31.5]
WK3000-120-6-1 120 [4.72] 9,54 [0.337] 16,60 [36.6]

WK3000-200-6-1 200 [7.87] 13,40 [0.473] 20,20 [44.5]
WK4500-15-6-1 15 [0.59] 6,18 [0.218] 13,30 [29.3]
WK4500-30-6-1 30 [1.18] 7,17 [0.253] 14,00 [30.9]
WK4500-50-6-1 4,2 50 [1.97] 45 6* 100 8,50 [0.300] - 5 to +75 15,00 [33.1]
5 to 25
WK4500-70-6-1 [944] 70 [2.76] [10120lbf] [0.24] [3.94] 9,83 [0.347] [23 to 167] 15,80 [34.8]
WK4500-120-6-1 120 [4.72] 13,20 [0.466] 18,10 [39.9]

WK4500-200-6-1 200 [7.87] 18,50 [0.653] 21,70 [47.8]
WK6000-30-6 [1.18] 30 [0.367] 10,40 24,00 [52.9]
WK6000-50-6 6,0 [1.97] 50 60,0 6* 125,0 [0.454] 12,85 - 5 to +75 24,50 [54.0]
5 to 25
WK6000-70-6 [1350] [2.76] 70 [13490lbf ] [0.24] [4.92] [0.536] 15,17 [23 to 167] 25,00 [55.1]
WK6000-120-6 [4.72] 120 [0.747] 21,15 26,50 [58.4]

* Power strokes up to 12 mm and other forward strokes upon request
type WK Series
Type WK in standard version
Dimensions for standard version of type WK

Model
Ø
A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A7 A8** A9 Ø D1 Ø D2 Ø D3 Ø D4 Ø D5 M2 M3 LK G
D6
186 145
WK400-15-6-1
[7.32] [5.71]
201 160
WK400-30-6-1
[7.91] [6.30]
221 180 M5,
WK400-50-6-1
[8.70] [7.09]
41 21 12 39 10 25 23,5 40h7 25h7 63 44 49 10mm [2.13]
10H7 M6 G1/8
241 200 [1.61] [0.83] [0.47] [1.54] [0.39] [0.98] [0.93] [1.57] [0.98] [2.48] [1.73] [1.93] deep 54
WK400-70-6-1 [0.06]
[9.49] [7.87]
291 250
WK400-120-6-1
[11.46] [9.84]
371 330
WK400-200-6-1
[14.61] [12.99]
201 160
WK600-15-6-1
[7.91] [6.30]
216 175
WK600-30-6-1
[8.50] [6.89]
236 195 M6,
WK600-50-6-1
[9.29] [7.68]
41 21 12 39 10 25 23,5 40h7 25h7 73 54 [2.32] 10mm [2.52]
10H7 M6 G1/8
256 215 [1.61] [0.83] [0.47] [1.54] [0.39] [0.98] [0.93] [1.57] [0.98] [2.87] [2.13] 59 deep 64
WK600-70-6-1 [0.06]
[10.08] [8.46]
306 265
WK600-120-6-1
[12.05] [10.43]
386 345
WK600-200-6-1
[15.20] [13.58]
243 187
WK1000-15-7-1
[9.57] [7.36]
258 202
WK1000-30-7-1
[10.16] [7.95]
278 222 M8,
WK1000-50-7-1
[10.94] [8.74]
56 25 15 52 10 40 29 63h8 40h7 99,5 68 74,5 12mm 85
20H7 M8 G1/8
298 242 [2.20] [0.98] [0.59] [2.05] [0.39] [1.57] [1.14] [2.48] [1.57] [3.92] [2.68] [2.93] deep [3.35]
WK1000-70-7-1 [0.98]
[11.73] [9.53]
348 292
WK1000-120-7-1
[13.70] [11.50]
428 372
WK1000-200-7-1
[16.85] [14.65]
Continued on next page
type WK Series
Type WK in standard version
Dimensions for standard version of type WK

Model
A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A7 A8** A9 Ø D1 Ø D2 Ø D3 Ø D4 Ø D5 Ø D6 M2 M3 LK G
315 235
WK3000-15-6-1
[12.40] [9.25]
330 250
WK3000-30-6-1
[12.99] [9.84]
350 270 M10,

WK3000-50-6-1
[13.78] [10.63] 80 35 20 70 20 40 45 85h8 65h7 130 95 108 16mm 112
25 M10
H7 G1/4
[3.15] [1.38] [0.79] [2.76] [0.79] [1.57] [1.77] [3.35] [2.56] [5.12] [3.74] [4.25] deep [4.41]
370 290 [16]
WK3000-70-6-1
[14.57] [11.42]
420 340
WK3000-120-6-1
[16.54] [13.39]
500 420
WK3000-200-6-1
[19.69] [16.54]
315 235
WK4500-15-6-1
[12.40] [9.25]
330 250
WK4500-30-6-1
[12.99] [9.84]
350 270 M10,

WK4500-50-6-1
[13.78] [10.63]
80 35 20 70 20 40 45 85h8 65h7 145 110 123 16mm 127
25H7 M10 G1/4
370 290 [3.15] [1.38] [0.79] [2.76] [0.79] [1.57] [1.77] [3.35] [2.56] [5.71] [4.33] [4.84] deep [5.00]
WK4500-70-6-1 [1.65]
[14.57] [11.42]
420 340
WK4500-120-6-1
[16.54] [13.39]
500 420
WK4500-200-6-1
[19.69] [16.54]
365 285
WK6000-30-6
[14.37] [11.22]
[15.16] 305 M10,

WK6000-50-6
385 [12.01] 80 20 48 24 22 40 53 85h8 65h7 178 135 148 16mm 150
25H7 M10 G1/2
405 325 [3.15] [0.79] [1.89] [0.94] [0.87] [1.57] [2.09] [3.35] [2.56] [7.01] [5.31] [5.83] deep [5.91]
WK6000-70-6 [1.65]
[15.94] [12.80]
455 375
WK6000-120-6
[17.91] [14.76]
** Usable depth of bore with ISO fit D
type WR Series
Pneumatic Power Cylinders | Product Overview
• Piston rods prevent twisting

Note:
Use only clean, water- and oilfree compressed air. Force must be
transmitted via the centre of the pressure plate. One-sided loading of
the pressure plate should be avoided. For punching applications contact
our technical support! See page MC-PPC-2 for more information.
Type WR
Total stroke
Power stroke
Forward stroke
WR2000 WR2000
[450] 2 [4500] 20
Clamping force [lbf] kN
Piston force [lbf] kN
[337] 1,5 [3370] 15

[225] 1 [2250] 10
[112] 0,5 [1120] 5
[15] [29] [44] [58] [73] [87] [15] [29] [44] [58] [73] [87]
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
Air pressure [psi] bar Air pressure [psi] bar
Return stroke force: half of piston force Air pressure: max. [87psi] 6 bar; min. [44psi] 3 bar
Piston Air Stroke

Forward Clamping Power Piston consumption
force within frequency
stroke force within stroke dia. Temperature
forward per double depending Weight
Model power stroke range A B
stroke at mm mm mm stroke at on total kg [lbs]
at 6 bar °C [°F]
6 bar [in] [in] [in] 6 bar stroke
[lbf ] kN]
kN [lbf ] dm 3 [f t3] [min -1]
WR 2000-15-7 15 [0.59] 2,44 [0.086] 12,5 [27.6] 285 51,6

WR 2000-30-7 30 [1.18] 2,95 [0.104] 14,0 [30.9] 300 51,6
2 20 7 70 -5 up to +75
WR 2000-50-7 50 [1.97] 3,62 [0.128] 5 - 25 15,5 [34.1] 320 55,6
[450] [4500] [0.27] [2.76] [23 to up167]
WR 2000-70-7 70 [2.76] 4,27 [0.151] 17,2 [37.9] 340 55,6
WR 2000-120-7 120 [4.72] 5,94 [0.210] 21,0 [46.3] 390 59,6
lung eingeleitet werden. Die Rückstell
ca. die Hälfte der Anstellkraft.
-A option
Magnetfeldabf
Magnetic Field Sensing | Technical Specification
Pneumatic Power Cylinders Type K NEU!

and WK with end position control by
Pneumatik-Kraftzylinder der Bauform K und WK
magnetic field sensors.
mit Magnetfeldabfragung
• For the sizes ■ für die Größen

K and WK 400…. , K and WK 600… , Technische Da
K bzw. WK 400-..., K bzw. WK 1000-...
K and WK 1000…. K and WK 3000…, Maßunterschie
K and WK 4500… K bzw. WK 3000-..., K bzw. WK 4500-... Standardausfü
siehe Seite 20
20.6!
• Change of Model ■ Modell-Nr.-Änderung
Indicate „-A“ at the end of„-A“
Model
am Endeinstead of „-1“für Standard-Ausführung anstelle
der Modell-Nr.
for standard version! von „-1“ einsetzen!
Example:
• Standard equipment
■ Lieferumfang(as shown above)
K400 – 15 – 6 – 1 changeBeispiel:
to K400 K 400-15-6-1
– 15 – 6wird
– Azu K 400-15-6-A
Pneumatic Power Cylinders with “-A” at the end of
WK 3000 – 50 – 6 – 1 change toWK WK3000-50-6-1
3000 - 50 wird–zu6WK
– A3000-50-6-A Die Zylinder mit -A am Ende der Modell-Nr. sind serie
Model are completely furnished with a magnetic
einem
piston ring and with twoMagnetkolben
mountedausgestattet.
sensor sets
• Change in construction ■ Bauliche Änderungen (Model SMB-102157, consisting
Separat zu bestellen:of magnetic field
Only the dimensions Ø D4, Ø D5,
Lediglich dieA/A
Maße1Øand
D4, ØA9
D5, are sensorsich
A/A1 und A9 unterscheiden with 3m cable, clamp
Pro Zylinder je 2and
Stückstrap)
Magnetfeldschalter-Sets, Mod
different to the standard version.
zur Standardausführung. SMB-102157, bestehend aus Sensor mit 3 m Kabel,
Siehe Seite 20.4 und 20.6! **Differences of dimensions
und Spannband.
Type K Switching points of sensors
compared with standard version
For sizes S1* S2*
Siehe Seite
Ø D4 Ø D5
20.4 Aund 20.6! A9
/A 1 Rs
K 400-...-A 5 12 - - +15 - 44
K 1000-...-A 10 18 - - +15 - 56
K 3000-...-A 5 14 90 97 - 30 67
DE-STA-CO K 45000-...-A 5 12 106 113 - 28,5 75
*A
pprox. data, because of magnet field variations. S1 refers to the max. power
stroke and enlarges up to 60 mm, when smaller power strokes are used.
Circuit diagram and technical data of sensor set Model

View C SMB-102157, consisting of magnetic field sensor with 3 m cable, clamp and
strap (2 sets per cylinder are standard equipment).
Sensor
ws E
L- Switching voltage 10...250 VAC/DC
Switching current 0,5 A
Clamp Circuit Switching power 20 W/30 VA
diagram
Function normally open contact
Strap Radius of interference Protection class IP 67 (DIN 40050)
bn E
L+ Indicator LED
Type WK **Differences of dimensions

Switching points of sensors
compared with standard version
For sizes S1* S2* Ø D4 Ø D5 A /A 1 A9 Rs
WK 400-...-A 5 12 - - +15 - 44
WK 1000-...-A 10 18 - - +15 - 56
WK 3000-...-A 5 14 90 97 - 30 67
WK 45000-...-A 5 12 106 113 - 28,5 75
* Approx. data, because of magnet field variations. S1 refers to the max. power
stroke and enlarges up to 60 mm, when smaller power strokes are used.
-K Option
Magnetic Field Sensing | Technical Specification
Sensor cage for T-slot proximity sensor
• For the sizes

K and WK 400…. , K and WK 600… , K and WK 1000…. ,
K and WK 3000…, K and WK 4500…
• Change of Model
Indicate “-K“ at the end of Model instead of “-A“ for
standard version.
Example:
K400 – 15 – 6 – A change to K400 – 15 – 6 – K
WK 3000 – 50 – 6 – A change to WK 3000 - 50 – 6 – K
• Benefits
Small radii of interference.
Customer specific T-slot sensors are usable
• Standard equipment:
Pneumatic power cylinder with “-K“ at the end of Model
number are supplied with mounted sensor cages but
without T-slot sensors.
pneumatic power Cylinders
Application Examples
Radius clinching unit for profiled aluminiu Special punching unit for 2 holes Ø 3,4 in steel 0,9 mm
Special device for 2 holes Ø 12 in steel 1,2 mm Mobile punching unit for holes Ø 6,2 in crossbeams
Device for holes Ø 8 in sheet metal Stamping units placed in line
Stamping units placed in line Welding fixture for exhaust component
pneumatic power clamps
Holding Torque Clamping Torque

Piston Diameter
at 5 bar at 5 bar
mm
Nm Nm
Page MC-PPC-#
1000 to 2000
2000 to 4000
1000 to 2000
2000 to 4000
Less than 25
500 to 1000
500 to 1000
100 to 500
100 to 500
Series
0 to 100
0 to 100
25
32
40
50
63
80
81L 3
82L-4 7
82L-2 15
TCC-2 25
82M-3E 29
52H-3E 55
870/871 65
860/861 67
890/891 67
1000/1001 67
82D 69
84A 77
PC-PPC | 1 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
Air
Consumption
Weight
Material per Double Suitable Application Areas
Kg
Stroke at
5 bar dm3
Inductive Sensors Available

Adjustable Opening Angle
Manual Version Available

Tolerance Compensation
Dirty Environment
More than 2.00
Toggle Locking
End Effectors
Lateral Arms
0.50 to 1.00
1.00 to 2.00
More than 8
Center Arm
Duty Cycle
Dual Arms
Machining
Aluminum
Assembly
Welding
0 to 0.5
0 to 2
Steel
2-4
4-6
6-8
V      3 3
     3 3 3 3 3 3
      3 3 3 3 3 3
      3 3 3 3 3 3
      3 3 3 3 3 3
V     l 3 3 3 3 3 3
V   l  l 3 3
V   l   3 3
V   l   3 3
V   l   3 3
      3 3
 Excellent/High  Fair/Medium l Poor/Low
3
V Not Recommended
3 3 3 3
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice PC-PPC | 2
81L Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Ordering Information
81L 12-1 01 00
Size Description Arm Style Description Design Description

12-1 12 mm Cylinder (M5 Port) 01 Clamping arm, horizontal 00 Standard design
16-1 16 mm Cylinder (M5 Port) 41 Clamping arm, vertical
20-1 20 mm Cylinder (M5 Port) See below for further details
25-1 20 mm Cylinder (M5 Port)
Arm Style
01
41
81L Series
Accessories Description (order separately)

8EA-109-1 Sensor, 3-wire cable, M8x1 connector, 3-pin
82ZB-004-1 Adapter for mounting 81L20-1, 81L25-1 to 25mm dia. bar
12 16 20 25
Max Holding Torque Max Holding Torque Max Holding Torque Max Holding Torque
25 Nm [18.4 ft-lb] 60 Nm [44.3 ft-lb] 100 Nm [73.8 ft-lb] 100 Nm [73.8 ft-lb]
Max Clamping Torque Max Clamping Torque Max Clamping Torque Max Clamping Torque
4,5 Nm [3.3 ft-lb] 7 Nm [5.2 ft-lb] 18 Nm [13.3 ft-lb] 18 Nm [13.3 ft-lb]
at 5 bar [72 psi] at 5 bar [72 psi] at 5 bar [72 psi] at 5 bar [72 psi]
81L Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions and Seal Kits
°
120
90°
L5b
L10
L4
(2x)
D2
(2x)
D1
81L**-141 Area of interference

B10
R4
L11
B12
B2
"X"
"X"
R3
B11b
B10 B11a
L4
Pivot point
B6
B3
L2
L6
L10
B1
L5a
B5 D2 B12
L8
L9
L7
(8x)
D3
81L**-101 (2x)
D1
B8 (2x)
L1
B7
M5 M5
B18
Model Seal Kit
mm [INCH] mm [INCH] T-slot for Sensor 81L12-1.... 81L12-1-00
81L16-1.... 81L16-1-00
THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE 81L20-1.... 81L20-1-00
81L25-1.... 81L20-1-00
Round-slot for Sensor
Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar Operation with oil-free air is permissible.
D1 Ø D2 Ø D3 Ø B1 B2 B3 B5 B6 B7 B8 B10 B11a B11b B12

Model [H7] ±0,1 ±0,2 ±0,1 ±0,1 ±0,2
[0.12] [0.13] [0.94] [1.57] [0.10] [0.06] [0.24] [0.59] [0.98] [0.35] [1.06] [1.24] [0.35]
81L12-1.... 3 3,3
M4
24 40 2,5 1,5 6 15 25 9 27 31,5 9
[0.12] 0.17] [1.12] [1.97] [0.08] [0.08] [0.19] [0.79] [1.02] [0.59] [1.18] [1.56] [0.59]
81L16-1.... 3 4,3
M5
30 50 2 2 5 20 26 15 30 39,5 15
[0.16] [0.18] [1.38] [2.12] [0.10] [0.12] [0.28] [0.79] [1.34] [0.79] [1.20] [1.57] [0.79]
81L20-1.... 4 4,5
M6
35 55,5 2,5 3 7 20 34 20 30,5 40 20
[0.16] [0.26] [1.38] [2.58] [0.10] [0.12] [0.28] [0.79] [1.34] [0.79] [1.59] [1.97] [0.79]
81L25-1.... 4 6,5
M6
35 65,5 2,5 3 7 20 34 20 40,5 50 20
B18 L1 L2 L4 L5a L5b L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 L11 R3 R4

Model ~ ±0,1 ~ ~
[1.10] [4.09] [1.59] [0.28] [0.10] [0.7] [0.18] [0.59] [0.12] [0.35] [0.24] [0.93] [1.61] [1.89]
81L12-1.... 28 104 40,5 7 2,5 17,5 4,5 15 3 9 6 23,5 41 48
[1.18] [4.69] [1.95] [0.35] 0.09] [0.8] [0.23] [0.79] [0.16] [0.47] [0.31] [1.41] [2.00] [2.48]
81L16-1.... 30 119 49,5 9 2,25 20,5 5,75 20 4 12 8 35,75 51 63
[1.57] [5.94] [2.54] [0.47] [0.12] [0.98] [0.35] [0.98] [0.19] [0.59] [0.29] [1.36] [2.26] [2.75]
81L20-1.... 40 151 64,5 12 3 25 9 25 5 15 7,5 34,5 57,5 70
[1.57] [5.94] [2.54] [0.47] [0.12] [0.98] [0.35] [0.98] [0.19] [0.59] [0.47] [1.75] [2.64] [3.11]
81L25-1.... 40 151 64,5 12 3 25 9 25 5 15 12 44,5 67 79
81L Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Technical Specifications
Max. Clamping Air Consumption

Max. Holding Max. Added Load
Torque Weight per double stroke
Model Torque (at Position‚ “X”)
at 5 bar [72 psi] kg [lb] at 5 bar [72 psi]
Nm [lb ft] g [oz]
Nm [lb ft] dm3 [ft3]
25 4,5 0,16 0,25 50
81L12-101.. [18.4] [3.3] [0.4] [0.01] [1.8]
20 4,5 0,17 0,25 50
81L12-141.. [14.8] [3.3] [0.4] [0.01] [1.8]
60 6,5 0,25 0,27 80
81L16-101.. [44] [4.8] [0.6] [0.01] [2.8]
40 7,0 0,27 0,26 80
81L16-141.. [29.5] [5.23] [0.6] [0.01] [2.8]
100 18 0,50 0,40 90
81L20-101.. [73.8] [13.3] [1.1] [0.02] [3.2]
80 17 0,52 0,35 90
81L20-141.. [59] [12.5] [1.2] [0.01] [3.2]
100 18 0,52 0,40 100
81L25-101.. [73.8] [13.3] [1.2] [0.02] [3.5]
80 17 0,54 0,35 100
81L25-141.. [59] [12.5] [1.25] [0.01] [3.5]
82L..-4... Series
82L 16-4 03 0
Size Description Arm Style Description Opening Angle Description

12-4 12 mm Cylinder (M5 Port) 00 No clamping arm 0 105° (Standard)
16-4 16 mm Cylinder (M5 Port) 03 U-bar, central 90° 3 90°
20-4 20 mm Cylinder (M5 Port) 43 U-bar, central 180° 4 75°
25-4 25 mm Cylinder (M5 Port) See below for further details 5 60°
6 45°
7 30°
8 15°
Arm Style
03
43
82L..-4... Series
Accessories Description (order separately)

8EA-109-1 Sensor, 3-wire cable, M8x1 connector, 3-pin
82ZB-004-1 Adapter for mounting 82L20-4, 82L25-4 to 25mm dia. bar
12 16 20 25
35 Nm [25.8 ft-lb] 40 Nm [29.5 ft-lb] 50 Nm [36.9 ft-lb] 80 Nm [59.0 ft-lb]
90° version: 10,4 Nm [7.7 ft-lb] 12,4 Nm [9.1 ft-lb] 21 Nm [15.5 ft-lb] 31,8 Nm [23.4 ft-lb]
180° version: 8,7 Nm [6.4 ft-lb] 11 Nm [8.1 ft-lb] 19,3 Nm [14.2 ft-lb] 28,5 Nm [21.0 ft-lb]
82L12-4 Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions and Technical Specifications
"X" = 50
23
24
36
36
6 6
Pivot point 1,1
max. 6,2
SW6
M4
9 ±0,1
M 4 ep
31 ±0,05
6d e
ee p 6d
3
8 26 ±0,1 2
+0,05
+0,05
0
9 ±0,1
114,5
15
15
3
15 ±0,1
15 ±0,1
48,3
2,5
60,3
M5
4,5
23
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

Slot for round
sensor T-slot for sensor

Max. Holding Weight Max. Added Load
Torque per double stroke
Model Torque [with arm] (at Position “X”)
at 5 bar [72 psi] at 5 bar [72 psi]
Nm [lb ft] kg [lb] g [oz]
35 10,4 0,23 0,25 50
82L12-4030 [25.8] [7.8] [0.5] [0.01] [1.8]
35 8,7 0,23 0,25 50
82L12-4430 [25.8] [6.4] [0.5] [0.01] [1.8]
82L16-4 Series
40
28,8
28
"X" = 58
43,8
max. 6
7,5 7,5
Pivot point
SW6
12 ±0,1
M5 0,1
12 ±0,1
7d M5 e p
36 ±0,05
ee p e
7d
9,5 28 ±0,1 2,5
+0,05
+0,05
0
4
4
20
20
124,5
20 ±0,1
20 ±0,1
M5
56,5
67
M5
5,5
27
2
30
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
Slot for round T-slot for sensor

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION
sensor

40 12,4 0,33 0,27 80
82L16-4030 [29.5] [9.4] [0.7] [0.01] [2.8]
40 11,0 0,33 0,27 80
82L16-4430 [29.5] [8.1] [0.7] [0.01] [2.8]
82L20-4 Series
8,5
48
29
31
8,5 45
Pin for manual unlocking

with an extra tool
Pivot point
max. 5,7
SW8
M6
0,4 M6
+0,1
15 ±0,1
7, 5
0
p
de e dee
43 ±0,05
15
p 7 ,5
10,5 2,5
+0,05
+0,05
0
32 ±0,1
25
25
150
Air connection M5
5
+0,1
20
5
0
20 ±0,1 (open)
76,5
65
Air connection M5
(closed)
5,5
29
32
Grooves for
round sensors
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
Grooves for
T-groove sensors THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE

50 21,0 0,42 0,35 90
82L20-4030 [36.9] [15.5] [0.9] [0.01] [3.2]
50 19,3 0,42 0,35 90
82L20-4430 [36.9] [14.3] [0.9] [0.01] [3.2]
82L25-4 Series
8,5
53
34
36
52
8,5
Pin for manual unlocking

Pivot point with an extra tool
max. 8,1
SW9
M6
0,85 M6 eep
15 ±0,1
7, 5
15 ±0,1
de e d
+0,05
p 7 ,5
0
13 3
45
+0,05
+0,05
0
36 ±0,1
25
25
160
5
20 ±0,1 5 Air connection M5

20 ±0,1 (open)
83,5
71,5
Air connection M5
(closed)
32
5
35
Grooves for
round sensors
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
Grooves for THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE

T-groove sensors PROJECTION PROJECTION

80 31,8 0,66 0,40 100
82L25-4030 [59] [23.5] [1.5] [0.01] [3.5]
80 28,5 0,66 0,40 100
82L25-4430 [59] [12.5] [1.5] [0.01] [3.5]
82L..-4... Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Clamp Arm Dimensions
B2
B13
A-A B11
Pivot point
L4
L5
B12
B10
B1
B27
L10
A A
L2
D3
D2H7
B26
Max.
Order no. B10 B11 B12 B13 D2
Model Opening B1 B2 B26 B27 D3 L2 L4 L5 L10
for Arm ±0,02 ±0,02 ±0,1 ±0,1 H7
angle
82L12-4… 8JG-401-1-01 105° 6 54 9 45.5 9 50 38,5 24 3 3.3 36 7 10 6
82L16-4… 8JG-402-1-01 105° 6 63 15 50.5 15 58 36,5 29 3 4.5 44 9.5 10 10
82L20-4… 8JG-403-1-01 105° 8 78 20 63 20 73 45 31,2 4 4.5 48 14 10 8
82L25-4… 8JG-404-1-01 105° 9 81 20 66 20 76 48 36 4 6.4 53 16 10 12
Notes
82L..-2... Series
82L 2G-2 03 B8 H 0 B
Size Description Arm Style Description

2G-2 25 mm Cylinder (G1/8 Port) 03 U-clamp arm, central 90°
3G-2 32 mm Cylinder (G1/8 Port) 11 Lateral clamp arm, left 90°
3N-2 32 mm Cylinder (1/8-18 NPT Port) 12 Lateral clamp arm, right 90°
4G-2 40 mm Cylinder (G1/4 Port) 23 2x lateral clamp arm 90°
4N-2 40 mm Cylinder (1/4-18 NPT Port) 38 H-clamp arm 90°
43 U-clamp arm, central 180°
51 Lateral clamp arm, left 180°
52 Lateral clamp arm, right 180°
63 2x lateral clamp arm 180°
78 H-clamp arm 180°
See below for further details.
Lateral and H-clamp arms are not available for 82L2G-2.
Arm Style
03 43
38 78
11 12 23
51 52 63
82L..-2... Series
Hand Lever Description

0 No Hand Lever H
H With Hand Lever
Base Model Description

Power clamp without clamping arm.
B To be marked with an additional “B”.
Only with clamping arm “03”
Opening Angle Description

0 105° (Standard)
3 90°
4 75°
5 60°
6 45°
7 30°
8 15°
Sensor Description
00 Without Sensing System
C8 Inductive Sensing System with In-Line M8x1 Connector
B7 Inductive Sensing System with In-Line M12x1 Connector
B8 Inductive Sensing System with M12x1 Connector with Cable
C8
B7
B8
2G 3G/N 4G/N
Max Holding Torque Max Holding Torque Max Holding Torque
75 Nm [55.3 ft-lb] 180 Nm [132.8 ft-lb] 380 Nm [280.3 ft-lb]
Max Clamping Torque Max Clamping Torque Max Clamping Torque
25 Nm [18.4 ft-lb] 55 Nm [40.6 ft-lb] 120 Nm [88.5 ft-lb]
at 5 bar [72 psi] at 5 bar [72 psi] at 5 bar [72 psi]
82L..-2... Series
Plan view
Dimensions of the
B31 B24a driven shaft
B1a 82L2*-2...
SW
L17
B23 max.
22 ±0,1
B3
D4H7
+0,02 B30
+0,02
5 0
+0,05
0
0
18
5,05
82L3*-2... B1b
B24 B1a
B5 B30
Pivot point
B1a
82L4*-2...
B6a
L6
B6
L8
L2 max.
(8x)
L8a
D1
L18
D1a
B27
L14
L3
L7
L9
D4H7
L9a
L1 max.
B25 B7a
L19
L9
B7
D4aH7
B5a B5b
12 33
Connector (B): opening
B1 Connector (A): closing

mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
THIRD ANGLE
Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar
FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION Operation
PROJECTION with oil-free air is permissible.
Technical Information | Model without Hand Lever
Max. holding Clamping torque Piston Air consumption per double

Weight Connection
Model torque at 5 bar [72 psi] Ø stroke at 5 bar [72 psi]
kg [lbs] G
Nm [lb ft] Nm [lb ft] mm dm3 [ft3]
75 25 1,0 0,4
82L2G-2… 25 G1/8
[55] [18] [2.20] [0.01]
82L3G-2… 180 55 1,3 0,8 G1/8

32
82L3N-2… [133] [41] [2.86] [0.03] 1/8-18 NPT
82L4G-2… 380 120 1,9 1,2 G1/4

40
82L4N-2… [280] [89] [4.18] [0.04] 1/4-18 NPT
B1 B1a B1b B3 B5 B5a B5b B6 B6a B7 B7a** B23 B24 B24a B25 B27 B30 B31
Model
± 0,1 ± 0,1 max. +0,1 ± 0,1
82L2G-2… 32 34 - 3 4 4 4,5 7 - 25 - 53 60,5 53,5 - - 44 15
82L3.-2… 42 34 46 - 5 8 4,5 7 10 20 30 60 76,5 63,5 8 3,5 51 21
82L4.-2… 45 40 - - 6,5 6 4,5 10 10 25 35 74 88 69,5 9 3,5 57 26,5
D1 D1a D4 D4a L1 L2 L3 L6 L7 L8 L8a L9 L9a** L14 L17 L18 L19 SW

Model
H7 H7 max. max. ± 0,05 + 0,1 ± 0,1 ± 0,1 ± 0,1 ± 0,1 ± 0,1 N9 h9
82L2G-2… M5 M5 5 - 183,5 104,5 67 17 28 5 - 18 - 14 8,5 - - 9
82L3.-2… M5 M5 6 6 215 124 83 25 36 8 42 20 20 18 12,5 48 8 11
82L4.-2… M6 M6 6 6 245 141 92 30 40 10 50 20 25 20 16 58,5 8 16
**Tolerance for distance to dowel hole ±0,02
82L..-2... Series
Automation power clamps, lightweight design Plan view
enclosed model, with hand lever
B23 max.
B1
a1
B31 B24a
B1a B21
B24
B5
Pivot point
L2 max.
B30
B3
L6
L8
B6
(8x)
L2 max.
D1
B30
B7
B5a R1
L3
L7
L9
L9
L1 max.
a2
B5b
L1 max.
Dimensions of the
driven shaft
G
SW
L17
View 82L2*-2...
Connector (B): opening
Connector (A): closing

mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
Operation with oil-free air is permissible.
PROJECTION PROJECTION Technical Information | Model with Hand Lever
Clamping Air consumption

Max. holding Piston
torque at Weight Opening per double stroke Connection
Model torque Ø B1 B1a B3 B5 B5a
5 bar [72 psi] kg [lbs] angle at 5 bar [72 psi] G
Nm [lb ft] mm
25
75 1,1 0,4
82L2G-2... [18] 25 G1/8 32 34 3 4 4
[55] [2.42] [0.01]
82L3G-2... 180 55 1,5 105º 0,8 G1/8

32 42 34 – 5 8
82L3N-2... [133] [41] [3.30] [0.03] 1/8-18NPT
82L4G-2... 380 120 2,1 1,2 G1/4

40 45 40 – 6,5 6
82L4N-2... [280] [89] [4.62] [0.04] 1/4-18NPT
B5b B6 B7 B21 B23 B24 B24a B30 B31 D1 L1 L2 L3 L6 L7 L8 L9 L17 SW a1 a2 R1

Model
+0,1 ~ max +0,1 max. max. +0,05 +0,1 +0,1 +0,1 h9 ~ ~ ~
82L2G-2... 4,5 7 25 62 53 60,5 53,5 44 15 M5 183,5 104,5 67 17 28 5 18 8,5 9 36º 131º 117
82L3G-2...
4,5 7 20 62 60 76,5 63,5 51 21 M5 210 119 83 25 36 8 20 12,5 11 31º 124º 117
82L3N-2...
82L4G-2...
4,5 10 25 62 74 88 69,5 57 26,5 M6 241 137 92 30 40 10 20 16 16 31º 131º 117
82L4N-2...
82L2G-2, 82L3.-2, 82L4.-2 series
Wiring diagram of electrical sensing system

Maximum Tooling Weight 82L2G-2...
1,0
Sensing system immune to interference from d.c. arc
welding and a.c. arc welding
0,8
Inductive version: B8, B7, C8

Weight [kg]
0,6
0,4 Pin Assignment

0,2 +brown black -blue white
1 4 3 2
0
50 75 100 125 150 175 200
Distance from pivot point to center of mass [mm]

1 4 1 4 3 2
Plug M8x1 2 3
Maximum Tooling Weight 82L3.-2... yellow
2 green red
2,0
Plug M12x1 3 1
4
1,5 open closed
S 0.1 S 0.2
Weight [kg]
1,0
0,5
0
50 75 100 125 150 175 200
Maximum Tooling Weight 82L4.-2...

2,75
2,50
2,25
2,00
Weight [kg]
1,75
1,50
1,25
1,00
0,75
0,50
0,25
0
75 100 125 150 175 200
Maximum Clamping Torque at 5 bar

140
Pivot
120 X
Torque (Nm) at 5 bar
100
ATTENTION: 82L4..., L1=104mm
Calculation tool 80
82L3..., L1=99mm
available. Please 60
L1
82L2..., L1=75mm All data refers to a pneumatic
consult factory. pressure of 6 bar and to a
40
opening and closuring time
20 of 1 second, as well as to
the center of gravity of the
0
0,5 1,5 2,5 3,5 4,5 5,5 6,5 7,5 8,5 complete construction directly
attached to the clamp arm
Clamping Arm Position (mm)
related to the fixed fulcrum.
82L2G-2, 82L3.-2, 82L4.-2 series
U-Type Central Clamping Arms

Viex X
(for dimensioning)
B4
D3
B12
D2H7
B27
L10
L10
(B9)
B26 L10
a
B10 B11
L4
0,2°
90° version Area of interference
(82L..-203....) 180° version
Hold-down piece (82L..-243....)
must not protrude
for dimensioning in the interior area
X Opening
"R1" due to the
area of interference
B2
B2
Opening
X R1
R1
for dimensioning
L4
±0,2°
Pivot point
SW SW
Order no. Opening Opening

Weight SW
for set of angle for angle for B2 B4 B9 B10 B11 B12 B26 B27 D2 D3 L4 L10 L10a R1
Model J7
U-type central 90° Version 180° Version
clamping arms max. max. [kg] +0,02 +0,1 +0,2 +0,2 H7 +0,1 *+1,1 ~ ~
82L2G-2... 8JG-075-3-01 105º 105º 0,3 93 45 8 20 65 20 58 36 4 6,5 20 12 - 45 9

82L3.-2... 8JG-065-2-01 105º 105º 0,37 105 45 6 20 79 20 69 35,1 6 7 20 12* 11,4 55 11
82L4.-2... 8JG-067-2-01 105º 105º 0,5 110 45 6 20 84 20 78 42,1 6 7 22 15* 14,3 58 16
Lateral Clamping Arms

Weight
for set of angle for angle for 180ª B2 B4 B9 B10 B11 B12 B22 D2 D3 L4 L10 R1
Model 90ª - Version - Version
Lateral
clamping arms max. max. [kg] +0,02 +0,1 +0,2 H7 +0,1 ~
82L3.-2... 8JG-066-1-01 105º 105º 0,25 105 45 6 20 79 20 6,5 6 7 20 12 55

82L4.-2... 8JG-068-1-01 105º 105º 0,3 92 45 6 20 66 20 8,5 6 7 22 15 58
82L2G-2, 82L3.-2, 82L4.-2 Series
H- Clamping Arms

Weight
for set of angle for 90ª - angle for 180ª B2 B4 B9 B10 B11 B12 B26 B34 B35 D2 D3 L4 L10 R1
Model Version - Version
H-clamping
arms max. max. [kg] +0,02 +0,1 +0,2 +0,1 H7 +0,1
82L3.-2.8... 8JG-363-1-01 105º 105º 0,52 105 45 6 20 79 20 69 47,1 59,1 6 7 20 12 55

82L4.-2.8... 8JG-364-1-01 105º 105º 0,77 110 45 6 20 84 20 78 57,1 72,1 6 7 22 15 58
Counter-Support B10
B34
B11
L10
View
Support without
bracket and screws
B12
x)
(2
)
(2x
D2
B33
D3
B2 Pivot point
Holding capacity
B7
L30
B26
(4x)
D5
L5
L31
Deflection
L9
L4
(4x)
M8
L32
L33
40 ±0,1
0,05
25 ± B32
B31
40 ±0,1 B30
* = Tolerance for distance to dowel holes +0,02

54
** = distance from pivot point
Holding Capacity
Fit for Deflection Weight B2 B7* B10 B11 B12 B26** B30** B31** B32**
Model max.
Model
[N] [mm] [kg] +0,1 +0,02 ~
BK-R25-82L25-1 82L2_ 914 0,2 0,4 93 25 20 62 20 42 55 31,5 11

BK-R25-82L32-1 82L3_ 660 0,16 0,5 105 20 20 79 20 44 52 28,5 9
BK-R25-82L40-1 82L4_ 2000 0,37 0,56 110 25 20 84 20 41 52 28,5 7,5
B33 B34 D2 D3 D5 L4 L5 L9 L10 L30 L31 L32 L33

Model
Ø H7 Ø Ø +0,1 +0,1 -0,1
BK-R25-82L25-1 35 90 4 6,5 5,5 20 45 18 12 4,95 27,9 50,9 106

BK-R25-82L32-1 46 105 6 7 5,5 20 45 20 12 7,85 35,7 59 106
BK-R25-82L40-1 40 110 6 7 6,6 22 45 20 15 9,85 39,7 66 108
82L2G-2, 82L3.-2, 82L4.-2 Series
Hold Open Device

Handlever right
locking device left a3
B37
B36 Device adjusting at
opening angle 105°
B1a
R3
Handlever right
a 4 L36
D7
locking device left
R4
B39
D6
Clamping position
B38
Open position locked
Fit for a3 a4
Model B1a B36 B37 B38 B39 D6 D7 L36 R3 R4
Model
82ZB-036-1 82L2.-2....H.. 34 25 47 47 3 15 10 31 53 18,5 63° 105°
82ZB-037-1 82L3.-2....H.. 34 28 56 56 4 15 10,5 43 69 25 63° 105°
82ZB-038-1 82L4.-2....H.. 40 30 58 58 3 15 10,5 50 76 27 63° 105°
82L2G-2, 82L3.-2, 82L4.-2 accessories
Pneumatic Power Clamps | For Use With or Without Hand Lever
Order No. for set Order No. for set Order No. for set
Clamping Arms 82L2G-2....0../ 82L3.-2....0../ 82L4.-2....0../
82L2G-2....H.. 82L3.-2....H.. 82L4.-2....H..
U-central 8JG-075-3-01 8JG-065-2-01 8JG-067-2-01
Lateral -- 8JG-066-1-01 8JG-068-1-01
H-Shape -- 8JG-363-1-01 8JG-364-1-01
Connector cable (1 connector socket & 5 m cable))
Connector socket M8x1
8EL-009-1 8EL-009-1 8EL-009-1
straight 4-pin
8EL-007-1 8EL-007-1 8EL-007-1
angular 4-pin
8EL-002-1 8EL-002-1 8EL-002-1
straight 5-pin
8EL-003-1 8EL-003-1 8EL-003-1
angular 4-pin
Opening angle limitation Opening 82L2G-2 82L3.-2 82L4.-2

Angle Order No. L ± 0,1 Order No. L ± 0,1 Order No. L ± 0,1
15° 8CE-282-1 28,6 8CE-296-1 33,3 8CE-310-1 38,4
30° 8CE-284-1 22 8CE-298-1 26,9 8CE-312-1 31
45° 8CE-286-1 18,5 8CE-300-1 21,5 8CE-314-1 24,7
60° 8CE-288-1 14 8CE-302-1 16,3 8CE-316-1 18,6
75° 8CE-290-1 7,9 8CE-304-1 11 8CE-318-1 11
90° 8CE-292-1 4,7 8CE-306-1 5,5 8CE-320-1 6,2
Shim for clamping arm Order No. A1 A2 D2 D3 B9 B10 B12 L10
82ZB-SH4001 0,1
82ZB-SH4002 0,2
82ZB-SH4005 0,5
42 6,5 7 6 20 20 11,8
82ZB-SH4010 1,0
82ZB-SH4020 2,0
82ZB-SH4050 5,0
Order No. for set Order No. for set Order No. for set
Spare Parts
82L2G-2....0.. 82L2G-2....H.. 82L3.-2....0.. 82L3.-2....H.. 82L4.-2....0.. 82L4.-2....H..
82L3G-2 (G port): 8PW-096-2 82L4G-2 (G port): 8PW-097-2
Cylinder 8PW-095-2
82L3N-2 (NPT port): 8PW-102-2 82L4N-2 (NPT port): 8PW-103-2
Sensor Kit
B8 Connector plug, M12x1,
8EA-139-1
cable
B7 Connector plug, M12x1,
8EA-138-1
parallel with cylinder
C8 Connector plug, M8x1,
8EA-137-1
parallel with cylinder
Hand Lever -- 8KB-031-1 -- 8KB-031-1 -- 8KB-032-1
Notes
82M and TCC Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Product Overview
82M Series Enclosed Power Clamp

Shown with optional U-Arms
and Cylinders with Internal
Hold Open Device
“B” Front Mount available for

82M and TCC size 40mm
Same mounting pattern as size
50 and 63mm
80mm 63mm 50mm 40mm

3000 Nm 1800 Nm 1300 Nm 380 Nm
850 Nm at 5bar 420 Nm at 5bar 270 Nm at 5bar 120 Nm at 5bar
NAAMS Lateral Mounting

available on 82M and TCC
in addition to narrow, wide
TCC Tolerance Compensating Power Clamp
and NAAMS Clamp Arm Shafts
Shown with optional U-Arms
and Cylinders with Internal
Hold Open Device
Tolerance
compensation
for variable part
thicknesses
• T olerance compensation for variable

63mm 50mm 40mm sheet metal thicknesses within three
Max Holding Torque Max Holding Torque Max Holding Torque degrees of arm movement
295 Nm 175 Nm 85 Nm
Max Clamping Torque Max Clamping Torque Max Clamping Torque • There is no need for shimming
295 Nm at 5bar 175 Nm at 5bar 85 Nm at 5bar
82M and TCC Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Product Overview
Adjusting the Arm Opening Angle
Easily adjust arm opening angle with an M5 Allen wrench.

• Move clamp arm to full open position.
• Using Allen wrench, release mechanism (leave Allen wrench in place).
• Move clamp arm to desired opening.
• Tighten to 20 Nm.
Enclosed Power Clamp Hand Lever (82M-3E Models Only)
Standard Adjustable Hand Lever Weldable Hand Lever
Hand lever • and lever can be welded into a permanent

H
position can position.
be adjusted • Handle can be mounted on the left or right side
20° up or down
• and lever position is adjustable for improved ergonomics

H
• Handle can be mounted on the left or right side
TCC-2 Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps with Tolerance Compensation | Ordering Information
TCC-2 E 03 00 6A L8
Mounting Description Clamp Arm Shaft Description Handle Description

E Standard Mounting 03 for U-Arms 00 No Hand lever
Common Front Mount for Size 40 only 23 for Lateral Arms
B
(same mount pattern as size 50 & 63) See below for further details
N NAAMS Side Mounting for Size 63 only
Mounting
E • Tolerance compensation
for variable sheet metal
thicknesses within three
Tolerance
degrees of arm movement
compensation
for variable part • There is no need
thicknesses for shimming
Size 40
Size 50
Size 63
Clamp Arm Shaft
B
03
Size Shaft Length (L17)

40 9 mm [0.35 in]
50 12 mm [0.47 in]
63 12 mm [0.47 in]
Size 40 Only
N 23

40 16 mm [0.63 in] Shown with U-Arm
50 21 mm [0.83 in] 8UM634-25-144
63 21 mm [0.83 in] (order separately)
Size 63 Only
TCC-2 Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps with Tolerance Compensation | Ordering Information
Sensor Description
L8/N8 L9/N9
L8* PNP Sensor with In-line M12x1 Connector (8EA-146-4)
N8* NPN Sensor with In-line M12x1 Connector (8EA-154-4)
L9 PNP Sensor with 90° M12x1 Connector (8EA-147-4)
N9 NPN Sensor with 90° M12x1 Connector (8EA-155-4)
K8 PNP Sensor with M12x1 Cable Connector (8EA-158-4)
K9 NPN Sensor with M12x1 Cable Connector (8EA-167-4)
*Not available for use with 4V, 5V, 6V cylinder option.
K8/K9
Sensor Cables Order separately

Order No. Description
8EL-002-1 M12x1, Straight, 5-pin Connector with 5 m [16 ft] Cable
8EL-003-1 M12x1, Angular, 4-pin Connector with 5 m [16 ft] Cable
Cylinder (Standard Cylinder with Unlockable Return Valve

40 40 mm Cylinder (G1/8 Port) 4C 40 mm Cylinder (G1/8 Port)
5N 50 mm Cylinder (1/4-18 NPT Port) 5D 50 mm Cylinder (1/4-18 NPT Port)
6N 63 mm Cylinder (1/4-18 NPT Port) 6D 63 mm Cylinder (1/4-18 NPT Port)
Cylinder with Internal Hold Open Device

4A 40 mm Cylinder (G1/8 Port)
5A 50 mm Cylinder (G1/4 Port) Cylinder with Piston Rod Locking Device
5B 50 mm Cylinder (1/4-18 NPT Port) 4V 40 mm Cylinder (G1/8 Port)
6A 63 mm Cylinder (G1/4 Port) 5V 50 mm Cylinder (G1/4 Port)
6B 63 mm Cylinder (1/4-18 NPT Port) 6V 63 mm Cylinder (G1/4 Port)
40 50 63
Max Holding/ Max Holding/ Max Holding/
Clamping Torque Clamping Torque Clamping Torque
85 Nm [62.7 ft-lb] 175 Nm [129 ft-lb] 295 Nm [217.6 ft-lb]
TCC-2 Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps with Tolerance Compensation | Technical Specifications
Max. Clamping Air Consumption per double

Cylinder Ø Weight
Model Holding Torque Torque at 5 bar
(mm) (kg)
stroke at 5 bar
(Nm) (Nm) (liter)
TCC-2.....40..
TCC-2.....4A.. 1,6
TCC-2.....4B.. 85 85 40 0,9
TCC-2.....4C.. 1,7
TCC-2.....4V.. 1,6
Maximum Tooling Weight Maximum Clamping Force Air Consumption Control Flow
3.0 1200 3
6 bar 1 0,5 sec
2.5 1000 2,5 Open
Clamping force (N)
Air consumption per

double stroke (Nl)
5 bar 0
2.0 4 bar
800 2
Weight [kg]
1
opening / closing 3 bar Signal opened 0,5 sec.
time 2 sec 0
1.5 600 1,5
1
Close
1.0 400 1 0
1
0.5 200 0,5 Signal closed
opening / closing 0
time 1 sec
0 0 0
100 125 150 175 200 100 125 150 175 200 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 105° 120° 135°
Distance from pivot point Length of the clamping arm (mm) Opening angle (°) Internal Hold Open Device
to center of mass [mm] 4A Cylinder Option
ATTENTION: Calculation tool available. Please consult factory.

Cylinder Ø Weight
(mm) (kg)
stroke at 5 bar
(Nm) (Nm) (liter)
TCC-2E....50..
TCC-2E....5N..
2,8
TCC-2E....5A..
TCC-2E....5B.. 175 175 50 1,6
TCC-2E....5C..
3,0
TCC-2E....5D..
TCC-2E....5V.. 2,9
10 2500 3
9 6 bar 1 0,5 sec
2,5 Open
Clamping force (N)
Air consumption per
8
double stroke (Nl)
2000 5 bar 0
7 4 bar 2
Weight [kg]
1
6 1500 3 bar Signal opened 0,5 sec.
opening / closing time 2 sec 0
5 1,5
1
4 1000 Close
1 0
3
2 500 1
0,5 Signal closed
1 0
opening / closing time 1 sec
0 0 0
100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 100 125 150 175 200 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 105° 120° 135°
to center of mass [mm] 5A/5B Cylinder Option
TCC-2 Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps with Tolerance Compensation | Technical Specifications

Cylinder Ø Weight
(mm) (kg)
stroke at 5 bar
(Nm) (Nm) (liter)
TCC-2.....63..
3,8
TCC-2.....6N..
TCC-2.....6A..
4,0
TCC-2.....6B.. 295 295 63 2,6
TCC-2.....6C..
4,6
TCC-2.....6D..
TCC-2.....6V.. 4,2
14 4000 3
6 bar 1 0,5 sec
12 3500
2,5 Open
Clamping force (N)
Air consumption per

5 bar
double stroke (Nl)

0
10 3000
4 bar
2
Weight [kg]
1
2500 3 bar Signal opened 0,5 sec.
8
opening / closing 0
time 2 sec 2000 1,5
6 1
1500 Close
1 0
4
1000
1
2 0,5 Signal closed
opening / closing 500
0
time 1 sec
0 0 0
100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 100 125 150 175 200 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 105° 120° 135°
Center of Mass
A B
Model Weight
Closed Open Closed Open
TCC-2E....40.. 23 55 69
24 1,5
TCC-2B....40.. 24 54 68
TCC-2E....4A.. 22 86
A A A
23 72 C 1,6
A
TCC-2B....4A.. 23 85
TCC-2E....4C.. 25 77 89
26 1,7
TCC-2B....4C.. 26 76 88
TCC-2E....4V.. 80
24 24 66 1,6
B
TCC-2B....4V.. 79
B
B
B
TCC-2E....50..
70 87 2,6
TCC-2E....5N..
24 25
TCC-2E....5A..
83 99 2,8
TCC-2E....5B..
TCC-2E....5C..
27 27 96 110 3,0
TCC-2E....5D..
TCC-2E....5V.. 25 26 84 99 2,9
TCC-2.....63..
closed position opened position (135°) closed position 89
opened position (135°) 105 3,7
TCC-2.....6N..
27 28
TCC-2.....6A..
98 114 3,9
TCC-2.....6B..
TCC-2.....6C..
30 30 116 130 4,4
TCC-2.....6D..
TCC-2.....6V.. 28 28 103 119 3,9
82M-3 Series
82M-3 E 23 H0 50 L8 - 1 North America Only

E Standard Mounting 03 for U-Arms 00 No Hand lever
Common Front Mount for Size 40 only 23 for Lateral Arms H0 Hand Lever
B
(same mount pattern as size 50 & 63) D0 for Lateral Arms HS Weldable
N NAAMS Side Mounting for Size 63 only (size 63 NAAMS only)
See below for further details
Mounting
Size 40
Clamp Arm Shaft
03
Size 50 Hand Lever
E H0

40 9 mm [0.35 in]
50 12 mm [0.47 in]
63 12 mm [0.47 in]
Size 63/80
23/D0
B
Shown with U-Arm

8UM504-25-144
Size 40 Only (order separately)
23
HS
N 40 16 mm [0.63 in]
Hand Lever Description
50 21 mm [0.83 in]
00 No Hand Lever
63 21 mm [0.83 in]
80 32 mm [1.26 in] Standard Hand Lever
H0 (not compatible with
cylinder options *A, *B)
D0
Size Shaft Length (L17) Weldable Hand Lever
HS (not compatible with
Size 63 Only 63 26 mm [1.02 in] cylinder options *A, *B)
82M-3 Series
Sensor Description L8/N8 L9/N9

L8 PNP Sensor with In-line M12x1 Connector (8EA-146-4)
N8 NPN Sensor with In-line M12x1 Connector (8EA-154-4)
K9 NPN Sensor with M12x1 Cable Connector (8EA-167-4) K8/K9
Cylinder - Standard Cylinder with Internal Hold Open Device

40 40 mm Cylinder (G1/8 Port) 4A 40 mm Cylinder (G1/8 Port)
5N 50 mm Cylinder (1/4-18 NPT Port) 5B 50 mm Cylinder (1/4-18 NPT Port)
40 50 63 80
380 Nm [280 ft-lb] 1300 Nm [959 ft-lb] 1800 Nm [1328 ft-lb] 3000 Nm [2213 ft-lb]
120 Nm [89 ft-lb] 270 Nm [199 ft-lb] 420 Nm [310 ft-lb] 850 Nm [627 ft-lb]
82M-3 Series

Cylinder Ø Weight
(mm) (kg)
stroke at 5 bar
(Nm) (Nm) (liter)
82M-3E....4...
380 120 40 1,5 0,9
82M-3B....4...
3.0 1400 7
5 bar 1 0,5 sec

2.5 1200 6 Open
Clamping force (N)
Air consumption per

double stroke (Nl)
4 bar 0
1000 5
2.0 3 bar
Weight [kg]
1
opening / closing Signal opened 0,5 sec.
time 2 sec 800 4 0
1.5
600 3 1
Close
1.0 0
400 2
1
0.5 200 1 Signal closed
opening / closing 0
time 1 sec
0 0 0
100 125 150 175 200 100 125 150 175 200 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 105° 120° 135°
to center of mass [mm] 4A Cylinder Option

Cylinder Ø Weight
(mm) (kg)
stroke at 5 bar
(Nm) (Nm) (liter)
82M-3E....5... 1300 270 50 2,8 1,6
10 3000 7
9 1 0,5 sec
5 bar 6
2500 Open
Clamping force (N)
Air consumption per
8
double stroke (Nl)
4 bar 0
7 5
2000 3 bar
Weight [kg]
1
6 Signal opened 0,5 sec.
opening / closing time 2 sec 4 0
5 1500
4 3 1
Close
3 1000 0
2
2 1
500 1 Signal closed
1 0
opening / closing time 1 sec
0 0 0
100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 105° 120° 135°

Cylinder Ø Weight
(mm) (kg)
stroke at 5 bar
(Nm) (Nm) (liter)
82M-3E....6...
1800 420 63 3,8 2,6
82M-3N....6...
14 4500 7
12 4000 5 bar 6
1 0,5 sec
Open
Clamping force (N)
Air consumption per

double stroke (Nl)
3500 4 bar 0
10 5
3000 3 bar
Weight [kg]
1
8 4 Signal opened 0,5 sec.
opening / closing 2500 0
time 2 sec
6 2000 3 1
Close
1500 0
4 2
1000 1
2 1 Signal closed
time 1 sec
0 0 0
100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 105° 120° 135°
82M-3 Series

Cylinder Ø Weight
(mm) (kg)
stroke at 5 bar
(Nm) (Nm) (liter)
82M-3E....80..
8,7
82M-3E....8N..
3000 850 80 6,3
82M-3E....8A..
8,8
82M-3E....8B..
25 9000 7
8000 5 bar 6
1 0,5 sec
Open
Clamping force (N)
Air consumption per

20
double stroke (Nl)

7000 4 bar 0
5
6000 3 bar
Weight [kg]
1
15 Signal opened 0,5 sec.
5000 4 0
opening / closing
time 2 sec 4000 3 1
10 Close
3000 0
2
2000 1
5
1 Signal closed
time 1 sec
0 0 0
100 150 200 250 300 350 400 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 105° 120° 135°
Center of Mass
A A A A A A C C
A A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
closed positionclosed position

opened opened
position (135°) position (135°) closed positionclosed position
opened opened
position (135°) position (135°)
Without Handle With Handle

A B A B C
Model Weight Model Weight
Closed Open Closed Open Closed Open Closed Open
82M-3E....40.. 23 55 69 82M-3E....40.. 22 25 49 70
24 1,5 1,6
82M-3B....40.. 24 54 68 82M-3B....40.. 24 27 46 67
4
82M-3E....4A.. 22 86 82M-3E....50..
23 72 1,6 23 30 62 85 3,1
82M-3B....4A.. 23 85 82M-3E....5N..
82M-3E....50.. 82M-3.....63..
70 87 26 30 80 102 3 4,2
82M-3E....5N.. 82M-3.....6N..
24 25 2,8
82M-3E....5A.. 82M-3E....80..
83 99 35 38 93 122 2 9,2
82M-3E....5B.. 82M-3E....8N..
82M-3.....63..
88 103 3,8
82M-3.....6N..
27 28
82M-3.....6A..
98 114 3,9
82M-3.....6B..
82M-3E....80..
98 123 8,7
82M-3E....8N..
36 37
82M-3E....8A..
104 129 8,9
82M-3E....8B..
82M-3/TCC-2 Series 40mm
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions
82M-3E/TCC-2E....4. 97 Dimensions of the

driven shaft
19 85
L17
B23 max.
50 ±0,1
SW16 h9
33
B23
Model L17
Max.
82M-3.03/TCC-2.03..4... 54,5 9
TCC-2 Series 82,5 82M-3.23/TCC-2.23..4... 66,5 16
-3° tolerance
compensation. 60±0,1
8,5
±0,1
12±0,1 35 ±0,02 for Ø6H7
34,5
Pivot point
7,5±0,1
25±0,05
45±0,1
15 3,5
38,5 ±0,1
35 ±0,1
47±0,1
M6
±0,02 for Ø6H7
136
±0,02 for Ø6H7
10 3,5
+0,1
0
16 10
98
40
±0,1
25
8 N9
21 33 4
±0,1
Ø6 H7
M6
10
25
Ø6H7
10
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar operation with oil-free air is permissible.
PROJECTION PROJECTION The connector socket and the cable are not supplied with the unit.
Safe “holding/clamping” only under pressurization (for TCC models only).
82M-3B/TCC-2B....4. DImensions below for “B” mounting surfaces. See above for additional base unit dimensions.
10
±0,1
M6
7,5
8
36,5
11±0,1
±0,1
45 ±0,1
±0,05
30 ±0,02 for Ø8H7

47±0,1
63,5 ±0,1
10
1,5
Ø8 H7
5
Ø6H7
+0,1
0
32±0,1
55
8 N9
25 ±0,1
"X"
4,5
10
M8
12
View "X"
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Cylinder Options Dimension and Technical Specifications
82M-3/TCC-2.....40 82M-3/TCC-2.....4A
Standard Cylinder Cylinder with Internal Hold Open Device
Securely holds clamp in the open position.
265
251
Internal Open
Holding Device:
115
For manual
129
G 1/8 unlocking this G 1/8
area has to be
accessible.
30
65 34
74,5 34
TCC-2.....4C TCC-2.....4V
Cylinder with Unlock-able Return Valve Cylinder with Rod Locking Device
Pneumatically holds clamp arm in the Uses friction to clamp rod at any point
closed position when air is released. between open and closed positions.
275
M5
274,6
70,3
To centerline
Manual of pivot point
139
Unlocking
138,6
G 1/8
2 G 1/8
21
2
1 14
12
80 34 65 34
4 2 4 2
14 12
14 12
51 3
5 1 3
82M-3E/TCC-2E....5. 107
Dimensions of the
26,5 95 driven shaft
B23 max.
L17
48 ±0,1
SW19 h9
47,6
B23
L17
Model
Max.
82M-3E03/TCC-2E03..5... 72 12
82M-3E23/TCC-2E23..5... 90 21
111,5
80±0,1
13±0,1
10±0,1
9,5
48
Pivot point
5
36,5±0,05
63,5 ±0,1
11 ±0,1
9
55 ±0,1
71,5 ±0,1 30±0,1

21,5
M10
±0,02 for Ø8H7
170
12 3,5
32 ±0,1
+0,1
125
55 0
25
±0,02 for Ø10H7
13 9,5
45 ±0,1
10
12 N9
12
M8
Ø8 H7
5 50±0,1
Ø10 H7
±0,02 for Ø10H7
5 45±0,1
±0,02 for Ø8H7
TCC-2 Series
-3° tolerance
compensation.
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
10 deep
Ø8 H7
40 ±0,1

±0,02 for Ø8H7
45±0,1
10 deep
M8
Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar operation with oil-free air is permissible.
The connector socket and the cable are not supplied with the unit.
82M-3E/TCC-2E....50/5N 82M-3E/TCC-2E....5A/5B
316
325
14,2
To centerline
of pivot point
146
Internal Open
Holding Device: C
155
C For manual
unlocking this
area has to be
accessible.
72 44
78,5 44
Ports C Important! For optimal cushioning, Ports C
external pneumatic one-way flow Important! For optimal cushioning,
50 G1/4 5A G1/4 external pneumatic one-way flow
control valves should be used.
5N 1/4-18 NPT 5B 1/4-18 NPT control valves should be used.
TCC-2E....5C/5D TCC-2E....5V
342
G1/8 344
88,8
Manual To centerline
Unlocking of pivot point
174
172
G1/4
2
C
21
2
1 14
12
89,5 4 2 44 72 14
4 2
12
44
14 12
51 3
Important! For optimal
5 1 3
Ports C
cushioning,external pneumatic
5C G1/4 one-way flow control valves
5D 1/4-18 NPT should be used.
82M-3/TCC-2.....6.
112,5
26,5 101,5
Dimensions of the
driven shaft
B23 max.
54 ±0,1
52
7
L1
SW22 h9
B7a B23
Model L17
±0,1 Max.
82M-3E03/TCC-2E03..6... 50
78 12
82M-3N03/TCC-2N03..6... 55
82M-3E23/TCC-2E23..6... 50
96 21
82M-3N23/TCC-2N23..6... 55
82M-3ND0..6... 55 106 26
111,5
80 ±0,1
70,5 (TCC Only)

TCC-2 Series 13±0,1
11,5
-3° tolerance
compensation. 10±0,1
54
Pivot point
5
36,5 ±0,05
63,5 ±0,1
11±0,1
55 ±0,1
9 30
71,5±0,1
±0,1
±0,02 for Ø8H7 M10
187
12 3,5
32 ±0,1
+0,1
0
137
10
±0,02 for Ø10H7
8,5
55
45 ±0,1
B7a
±0,02 for Ø10H7
10
12
12 N9
M8
H7
Ø8
Ø10 H7
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

PROJECTION PROJECTION Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar operation with oil-free air is permissible.
82M-3/TCC-2.....63/6N 82M-3/TCC-2.....6A/6B
351
350
Internal Open
Holding Device:
C For manual C
164
163
unlocking this
area has to be
accessible.
100 52 100 52
Ports C Important! For optimal cushioning, Ports C Important! For optimal cushioning,
external pneumatic one-way flow external pneumatic one-way flow
63 G1/4 6A G1/4
control valves should be used. control valves should be used.
6N 1/4-18 NPT 6B 1/4-18 NPT
TCC-2.....6C/6D TCC-2.....6V
378,5
370
G1/8
93,3
To centerline
Manual of pivot point
Unlocking
191,5
G1/4
183
C
2
21
2
1 14
12
117 4 2 52 100 4 2 52
14 12
14 12
51 3
5 1 3 Ports C Important! For optimal
cushioning,external pneumatic
6C G1/4 one-way flow control valves
6D 1/4-18 NPT should be used.
82M-3 Series 80mm
82M-3E....8.
140
35 128
Plan view
Dimensions of
the driven shaft
76 ±0,1
140
72
h9
32
SW28
153
21 113±0,1
±0,1 76
8
15 ±0,1
Pivot point
50 ±0,05
5
15 ±0,1
65 ±0,1
90 ±0,1
5 15
96,5 ±0,1
245
15 70 ±0,1
50±0,1
175
+0,1
±0,02 for Ø8H7

0
M12
±0,02 for Ø12H7

±0,02 for Ø12H7
80
75±0,1
50 ±0,1
3,5 15
12 N9
15
M10
Ø8 H7
5
Ø12 H7
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar operation with oil-free air is permissible.
82M-3 Series 80mm
82M-3E....80/8N 82M-3E....8A/8B
430 4,7
437
Internal Open
Holding Device:
For manual
unlocking this
area has to be
accessible.
C
185
192
32
134 66 134 66
Ports C Important! For optimal cushioning, Ports C Important! For optimal cushioning,
80 G1/4 external pneumatic one-way flow 8A G1/4 external pneumatic one-way flow
control valves should be used. control valves should be used.
8N 1/4-18 NPT 8B 1/4-18 NPT
82M-3 accessories
Hand lever left Hand lever right
~R1
Hand
11 Lever ±10°
Hand lever left Hand lever right
~a
~R
11
2
1
Hand lever left H

L20
Ø38
Ø38
~~aR
21
11
82M-3E**H040**
L20
Ø38
Ø38
~a
2
82M-3E**H040**
B28
L20
Ø38 B21
Ø38
20° 20°
Pneumatic circuit required for

manual and pneumatic actuation.
82M-3E**H040** B28
B21
open
20° 20°

closed B28
Hand lever can be open
mounted in 3 positions B21
20° 20°

closed
Hand lever can be open

mounted in 3 positions
Hand lever
position is
adjustble to
±20 degrees
closed
for improved
Hand lever can be ergonomics.
Swivel Angle a2
Model No. (with reference to opening angle of clamp arm)
B21 B28 L20 ~R1 0° 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 105° 120° 135°
82M-3...H040.. 27 24 48,5 160 0° 31° 41° 49° 58° 69° 88° 113° 134° 144°
82M-3...H05... 52 20 70 218 -1° 30° 39° 46° 53° 61° 70° 81° 92° 103°
82M-3...H06.. 52 20 70,5 218 0° 30° 39° 47° 56° 66° 79° 94° 108° 119°
82M-3...H08.. 56 24 82 268 -1° 28° 37° 45° 53° 63° 75° 92° 107° 117°
82M-3 accessories
Locking Device for Hand Lever

Situation of installation: Situation of installation: ~a2
handlever left-hand side handlever right-hand side
locking device right-hand side locking device left-hand side L5
180° version
13
Adjustment of locking
device at opening
5°
angle 135°
~
R1
90° version
R3
B6
B3
B2
D1
~
R2
B4 B1
~B5
Limited Setting Options
Height of the clamping arm: L5 max.
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 ØD1 R1 R2 R3 a2
Order No. For Model 90° version 180° version
~ ~ ~ ~
45 75 00 15 25 45
82ZB-162-1 82M-3...H040.. 50 11 48,5 25 Order
31 No.38,5 10,5
For Model
81 160B1 B227 B3 6B4 B6
B5 ØD1 R1
120° – R2 R3
105° a2
a1 120° Limited setting options at 180° !ve
120° Height 120°
of the clamping arm: L5
~ ~ ~ max. ~ 00
82ZB-084-1 82M-3...H05... 48 7 70 30 82ZB-162-1
36 55 82M-3E**H040**
11,5 107 21850 32,5 6 120° – –
11 48,5 25 31 38,5 10,5 81 160
105°
6 27
120° –15
max.105° max.120° ma
25
82ZB-039-1 82M-3...H06... 54 9 70,5 30 82ZB-084-1

36 55 82M-3E**H05***
11,5 107 21048 32,5 7 706 30 110°
36 55105°11,5 –107
135° 105°
218 -
32,5120° 5–
max.105° max.
82ZB-039-1 82M-3E**H06*** 54 9 70,5 30 36 55 11,5 107 210 32,5 - max.105°
5 max.
Anti-Ramming Device
B3
Pivot point
Anti-ramming device B4
is only available for
standard cylinder
B5
with 82M-3...00..00
and 82M-3...00..L8
Order No. For Model B1 B2 B3 B4 B5
8AB-151-1 82M-3.....40.. 53 66,5 89,5 65,5 210,5

8AB-152-1 82M-3.....5... 51 73 100 92,5 271
8AB-153-1 82M-3.....6... 57 79 120 104,5 296
B1
8AB-154-1 82M-3.....8... 79 105,5 148 142,5 360 B2
Cable and Connector
Order No. Description
8EL-002-1 M12x1, Straight, 5-pin Connector with 5m Cable

8EL-003-1 M12x1, Angular, 4-pin Connector with 5m Cable 8EL-002-1 8EL-003-1
U-Arms Center (aluminum) U-Arms Center (Aluminium)
For Size 40mm 90°

45
20
6 H7
+ 0,2
34,6 0
16
(7) B26
20 ±0,02 B11 180°
180° version
L5 Area of interference
B2 Hold-down piece
must not protrude
22 ±0,1
~ R70 in the interior area "R70"

due to the area of
interference
90° version
Opening
L5
8UM404-00-117
+0,020
SW16- 0,009
8UM404-15-117
8UM404-25-117
Pivot point
8UM404-45-107
Arm Max. Opening Max. Opening Weight B11

B2 B26 L5
Model No. 90º Version 180º Version (kg) ±0,1
8UM404-00-117 105º 0,23 0

8UM404-15-117 135° 120º 0,24 117 90 82 15
8UM404-25-117 0,25 25
135°
8UM404-45-107 130° 0,24 107 80 72 45
For Size 50mm 90°

64,5
30 ±0,2
6 H7
9
+ 0,2
48,1 0
20
(9) 90,5
30 ±0,02 105 ±0,1 180°
Hold-down piece
L5 must not protrude
~ R75
144 in the interior area "R75"

28 ±0,1
due to the area of

interference.
90° version
Opening
L5
8UM504-15-144
+ 0,020
SW19 - 0,009
8UM504-25-144
8UM504-45-144
Pivot point
Arm Max. Opening Max. Opening Weight

L5
Model No. 90º Version 180º Version (kg)
8UM504-15-144 105º 0,44 15
8UM504-25-144 135° 120º 0,45 25
8UM504-45-144 135° 0,48 45
54,1
20
30 ±0,02
(9)
B11
B26
U-Arms Center(Aluminium) U-Arms Center (aluminum)
180°version Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions and Technical Specifications
90° L5 B4 Area of interference For Size 63mm
0
30 ±0,2
~R 8
B2 Hold-down piece
6 H
7 must not protrude in
the interior area "R80"
9
90° version
+0,2
due to the area of ~19
54,1 0
20
interference.
L5 L4
Opening
(9) B26
30 ±0,02 B11 20
+0,020
SW22 -0,009
±1 ,2
180° 180°version Dimensions are only for

Pivot point 8UM631-75-204
0
~R 8
B2 Hold-down piece
must not protrude in
90° version the interior area "R80"
interference.
L5 L4
Opening
8UM634-15-144
8UM634-25-144 20
+0,020
SW22 -0,009
8UM634-45-144 ±1
,2
8UM631-75-204 Dimension
Pivot point 8UM631-7
Arm Max. Opening Max. Opening Weight B11 L4

B2 B4 B26 L5
Model No. 90º Version 180º Version (kg) ±0,1 ±0,1
8UM634-15-144 105º 0,50 15

8UM634-25-144 120º 0,53 144 64,5 105 90,5 28 25
135°
8UM634-45-144 0,56 45
135°
8UM631-75-204* 1,7 204 82 165 107 30 75
* only steel version available.
B26
90° For Size 80mm
30±0,2
6 H7
+ 0,2
9
76,1 0
25 ±1,2
(9)
30±0,02 B11
64,5 Area of interference
180° 180° version Hold-down piece
must not protrude
in the interior area "R108"
due to the area of
B2 interference.
~ R108
35 ±0,1
9
3,5
90° version 25
± 1,2
3,5
L5
Opening
8JG-169-2-01
J7
~ 23,
SW28
8UM801-45-204 7
Pivot point
Arm Max. Opening Max. Opening Weight B11 L5**

B2 B26
8JG-169-2-01 105º 3,5 179 140 129 20

135°
8UM801-45-204* 135º 4,1 204 165 154 45
*only steel version available.
** Tolerance measured 80mm from pivot point.
U-Arms, left and right (Aluminium)
U-Arms Offset (aluminum)

For Size 40mm 90° Left 90° Right

B26
U-clamp arm, right
+0,2
H7 20
34,6 0
23±0,1
(7)
16
20 ±0,02 B11
180° Right* 180° Left*
U-clamp arm, left 45 Area of interference
Hold-down piece
180° version must not protrude
due to the area of
L5 interference
B2
22 ±0,1
~R70
90° version
8UL404-00-117 8UR404-00-117
Opening
L5
8UL404-15-117 8UR404-15-117
8UL404-25-117 8UR404-25-117
+ 0,020
SW16 - 0,009
8UL404-45-107 8UR404-45-107
*90° left/180° right uses same clamp arm.
U-Arms, left and right
(Aluminium) Pivot point 90° right/180° left uses same clamp arm.

B2 B26 L5
8U(•)404-00-117 105º 0,23 0

8U(•)404-15-117 135° 120º 0,24 117 90 82 15
8U(•)404-25-117 0,25 25
135°
8U(•)404-45-107 130° 0,25 107 80 72 45
For Size 50mm 90,5 90° Left 90° Right

U-clamp arm, right
6 30±0,2
+0,2
H7
48,1 0
9
34 ±0,1
(9)
20
30 ±0,02 105 ±0,1

64,5 Area of interference 180° Right* 180° Left*
U-clamp arm, left
Hold-down piece
180° version must not protrude
L5 due to the area of
interference
~ R75
144
L5 28±0,1
90°version
Opening 8UL504-15-144 8UR504-15-144

8UL504-25-144 8UR504-25-144
8UL504-45-144 8UR504-45-144
+ 0,020
SW19 - 0,009

Pivot point 90° right/180° left uses same clamp arm.

L5
8U(•)504-15-144 105º 0,45 15
8U(•)504-25-144 135° 120º 0,46 25
8U(•)504-45-144 135° 0,49 45
U-clamp arm,
right
+ 0,2
54,1 0
6 H 7 9 30 ±0,2
37±0,1
20
(9)
30 ±0,02 B11
U-clamp arm, B4
90° Left
left 90° Right For Size 63mm
B26
Area of interference
180° version
Hold-down piece must not protrude
U-clamp arm, in the interior area "R80" due to the
L5 right area of interference ~ 19
~ R80
+ 0,2
B2
54,1 0
6 H 7 9 30 ±0,2
37±0,1
90°
L5 L4
version 20
20
(9)
Opening
±1,2
180° Right* 180° Left* 30 ±0,02 B11

Dimensions are only for
U-clamp arm, B4 8U(.)631-75-204
+ 0,020
SW22 - 0,009
left
180°point
version Area of interference
Pivot Hold-down piece must not protrude
in the interior area "R80" due to the
L5 area of interference ~
~ R80
B2
90°
8UL634-15-144 8UR634-15-144 version L5 L4
8UL634-25-144 8UR634-25-144 Opening
8UL634-45-144 8UR634-45-144
+ 0,020
SW22 - 0,009
8UL631-75-204** **8UR631-75-204
U-Arms, left and right(Steel)
Pivot point
90° right/180° left uses same clamp arm.

B2 B4 B26 L5
8U(•)634-15-144 105º 0,52 15

8U(•)634-25-144 120º 0,54 144 64,5 105 90,5 28 25
135°
8U(•)634-45-144 0,58 45
135°
8U(•)631-75-204** 1,9 204 82 165 119 30 75
** only steel version available.
90° Left 90° Right For Size 80mm

129
U-Clamp arm, right
30 ±0,2
+0,2
30 ±0,02
76,1 0
25
6 H7 9
±
1,2
50,5 ±0,1
(9) 140 ±0,1 ~2

180° Right* 180° Left* 3, 7
25 ±1,2
65
U-Clamp arm, left 180° version
Hold-down piece
8
must not protrude

~R10
179
35 ±0,1
3,5
9 due to the area of interference.
90° Opening
8JG-170-2-01 8JG-171-2-01 version
3,5
20 ±0,2
90° right/180° left uses same clamp arm.

J7
SW28
Pivot point

8JG-17(•)-2-01** 135° 105º 3,5
**only steel version available.
Lateral (Side) Arms
For Size 40mm 90° Left 90° Right

Clamp arm on the right
Ø 20 ±0,2
6 H7
Ø
7
16
0,25
(7)
20 ±0,02 90 ±0,1
Clamp arm on the left 180° Left 180° Right
180° version
15 hold-down pieces
which must be fixed
on the clamp arm
0
117 must not exceed

~ R7
90° version the width "16" of

the clamp arm in
22±0,1
the swivelling range

"R70" on the inner 8S401-15-117
side of the clamp arm.
Opening
45
15
SW16 H8
4
R2
Pivot point

8S401-15-117 135° 120º 0,5
Models with 2 lateral clamp arms requires 2 clamp arm sets.
For Size 50mm

90° Left 90° Right
30±0,2
Ø6 H
Ø
9
7
20
10
±0,02
(9) 30 105 ±0,1
Clamp arm on the left
180° version 180° Left 180° Right
hold-down pieces
144 which must be fixed
74 on the clamp arm
~R
L5 must not exceed

7
the width "20" of

5
the clamp arm in

28 ±0,1

"R75" on the inner
L5
Opening 8JG-070-1-01
90° version R2 8S501-25-144
SW19 H8
Pivot point

L5
8JG-070-1-01 0,9 15
135° 135º
8S501-25-144 1,0 25
lateral (Side) arms
90° Left 90° Right Clamp arm on the right For Size 63mm
Ø9
Ø
6H 30±0,2
10
7
20
(9)
30±0,02 B11
180° Left 180° Right Clamp arm on the left
180° version
hold-down pieces
which must be fixed
B2 on the clamp arm
must not exceed
B4 the width "20" of
L5 the clamp arm in
"R80" on the inner
8JG-080-1-01
~R
L4
side of the clamp arm
80
8S631-25-144
L5
8S631-45-144 Opening
8S631-75-204 90° version R2
8
SW22 H8
Pivot point

B2 B4 L5
8JG-080-1-01 0,9 15
8S631-25-144 1,0 144 74 105 28 25
135° 135º
8S631-45-144 1,1 45
8S631-75-204 1,5 204 78 165 30 75
90° Left 90° Right For Size 80mm

Ø 30 ±0,2
Ø9
6 H7
L10
(9)
30 ±0,02 B11
180° version
180° Left 180° Right L5 Area of interference

B2 hold-down pieces
which must be fixed
D9
L 21
on the clamp arm

must not exceed
L5 35 ±0,1
the width "L10" of

90° version the clamp arm in
~R

1
08
B4 "R108" on the inner

L21
Opening
SW28 H8
R2
8JG-1179-1-01
8S801-45-204 Pivot point

B2 B4 D9 L5 L10 L21 R2
8JG-1179-1-01 179 74 - 140 20 30 - 35

135° 135º 2,1
8S801-45-204 204 78 9 165 45 25 3,5 33
Lateral (Side) Arms, NAAMS-Style
For Size 50mm
50 OFFSET SERIES XXX-XXXX-X
75.00
50.00
R 20.00
15.00
25.00
15.00
A
Ø11.00 THRU TYP

Ø8.00 F7 TYP
110.00
125.00
140.00
50.00
65.00
80.00
95.00
20.00
0.00
120.00
150.00
90.00
9mm Thru Hole (6.00 H7 Dowel)

90mm [3.54”] Arm Length 120mm [4.72”] Arm Length 150mm [5.90”] Arm Length
Series Arm Style Model Series Arm Style Model Series Arm Style Model
50 Offset s • 3256 B8JG-3256-1 50 Offset s • 3257 B8JG-3257-1 50 Offset s • 3258 B8JG-3258-1
11mm Thru Hole (8.00 F7 Dowel)

s Common in North America (•) STANDARD ARM OFFERING
Maximum Opening Angle (shown in locked position)
Arm Styles
1206-1208/3236-3238 135° 135° 100° 100° N/A N/A
1216-1218/3246-3248 135° N/A 50° 125° N/A 30°
1226-1228/3256-3258 125° N/A 35° 135° N/A 50°
For Size 63mm with 23 Clamp Arm Shaft Option
150.00
[5.91]
120.00
[4.72]
100.00
[3.94]
70.00
[2.76]
18.00 [0..71]
15.00 [0.59]
55.00 [2.17]
25.00 [0.98]
A
R 28.00
[1.10]
Ø9.00 [0.35] THRU TYP

Ø6.00 [0.24] H7 TYP
110.00 [4.33]
125.00 [4.92]
140.00 [5.51]
155.00 [6.10]
170.00 [6.69]
185.00 [7.28]
200.00 [7.87]
215.00 [8.46]
230.00 [9.06]
245.00 [9.65]
260.00 [10.24]
275.00 [10.83]
65.00 [2.56]
80.00 [3.15]
95.00 [3.74]
20.00
[0.79]
0.00
[10.04]
[11.22]
135.00
165.00
195.00
225.00
255.00
285.00
[5.31]
[6.50]
[7.68]
[8.86]
120 Offset s 1543 B8JG-1543-1 120 Offset s 1544 B8JG-1544-1 120 Offset s 1545 B8JG-1545-1
0 Offset s 1507 B8JG-1507-1 0 Offset s 1508 B8JG-1508-1 0 Offset
STANDARD s 1509
BLANK ARM OFFERING B8JG-1509-1
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
(•) STANDARD ARM OFFERING 20 •018
225mm [8.86”] Arm Length 255mm [10.04”] Arm Length 285mm 8JG-1018-1
[11.22”] Arm Length
Series Arm StyleARM STYLEModel
OFFSET PART NUMBER Series Arm Style Model OFFSET Series ArmNUMBER
ARM STYLE PART Style Model
120 Offset s120
1546
70
•043 8JG-1043-1
B8JG-1546-1
•031 8JG-1031-1 120 Offset s 1547 B8JG-1547-1 120
70
120 048
Offset
036
8JG-1048-1
s 1548
8JG-1036-1
B8JG-1548-1
70 Offset 25
s 1534 •019 8JG-1019-1
B8JG-1534-1 70 Offset s 1535 B8JG-1535-1 25 70 Offset
024 s 1536
8JG-1024-1 B8JG-1536-1
0 •007 8JG-1007-1 0 012 8JG-1012-1
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
0 Offset 1510
s120 B8JG-1510-1
044 8JG-1044-1 0 Offset s 1511 B8JG-1511-1 120
0 Offset
047
s 1512
8JG-1047-1
B8JG-1512-1
70 •032 8JG-1032-1 70 •035 8JG-1035-1
25 •020 8JG-1020-1 25 023 8JG-1023-1
s Common in North0 America
•008 8JG-1008-1 0 011 8JG-1011-1
120 045 8JG-1045-1 120 046 8JG-1046-1
70 •033 8JG-1033-1 70 •034 8JG-1034-1
25 021 Maximum
8JG-1021-1 Opening Angle (shown in locked position)
25 022 8JG-1022-1
0 •009 8JG-1009-1 0 010 8JG-1010-1
Arm Styles
1510-1512/1507-1509 135° 135° 100° 100° N/A N/A
1522-1524/1519-1521 135° N/A 50° 130° N/A 40°
1534-1536/1531-1533 115° N/A 25° 135° N/A 75°
1546-1548/1543-1545 110° N/A 20° 135° N/A 85°
For Size 63mm with D0 Clamp Arm Shaft Option
150.00
[5.91]
120.00
[4.72]
100.00
[3.94]
70.00
[2.76]
18.00 [0..71]
15.00 [0.59]
55.00 [2.17]
25.00 [0.98]
A
R 28.00
[1.10]
Ø11.00 [0.43] THRU TYP

Ø8.00 [0.31] F7 TYP
110.00 [4.33]
125.00 [4.92]
140.00 [5.51]
155.00 [6.10]
170.00 [6.69]
185.00 [7.28]
200.00 [7.87]
215.00 [8.46]
230.00 [9.06]
245.00 [9.65]
260.00 [10.24]
275.00 [10.83]
65.00 [2.56]
80.00 [3.15]
95.00 [3.74]
25.00
[0.98]
0.00
[10.04]
[11.22]
135.00
165.00
195.00
225.00
255.00
285.00
[5.31]
[6.50]
[7.68]
[8.86]
120 Offset s • 1043 B8JG-1043-1 120 Offset s 1044 B8JG-1044-1 120 Offset s 1045 B8JG-1045-1
STANDARD BLANK ARM OFFERING
25 Offset s • 1019 (•) B8JG-1019-1
STANDARD ARM OFFERING 25 Offset s • 1020 B8JG-1020-1 20 25 Offset
•018 s 1021
8JG-1018-1 B8JG-1021-1
0 Offset s • 1007 OFFSETB8JG-1007-1
ARM STYLE PART NUMBER0 Offset s • 1008 B8JG-1008-1 OFFSET 0ARM
Offset • 1009
s NUMBER
STYLE PART B8JG-1009-1
120 •043 8JG-1043-1 120 048 8JG-1048-1
70 •031 8JG-1031-1 70 036 8JG-1036-1
225mm [8.86”] Arm
25
0
Length
•019
•007
255mm [10.04”] Arm Length
8JG-1019-1
8JG-1007-1
25
0
285mm
024
012
[11.22”] Arm Length
8JG-1024-1
8JG-1012-1
Series Model
Arm Style OFFSET ARM Series Arm Style Model Series Arm Style Model
STYLE PART NUMBER OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
120 Offset s 1046 120 B8JG-1046-1
044 120 Offset
8JG-1044-1 s 1047 B8JG-1047-1 120120 Offset
047 s 1048
8JG-1047-1 B8JG-1048-1
70 •032 8JG-1032-1 70 •035 8JG-1035-1
70 Offset s • 1034 25 B8JG-1034-1
•020 70 Offset
8JG-1020-1 s • 1035 B8JG-1035-1 25 70 Offset
023 s 1036
8JG-1023-1 B8JG-1036-1
0 •008 8JG-1008-1 0 011 8JG-1011-1
25 Offset s 1022 B8JG-1022-1 25 Offset s 1023 B8JG-1023-1 25 Offset s 1024 B8JG-1024-1
0 Offset s 1010 120 B8JG-1010-1
045 8JG-1045-1 0 Offset s 1011 B8JG-1011-1 120 0 Offset
046 s 1012
8JG-1046-1 B8JG-1012-1
70 •033 8JG-1033-1 70 •034 8JG-1034-1
25 021 8JG-1021-1 25 022 8JG-1022-1
s Common in North America
0 (•)
•009 STANDARD
8JG-1009-1 ARM OFFERING  NON-STANDARD0ARM OFFERING
010 (extended leadtimes apply)
8JG-1010-1
Arm Styles
1010-1012/1007-1009 135° 135° 100° 100° N/A N/A
1022-1024/1019-1021 135° N/A 50° 130° N/A 40°
1034-1036/1031-1033 115° N/A 25° 135° N/A 75°
1046-1048/1043-1045 110° N/A 20° 135° N/A 85°
For Size 80mm

120 OFFSET
70 OFFSET
155.00
R35.00
120.00
105.00
25 OFFSET
0 OFFSET
20.00
60.00
70.00
25.00
24.00
A
Ø11.00 THRU TYP

Ø8.00 F7 TYP
100.00
115.00
130.00
145.00
160.00
175.00
190.00
205.00
220.00
235.00
250.00
265.00
280.00
295.00
310.00
325.00
340.00
355.00
370.00
385.00
85.00
0
32.00
185.00
365.00
155.00
215.00
245.00
275.00
305.00
335.00
395.00
0 Offset s 1110 B8JG-1110-1 0 Offset s 1111 B8JG-1111-1 0 Offset s • 1112 B8JG-1112-1
25 Offset s 1133 B8JG-1133-1 25 Offset s • 1134 B8JG-1134-1 25 Offset s 1135 B8JG-1135-1
s Common in North America (•) STANDARD ARM OFFERING  NON-STANDARD ARM OFFERING (extended leadtimes apply)
Arm Styles
1110 - 1118 135° 135° 100° 100° N/A N/A
1130 - 1138 135° N/A 60° 120° N/A 30°
1150 - 1158 125° N/A 35° 135° N/A 55°
1170 - 1178 115° N/A 25° 135° N/A 80°
52H-3 Series
52H-3 E 23 H0 50 L8

E Standard 03 for U-Arms H0 Hand lever
N NAAMS (Size 63 only) 23 for Lateral Arms HS Hand Lever (Weldable)
D0 for Lateral Arms
(size 63 only)
Hand Lever
H0
Shown with U-Arm

(order separately)
Clamp Arm Shaft
03 23/D0
HS
Size Shaft Length (L17) 23

50 12 mm [0.47 in]
63 12 mm [0.47 in]
50 21 mm [0.83 in]
63 21 mm [0.83 in]
D0
D0 26 mm [1.02 in]
52H-3 Series
Sensor Description
K9 NPN Sensor with M12x1 Cable Connector (8EA-167-4)
L8/N8 L9/N9 K8/K9
Size Description
50 Size 50 mm
63 Size 63 mm
50 63
Max Holding Torque Max Holding Torque
1300 Nm [959 ft-lb] 1800 Nm [1328 ft-lb]
52H-3E..H.50/63
Modular manual
clamp, interchangeable
with 82M-3E...50/63
52H-3E 50mm
Swivel Angle a2
Max. Holding
Weight B23 (with reference to opening angle of clamping arm)
Model Torque
(kg) max.
L17
(Nm) 0° 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 105° 120° 135°
52H-3E03H050.. 2,75 72 12
1300 -1° 30° 39° 46° 53° 61° 70° 81° 92° 103°
52H-3E23H050.. 2,79 90 21
Plan View
B23 max.
48 ±0,1
47,6
26,5
95 Dimensions of
107 the Driven Shaft Hand Lever, Left Hand Lever, Right
111,5
5 80 ±0,1 13 ±0,1
L17
SW19 h9
50 ±0,1 10 ±0,1
±0,02
for Ø10H7
45±0,1 5 48
±0,02 for Ø8H7
36,5 ±0,05
63,5 ±0,1
M Pivot
8
Point
(1
0
de
ep
)
M
11 ±0,1
10
40 ±0,1
21,5
(12 deep)
(9
Ø8 H7
,5
55 ±0,1
de 9
71,5 ±0,1
ep
)
30
+0,1
±0,1
0
3,5
125
25
45 ±0,1
±0,02 for Ø8H7

±0,02 for
55
Ø8H7
45 ±0,1
±0,02 for
13
Ø10H7
246
12 N9
20
32 ±0,1
(12 deep)
5
M8
H7
0 ) 52
3,8
Notice! Ø10 deep
43
7
Ø8 H
(1
)
eep
The hand lever is

76
d
(10
supplied loose enclosed. 44

76
Easy custom left hand or
right hand mounting in
Ø30
required position.
74
20° 20°
°
±10
Maximum Tooling Weight
10
8
21
9
~R
8
1°
Weight [kg]
7
Hand lever can be
6
5
4
a2
3
2
1
70
Ø 38
0
100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300

Spare parts
Specification Base component Order no. Comment
Hand lever set 8KB-098-1
Hand lever set (weldable) 8KB-102-1
52H-3E...50 8EA-146-2 (L8) Connector 180°
Sensor box 8EA-147-2 (L9) Connector 90°
8EA-158-2 (K8) Cable Connection
52H-3E 63mm
Swivel Angle a2
Max. Holding
Weight B23 (with reference to opening angle of clamping arm)
Model Torque
(kg)
B7a
max.
L17
(Nm) 0° 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 105° 120° 135°
52H-3E03H06... 50 12
3,5 78
52H-3N03H06... 55 21
52H-3E23H06... 1800 50 12 0° 30° 39° 47° 56° 66° 79° 94° 108° 119°
96
52H-3N23H06... 3,6 55 21
52H-3ND0H06... 55 106 26
Plan View
B23 max.
54 ±0,1
52
26,5
101,5
112,5 Hand lever, Left Hand lever, Right
Dimensions of
the Driven Shaft
111,5
5 80 ±0,1 13 ±0,1
B7a 10 ±0,1
±0,02 for
Ø10H7
SW22 h9 L17
54
36,5 ±0,05
63,5 ±0,1
Pivot
point
11±0,1
(12 deep)
9
8 H7
55±0,1
M1
71,5 ±0,1
(10 0 21,5
dee
p)
+0,1
3,5
0
137
Notice! 8,5
55
45±0,1
±0,02 for
Ø10H7
263
The hand lever is 25

30 ±0,1
5
12 N9
32±0,1
supplied loose enclosed. 20 ±0,02 for Ø8H7

(12 deep)
Easy custom left hand or

M8
right hand mounting in

7
H
)
10
ep
required position. de
43
Ø
0
(1
76
20° 20°
52 51
79
Ø30
°
±10 100,5 Maximum Tooling Weight
14
218
Hand lever 12
~R
can be mounted
in 3 positions 10
Weight [kg]
4
a2
2
70,5
0
100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300
Ø3
Spare parts Distance from pivot point to center of mass [mm]
8
Specification Base component Order no. Comment
Hand lever set 8KB-099-1
Hand lever set (weldable) 8KB-103-1
52H-3E...63 8EA-146-2 (L8) Connector 180°
Sensor box 8EA-147-2 (L9) Connector 90°
8EA-158-2 (K8) Cable Connection
U-Arms Center (aluminum)
For Size 50 90°

64,5
30 ±0,2
6 H7
9
+ 0,2
48,1 0
20
(9) 90,5
30 ±0,02 105 ±0,1 180°
Hold-down piece
L5
Arms Center(Aluminium) 144 ~ R75 must not protrude
28 ±0,1
due to the area of

interference.
90° version
B4 Opening
L5
30 ±0,2 8UM504-15-144
8UM504-25-144
+ 0,020
SW19 - 0,009
8UM504-45-144
+0,2
54,1 0
Pivot point
Arm Max. Opening Max. Opening

(9) B26 Weight L5
Model No. 90º Version 180º Version
B11 U-Arms Center(Aluminium) 8UM504-15-144 105º 0,44 15
8UM504-25-144 135° 120º 0,45 25
180°version
8UM504-45-144 135° 0,48 45
For SizeL560 Area of interference

0
B4
~R 8
B2 Hold-down piece
30 ±0,2 must not protrude in 90°
6 H
7 the interior area "R80"
9
+0,2
interference.
54,1 0
20
Opening
(9) B26 20
+0,020
SW22 -0,009
±1
,2
30 ±0,02 B11
Pivot point 180°version 8UM631-75-204
180°
0
~R 8
B2 Hold-down piece
must not protrude in
90° version the interior area "R80"
interference.
L5 L4
Opening
8UM634-15-144
20
8UM634-25-144
+0,020
SW22 -0,009
±1,2
8UM634-45-144
Pivot point 8UM631-75-204**
8UM631-75-204
Arm Max. Opening Max. Opening B11 L4

Weight B2 B4 B26 L5
Model No. 90º Version 180º Version ±0,1 ±0,1
8UM634-15-144 105º 0,50 15

8UM634-25-144 120º 0,53 144 64,5 105 90,5 28 25
135°
8UM634-45-144 0,56 45
135°
8UM631-75-204** 1,7 204 82 165 107 30 75
90,5 For Size 50

U-clamp arm, right
90° Left 90° Right
6 30±0,2
+0,2
H7
48,1 0
9
34 ±0,1
(9)
20
30 ±0,02 105 ±0,1

um) Area of interference
U-clamp arm, left 64,5
Hold-down piece
180° version must not protrude 180° Right* 180° Left*
L5 due to the area of
interference
~ R75
144
L5 28±0,1
90°version
Opening
B26 8UL504-15-144 8UR504-15-144

+ 0,020
SW19 - 0,009
U-Arms, left and right

(Aluminium) 8UL504-25-144 8UR504-25-144
Pivot point 8UL504-45-144 8UR504-45-144
+ 0,2
54,1 0
*90° left/180° right uses same clamp arm. 90° right/180° left uses same clamp arm.
Arm Max. Opening Max. Opening

Weight L5
Model No. 90º Version 180º Version
8U(•)504-15-144 105º 0,45 15
8U(•)504-25-144 135° 120º 0,46 25
B11
8U(•)504-45-144 135° 0,49 45
on Area of interference
B26 For Size 63
in the interior area "R80" due to the 90° Left 90° Right
L5 U-clamp arm, area of interference ~ 19
~ R80
B2 right
+ 0,2
54,1 0
6 H 7 9 30 ±0,2
37±0,1
20
±1,2
Opening
20
(9)
30 ±0,02 B11 Dimensions are only for
8U(.)631-75-204
U-clamp arm, B4
left 180° Right* 180° Left*
Pivot point Area of interference
180° version
in the interior area "R80" due to the
L5 area of interference ~ 19
~ R80
B2
90°
L5 L4
version 20
±1,2
Opening
8UL631-15-144 8UR631-15-144
8U(.)631-75-204 8UR631-25-144
8UL631-25-144
+ 0,020
- 0,009
8UL631-45-144 8UR631-45-144
SW22
Pivot point 8UL631-75-204** 8UR631-75-204**

*90° left/180° right uses same clamp arm. 90° right/180° left uses same clamp arm.
Arm Max. Opening Max. Opening B11 L4

Weight B2 B4 B26 L5
Model No. 90º Version 180º Version ±0,1 ±0,1
8U(•)634-15-144 105º 0,52 15

8U(•)634-25-144 120º 0,54 144 64,5 105 90,5 28 25
135°
8U(•)634-45-144 0,58 45
135°
8U(•)631-75-204** 1,9 204 82 165 119 30 75
lateral (Side) arms
For Size 50 90° Left 90° Right

30±0,2
Ø6 H
Ø
9
7
20
10
±0,02
(9) 30 105 ±0,1
180° version
hold-down pieces
144 which must be fixed
74 on the clamp arm
~R
L5 must not exceed

7
the width "20" of

5
the clamp arm in

28 ±0,1

"R75" on the inner
8JG-070-1-01
L5
Opening
8S501-25-144
90° version R2
SW19 H8
Pivot point

L5
8JG-070-1-01 0,9 15 Models with 2 lateral
135° 135º clamp arms requires
8S501-25-144 1,0 25 2 clamp arm sets.
For Size 63 90° Left 90° Right

Ø9
Ø
6H 30±0,2
10
7
20
(9)
30±0,02 B11
180° version
hold-down pieces
which must be fixed
B2 on the clamp arm
must not exceed
B4 the width "20" of
L5 the clamp arm in
"R80" on the inner
~R
L4

80
8JG-080-1-01
L5
Opening 8S631-25-144
90° version R2
8 8S631-45-144
SW22 H8
Pivot point 8S631-75-204

B2 B4 L5
8JG-080-1-01 0,9 15
8S631-25-144 1,0 144 74 105 28 25
135° 135º
8S631-45-144 1,1 45 Models with 2 lateral
clamp arms requires
8S631-75-204 1,5 204 78 165 30 75 2 clamp arm sets.
For Size 50
75.00
50.00
R 20.00
15.00
25.00
15.00
A
Ø11.00 THRU TYP

Ø8.00 F7 TYP
110.00
125.00
140.00
50.00
65.00
80.00
95.00
20.00
0.00
120.00
150.00
90.00
9mm Thru Hole (6.00 H7 Dowel)

11mm Thru Hole (8.00 F7 Dowel)

s Common in North America (•) STANDARD ARM OFFERING
Arm Styles
1206-1208/3236-3238 135° 135° 100° 100° N/A N/A
1216-1218/3246-3248 135° N/A 50° 125° N/A 30°
1226-1228/3256-3258 125° N/A 35° 135° N/A 50°
For Size 63mm for 23 Clamp Arm Shaft Option
150.00
[5.91]
120.00
[4.72]
100.00
[3.94]
70.00
[2.76]
18.00 [0..71]
15.00 [0.59]
55.00 [2.17]
25.00 [0.98]
A
R 28.00
[1.10]
Ø9.00 [0.35] THRU TYP

Ø6.00 [0.24] H7 TYP
110.00 [4.33]
125.00 [4.92]
140.00 [5.51]
155.00 [6.10]
170.00 [6.69]
185.00 [7.28]
200.00 [7.87]
215.00 [8.46]
230.00 [9.06]
245.00 [9.65]
260.00 [10.24]
275.00 [10.83]
65.00 [2.56]
80.00 [3.15]
95.00 [3.74]
20.00
[0.79]
0.00
[10.04]
[11.22]
135.00
165.00
195.00
225.00
255.00
285.00
[5.31]
[6.50]
[7.68]
[8.86]
70 Offset s 1531 B8JG-1531-1 70 Offset s 1532 B8JG-1532-1 STANDARD
70BLANK ARM OFFERING
Offset s 1533 B8JG-1533-1
25 Offset s 1519 (•) STANDARD
B8JG-1519-1
ARM OFFERING 25 Offset s 1520 B8JG-1520-1 20 25 •018 s 1521
Offset 8JG-1018-1 B8JG-1521-1
0 Offset s 1507OFFSET B8JG-1507-1
ARM STYLE PART NUMBER 0 Offset s 1508 B8JG-1508-1 0 Offset s 1509
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER B8JG-1509-1
120 •043 8JG-1043-1 120 048 8JG-1048-1
70 •031 8JG-1031-1 70 036 8JG-1036-1
225mm [8.86”] Arm
25
0
Length
•019
•007
8JG-1019-1
8JG-1007-1
255mm [10.04”] Arm Length 25 285mm
024 [11.22”] Arm Length
8JG-1024-1
0 012 8JG-1012-1
120 Offset s 1546 120 B8JG-1546-1
044 8JG-1044-1120 Offset s 1547 B8JG-1547-1 120 120 Offset
047 s 1548
8JG-1047-1 B8JG-1548-1
70 •032 8JG-1032-1 70 •035 8JG-1035-1
70 Offset s 1534 25 B8JG-1534-1
•020 8JG-1020-1 70 Offset s 1535 B8JG-1535-1 25 70 Offset
023 s 1536
8JG-1023-1 B8JG-1536-1
0 •008 8JG-1008-1 0
25 Offset s 1522 B8JG-1522-1 25 Offset s 1523 B8JG-1523-1 25 Offset 8JG-1011-1
011
s 1524 B8JG-1524-1
0 Offset s 1510OFFSET
120
ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
B8JG-1510-1
045 8JG-1045-1
0 Offset s 1511 B8JG-1511-1 120 0 Offset
046 s 1512
8JG-1046-1 B8JG-1512-1
70 •033 8JG-1033-1 70 •034 8JG-1034-1
25 021 8JG-1021-1 25 022 8JG-1022-1
0 •009 8JG-1009-1 0 010 8JG-1010-1
Arm Styles
1510-1512/1507-1509 135° 135° 100° 100° N/A N/A
1522-1524/1519-1521 135° N/A 50° 130° N/A 40°
1534-1536/1531-1533 115° N/A 25° 135° N/A 75°
1546-1548/1543-1545 110° N/A 20° 135° N/A 85°
For Size 63mm for DO Clamp Arm Shaft Option
150.00
[5.91]
120.00
[4.72]
100.00
[3.94]
70.00
[2.76]
18.00 [0..71]
15.00 [0.59]
55.00 [2.17]
25.00 [0.98]
A
R 28.00
[1.10]
Ø11.00 [0.43] THRU TYP

Ø8.00 [0.31] F7 TYP
110.00 [4.33]
125.00 [4.92]
140.00 [5.51]
155.00 [6.10]
170.00 [6.69]
185.00 [7.28]
200.00 [7.87]
215.00 [8.46]
230.00 [9.06]
245.00 [9.65]
260.00 [10.24]
275.00 [10.83]
65.00 [2.56]
80.00 [3.15]
95.00 [3.74]
25.00
[0.98]
0.00
[10.04]
[11.22]
135.00
165.00
195.00
225.00
255.00
285.00
[5.31]
[6.50]
[7.68]
[8.86]
70 Offset s • 1031 B8JG-1031-1 70 Offset s • 1032 B8JG-1032-1 STANDARD
70 BLANK ARM OFFERING
Offset s • 1033 B8JG-1033-1
25 Offset s • 1019 (•) STANDARD
B8JG-1019-1
ARM OFFERING 25 Offset s • 1020 B8JG-1020-1 20 25 •018Offset 8JG-1018-1
s 1021 B8JG-1021-1
0 Offset s • 1007 B8JG-1007-1
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER 0 Offset s • 1008 B8JG-1008-1 0 Offset s • 1009
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER B8JG-1009-1
120 •043 8JG-1043-1 120 048 8JG-1048-1
70 •031 8JG-1031-1 70 036 8JG-1036-1
225mm [8.86”] Arm
25
0
Length
•019
•007
8JG-1019-1
8JG-1007-1
255mm [10.04”] Arm Length 25 285mm
024 [11.22”] Arm Length
8JG-1024-1
0 012 8JG-1012-1
120 Offset s 1046120 B8JG-1046-1
044 8JG-1044-1120 Offset s 1047 B8JG-1047-1 120 120 Offset
047 s 1048
8JG-1047-1 B8JG-1048-1
70 •032 8JG-1032-1 70 •035 8JG-1035-1
70 Offset s • 103425 B8JG-1034-1
•020 8JG-1020-1 70 Offset s • 1035 B8JG-1035-1 25 70 Offset
023 s 1036
8JG-1023-1 B8JG-1036-1
0 •008 8JG-1008-1 0
25 Offset s 1022 B8JG-1022-1 25 Offset s 1023 B8JG-1023-1 25 Offset 8JG-1011-1
011
s 1024 B8JG-1024-1
0 Offset s 1010 120
B8JG-1010-1
045 8JG-1045-1
0 Offset s 1011 B8JG-1011-1 120 0 Offset
046 s 1012
8JG-1046-1 B8JG-1012-1
70 •033 8JG-1033-1 70 •034 8JG-1034-1
25 021 8JG-1021-1 25 022 8JG-1022-1
0 •009 (•) STANDARD
8JG-1009-1 ARM OFFERING  NON-STANDARD
0 ARM 010
OFFERING (extended leadtimes apply)
8JG-1010-1
Arm Styles
1010-1012/1007-1009 135° 135° 100° 100° N/A N/A
1022-1024/1019-1021 135° N/A 50° 130° N/A 40°
1034-1036/1031-1033 115° N/A 25° 135° N/A 75°
1046-1048/1043-1045 110° N/A 20° 135° N/A 85°
870-2, 871-2 Series
870-2
Base Model Description Sensors Description (order separately)

870-2 38,1 mm [1.5 in.] Cylinder with Vertical Clamp Arm BIM-IKE-AP Magnetic Sensor, 2 pieces required
871-2 38,1 mm [1.5 in.] Cylinder with Horizontal Clamp Arm 810151 Magnetic Sensor, 2 pieces required
810153 Magnetic Sensor, 2 pieces required
See below for sensor specifications.
871-2
Max Holding Torque
260 Nm [192 ft-lb]
Max Clamping Torque
60 Nm [44 ft-lb]
at 5 bar [72 psi]
870-2
Max Holding Torque
260 Nm [192 ft-lb]
Max Clamping Torque
60 Nm [44 ft-lb]
at 5 bar [72 psi]
Sensors Order separately (2 pieces required)

Order No. Mount Style Connector Length Function Voltage Max. Switching Current Voltage Drop
BIM-IKE-AP 2m [6.6 ft.] PNP 10-30V DC 200mA 2.3V
810151 Reed 5-120V AC/DC 500mA 3.5V
No
810153 Tie Rod connector 2.7m Reed 24-240V AC 4A 1.0V
cord [9ft.]
810155 PNP 6-24V DC 500mA 1.0V
810157 NPN 6-24V DC 500mA 1.0V
870-2, 871-2 Series
Power clamps with the roller

and cam principle [1.00]
25.4
S max.
870-2
[0.62]
~126° 15,7
OPENING
[1.00] ~112°
[0.38]
25.4 OPENING
[4.25] 9,7
108
2
871-2
1-
[1.00] [0.28]
87
25.4 7.1
[0.76] [1.50] [1.13]

19,3 38,1 28,6 870
-2
[3.38]
S max.
85.9
[1.00] (max. tolerance
[1.75] [1.00]
25.4 compensation at the
44.5 25.4
clamp arms end) [1.75]
ØG1/8 44.5
[3.31] Model 870-2
84 [1.00]
Important! [9.58]
The clamp may only be 25.4 243,3
operated by the restrictor
connections which are supplied
with the unit (for throttling) Model 871-2
[10.04]
255
[4.50] Model 870-2

Assembly Plate - [0.12] 3 Thick 114,3
(standard)
[5.00] Model 871-2
[1.75] 127
44,5 [2.13]
[1.00]
54
25.4 [0.78]
19,8 mm [INCH] mm [INCH
[1.75]
44,5 [2.13]
54
[Ø0.25] THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGL
[2.19] PROJECTION PROJECTIO
Ø6.4
55.6
S Max. Max. Operating Air Consumption per

Max. Tolerance Compensation Cylinder Ø Opening Weight
Model Connection at the Clamp Arms End
Pressure
[in.] mm Angle [lbs] kg
double stroke at 5 bar
[ft lb] Nm [psi] bar dm3 [ft3]
870-2 [3] 4,5 [145] [1.50] 112° [6.60]
G 1/8 0,95 [0.03]
871-2 [3] 3,5 10 38,1 118° 3
Sensor Options Mount Style Connector Length Function Voltage Max. Switching Current Voltage Drop
BIM-IKE-AP 2m [6.6 ft.] PNP 10-30V DC 200mA 2.3V
810151 Reed 5-120V AC/DC 500mA 3.5V
No
810153 Tie Rod connector 2.7m Reed 24-240V AC 4A 1.0V
cord [9ft.]
810155 PNP 6-24V DC 500mA 1.0V
810157 NPN 6-24V DC 500mA 1.0V
860, 861, 890, 891, 1000, 1001 Series
860
Base Model Description Seal Kit Description (order separately)

860 50,8 mm [2 in.] Cylinder with Vertical Clamp Arm 8610100 Seal Kit for Model 860, 861
861 50,8 mm [2 in.] Cylinder with Horizontal Clamp Arm 8910100 Seal Kit for Model 890, 891
890 63,5 mm [2.5 in.] Cylinder with Vertical Clamp Arm 10010100 Seal Kit for Model 1000, 1001
891 63,5 mm [2.5 in.] Cylinder with Horizontal Clamp Arm
1000 82,5 mm [3.25 in.] Cylinder with Vertical Clamp Arm Cylinder Description (order separately)
1001 82,5 mm [3.25 in.] Cylinder with Horizontal Clamp Arm 865133-MR Replacement Cylinder for Model 860
865132-MR Replacement Cylinder for Model 861
Sensors Description (order separately) 895133-MR Replacement Cylinder for Model 890
BIM-IKE-AP Magnetic Sensor, 2 pieces required 895132-MR Replacement Cylinder for Model 891
810151 Magnetic Sensor, 2 pieces required 1005134-MR Replacement Cylinder for Model 1000
810153 Magnetic Sensor, 2 pieces required 1005133-MR Replacement Cylinder for Model 1001
See page 25 for sensor specifications.
861 891 1001

380 Nm [280 ft-lb] 1300 Nm [959 ft-lb] 1800 Nm [1328 ft-lb]
860 890 1000

860, 861, 890, 891, 1000, 1001 Series

800
Pivot
1000/1, L1=160mm X
700
890/1, L1=115mm
600
860/1, L1=92mm
500
400 L1
300
200
Opening
100
0
0,5 1,5 2,5 3,5 4,5 5,5 6,5 7,5 8,5
Clamping Arm Position “X” (mm) Opening
Cylinder Ø Opening Weight

Model
mm [in] Angle kg [lbs]
860 [2.00] 96° [8.58]
861 50,8 119° 3,9
890 [2.50] 96° [16.06]

891 63,5 119° 7,3
1000 [3.25] 96° [29.70]

1001 82,5 119° 13,5

Operation with oil-free air is permissible. Information vor machining of clamp arm: Steel 1.0726
Model A B1 B1A B2 B2A B3 B5 B7 B7A B18 B24 B25 B30

[5.44]
860 –
138,2
[2.94] [1.75] [0.41] [0.25] [2.31] [2.19] [2.5] [3.31] [0.09] [2.81]
G1/8
74,7 44,5 [4] 10,4 6,4 58,7 55,6 63,5 84,1 2,3 71,4
861 101,6
–
[6.57]
890 –
166,9
[3.56] [2] [0.5] [0.31] [2.76] [2.5] [3] [3.87] [0.13] [3.25]
G1/8
90,4 50,8 5.06 12,7 7,9 70,1 63,5 76,2 98,3 3,3 82,6
891 128,5
–
[9]
1000 –
228,6
[4.5] [2.62] [0.63] [0.44] [3.5] [3.5] [3.75] [5.38] [0.13] [4.5]
G1/8
114,3 66,5 7 16 11,2 88,9 88,9 95,3 136,7 3,3 114,3
1001 177,8
–
Model ØD1 ØD4 L1 L2 L3 L4 L4A L5 L5a L6 L7 L9 L10 L10a L14

[1.12] [0.69]
860 –
28,4
--
17,4 [1.44] [2.5] [1.25] [0.62] [0.62] [2.5]
[0.34] [0.31] [12.44] [5.75] [4.06]
8,6 7,9 316 146,1 103,1 [1.13] [0.4] 36,6 63,5 31,8 15,7 15,7 63,5
861 28,7
–
10,2
--
[1.25] [0.84]
890 –
31,8
–
21,4 [1.75] [2.65] [1.38] [0.81] [0.81] [3.06]
[0.41] [0.38] [13.37] [6.75] [4.75]
10,4 9,7 339,6 171,5 120,7 [1.25] [0.5] 44,5 67,3 35,1 20,6 20,6 77,7
891 31,8
–
12,7
--
[1.75] [1.37]
1000 –
44,5
–
34,8 [2.25] [3.96] [2]
[0.53] [0.5] [17.51] [9.25] [6.25] [1] [1] [3.75]
13,5 12,7 444,8 235 158,8 [1.75] [0.88] 57,2 100,6 50,8 25,4 25,4 95,3
1001 44,5
–
22,4
--
82D40-2/82D63-5 Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Features and Benefits | Technical Information
Clamp Arms Description
82D63-5 23 C9 0 0 B B Base model only.

Order clamps
arms separately.
Base Model Description Hand Lever Description Opening Angle Opening Angle
82D40-2 40 mm Cylinder (G1/4 Port) Hand Lever 0 180° (standard)
0
82D63-5 63 mm Cylinder (G1/4 Port) not available 1 160°
2 140°
3 120°
Sensor Description
4 100°
C9 includes Sensing System 5 80°
Clamp Arm Shaft Description
with M12x1 Connector 6 60°
23 includes long drive (8EA-024-2) Standard 40°
7
shaft ends on both 8 20°
sides fit for all C9 Reduced opening angles
clamping arms
available upon request.
(standard)
82D63-5 82D40-2
Max Holding Max Holding
400 Nm [295 ft-lb] 140 Nm [103 ft-lb]
Shown with (2) U-Arms
Max Clamping Torque Max Clamping Torque
8JG-069-1-01 120 Nm [88 ft-lb] 60 Nm [44 ft-lb]
(order separately) at 5 bar [72 psi] at 5 bar [72 psi]
U-type Central Clamping Arm Lateral Clamping Arm

Clamp Arm Variants
Left Side, Right Side, Both Sides
Order No. Alternate Order No.

Model Model
(1 clamp arm) Clamp Arm (1 clamp arm)
mounting
82D40-223C900B 8JG-065-2-01 82D40-223C900B 8JG-066-1-01
positions
82D63-523C900B 8JG-069-1-01 82D63-523C900B 8JG-070-1-01
82D40-2/82D63-5 Series
Max. Clamping Air Weight

Standard Cylinder
Clamping holding torque consumption ~
Model opening Driveshaft Ø
position torque at 5 bar per double stroke kg [lbs]
angle mm [in]
Nm [lb ft] Nm [lb ft] at 5 bar dm3 [ft3]
82D40-223C900B lateral, both sides 55 [40] 55 [40] 40 [1.57] 1,2 [0.04] 2,5 [5.50]
vertical 180º
82D63-523C900B U-type clamping arms 120 [88] 120 [88] 63 [2.48] 3,8 [0.13] 4,5 [9.90]
~125
52
B3
Dimensions of the 82D40-223C900B
driven shaft
117 47
107 ±0,05 B1 B2
SW
73 ±0,02 34
L1
38 ±0,05 F F
11
11±0,1
~143
30 ±0,1
65 ±0,1
58,5
(±0,05 f. ø8H7)
35 ±0,2
(±0,02 f. ø6H7)
(±0,02 f. ø6H7)
97
25 ±0,1
32 ±0,1
M8
+0,1
0
55
ø8 H7
8 N9
M6 ø6 H7 0
Safety notice:
3,5 -0,2
The load on the clamping
~275
arms must always point

towards the clamping
direction. Single load of
one arm is prohibited
IMPORTANT!
Power clamp must only Medium: air, max. 6 bar, operation
Connector socket
and cable are not be operated by external with oil-free air is permissible
supplied with the unit. pneumatic one-way flow
control valves.
G1/4
Model B1 B2 B3 L1 SW G
82D40-223C900B 30 30 60 12,5 11
1/4
82D63-523C900B 47 47 94 21 19
82D63-523C900B
F F
Safety notice:
Important!
Power clamp must only be
The load on the clamping
operated by external arms must always point
Connection M12x1; 4-channel pneumatic one-way flow towards the clamping
The connector socket and the cable control valves. direction. Single load of
are not supplied with the unit. one arm is prohibited
Medium: air, max. 6 bar, operation

with oil-free air is permissible
U-Arms Center (Steel)
• Clamping arm variants for 82D40-2

Clamping arm variant U-type central clamping arm
Base model with 2 U-type

clamping arms, small gap
between clamping arms
U-type central clamping arm | Technical Information
Order no. for

U-type Standard B2 B4 B9 B10 B11 B12 B26
Clamping
Model clamping opening
position
arm set angle
+0,02 +0,1 +0,2
(1 clamping arm)
82D40-223C900B 8JG-065-2-01 vertical 180º 105 45,3 6 20 79 20 68,2
Order no. for

U-type B31 D2 D3 L4 L10 L10a L20 L21
Model clamping
arm set H7
(1 clamping arm) +0,02 Ø +1,1 ~
Ø
82D40-223C900B 8JG-065-2-01 73 6 7 20 12 11,3 33 73
L10
L10
a Drawing shows further
Drawing shows standard mounting (L20) mounting possibility (L21)
L10
L4 L20 L4 D2 L4 L21 L4
D3
(B9)
B10
°
90
B4
B2
B11
B26
B12
B31
U-Arms Center (Steel)

Clamping arm variant U-type central clamping arm
Base model with 2 U-type

clamping arms, small gap
U-type central clamping arms | Technical Information
Order no. for

U-type Standard B2 B4 B9 B10 B11 B12 B26
Clamping
Model clamping opening
position
arm set angle
+0,02 +0,1 +0,2
(1 clamping arm)
82D63-523C900B 8JG-069-1-01 vertical 180º 144 64,3 9 30 105 30 95
Order no. for

U-type B31 D2 D3 L4 L5 L10 L10a L20 L21
Model clamping
arm set H7
(1 clamping arm) +0,02 Ø +1,2 ~
Ø
82D63-523C900B 8JG-069-1-01 106 6 9 28 15 20 18 20 136
L10
Drawing shows further
Drawing shows standard mounting (L20) mounting possibility (L21)
L20 L10 L4 L21 L4

a L10
L5 L4 L4 D2 L5
(B9)
D3
°
90
B10
B4
B12
B2
B11
B26
B31
lateral (Side) arms

Clamping arm variant
Lateral clamping arm left
Lateral clamping arm right
Lateral clamping arm both sides
Base model with 4 lateral

clamping arms, large gap
Lateral clamping arm | Technical Information
Order no. for B2 B4 B9 B10 B11 B12

Standard
Clamping 1 set of lateral Clamping
Model opening
arm variant clamping arms position
angle
(1 clamping arm) +0,02 +0,1 +0,2
lateral, left
82D40-223C900B lateral, right 8JG-066-1-01 vertical 180º 105 45 6 20 79 20
lateral, both sides
Order no. for B31 D2 D3 L4 L10 L20 L21

Clamping 1 set of lateral
Model
arm variant clamping arms
(1 clamping arm) +0,02
H7
Ø -0,1
Ø
lateral, left
82D40-223C900B lateral, right 8JG-066-1-01 73 6 7 20 12 33 73
lateral, both sides
Drawing shows standard mounting (L20) Drawing shows further

with four lateral clamp arms mounting possibility (L21)
L4 L20 L4 L10 L4 L21 L4

D2 H7
(B9)
D3
B10
B4
B12
°
90
B2
B11
B31
lateral (Side) arms

Clamping arm variant
Lateral clamping arm left
Lateral clamping arm right
Lateral clamping arm both sides
Base model with 4 lateral

clamping arms, large gap
Lateral clamping arms | Technical Information
Order no. for B2 B4 B9 B10 B11 B12

Standard
Clamping 1 set of lateral Clamping
Model opening
arm variant clamping arms position
angle
(1 clamping arm) +0,02 +0,1 +0,2
lateral, left
82D63-523C900B lateral, right 8JG-070-1-01 vertical 180º 144 74 9 30 105 30
lateral, both sides
Order no. for B31 D2 D3 L4 L5 L10 L20 L21 R2

Clamping 1 set of lateral
Model
arm variant clamping arms
(1 clamping arm) +0,02
H7
Ø -0,1
Ø
lateral, left
82D63-523C900B lateral, right 8JG-070-1-01 106 6 9 28 15 20 20 136 28
lateral, both sides
Drawing shows standard mounting (L20) Drawing shows further

with four lateral clamp arms mounting possibility (L21)
L4 L21 L4
L5 L4 L20 L4 L10 L5
D2 H7
(B9)
D3
B10
B4
B12
°
90
B2
B11
R2
B31
82D40-2/82D63-5 Series
Wiring diagram of electrical sensing system

Sensing system immune to interference from d.c. arc welding and a.c. arc welding
+brown black -blue white
1 4 3 2
2 1 4 3 2
Plug M12x1 3 1
4 yellow
green red
open closed
S 0.1 S 0.2
Concept guideline (with reference to axis of clamping arm rotation)
Maximum Tooling Weight 82D40 Maximum Tooling Weight 82D63

1,25 4,00
3,50
1,00
3,00
Weight [kg]
Weight [kg]
0,75 2,50
2,00
0,50 1,50
1,00
0,25
0,50
0 0
75 100 125 150 175 200 75 100 125 150 200 225 250 275 300
Distance from pivot point to center of mass [mm] Distance from pivot point to center of mass [mm]
All details apply under an air pressure of 6 bar and opening and closure times of 1 second each
Diagram of clamping torque

140
Pivot
X
120
82D63..., L1=135mm
100 82D40..., L1=99mm
80
L1
60
40
20
0
0,5 1,5 2,5 3,5 4,5 5,5 6,5 7,5 8,5
Clamping Arm Position (mm)
82D40-2/82D63-5 accessories
Clamping Arms Order no. for Structural component

Comment
Clamping are variant Clamping position 82D40-223C900B 82D63-523C900B
sets of U-type clamping arms consist
U-central vertical 8JG-065-1-01 8JG-069-1-01 of clamping arm, links and screws
sets of lateral clamping arms consist of

1) clamping arm, links and screws
lateral right/left vertical 8JG-066-1-011) 8JG-070-1-012) 2) clamping arm and set screws
you need 2 sets of clamping arms
lateral both sides vertical 8JG-066-1-011) 8JG-070-1-012) you need 4 sets of clamping arms
Connector Cable Order no. for Structural component

(includes 1 connector socket & 5 m cable) 82D63-523C900
82D40-223C900
Connector socket M12x1 straight, 5-pin 8EL-002-1 8EL-002-1
Connector socket Connector socket Connector socket M12x1 angular, 4-pin 8EL-003-1 8EL-003-1
M12x1 straight, 5-pin M12x1 angular, 4-pin
Order no. for Structural component

Opening Angle
Limiter 82D40-223C900 82D63-523C900
Angle Length Order No. Length Order No.
180º (Standard) 11,4mm 8CE-342-1 14,4mm 8CE-362-1
160º 15,1mm 8CE-340-1 20,0mm 8CE-360-1
140º 18,5mm 8CE-338-1 24,8mm 8CE-358-1
120º 22,2mm 8CE-336-1 29,6mm 8CE-356-1
100º 25,8mm 8CE-334-1 34,3mm 8CE-354-1
80º 28,0mm 8CE-332-1 39,0mm 8CE-352-1
60º 33,0mm 8CE-330-1 43,8mm 8CE-350-1
40º 37,0mm 8CE-328-1 49,1mm 8CE-348-1
20º 41,8mm 8CE-326-1 56,2mm 8CE-346-1
Fit for model 82D40-2 Fit for model 82D63-5

Shim Plates
(for clamping arm)
Model A1 A2 D2 D3 B9 B10 B12 L10 Model A1 A2 D2 D3 B9 B10 B12 L10
82ZB-SH4001 82ZB-SH5001
0,1 0,1
82ZB-SH4002 82ZB-SH5002
0,2 0,2
82ZB-SH4005 42 0,5 6,5 7 6 20 20 12 82ZB-SH5005 65 0,5 6,5 9 10 30 30 16
82ZB-SH4010 1,0 82ZB-SH5010 1,0
82ZB-SH4020 2,0 82ZB-SH5020 2,0
82ZB-SH4050 5,0 82ZB-SH5050 5,0
Order no. for Structural component

Spare Parts
82D40-2 82D63-5
Cylinder 8PW-016-1 8PW-024-2
Integrated sensing system C9
8EA-024-2 8EA-024-2
Connector plug M12x1
84A Series
Dual-Arm Tolerance Compensation Power Clamps | Ordering Information
84A 50-1 A01 L8 Sensor Description

Size Description K8 PNP Sensor with M12x1 Cable Connector (8EA-158-4)
40-1 32 mm Cylinder (G1/8 Port) K9 NPN Sensor with M12x1 Cable Connector (8EA-167-4)
50-1 50 mm Cylinder (G1/4 Port)
L8/N8 L9/N9
U-Arm Style Description

000 Without Clamping Arms
A01 Double Tip, Surface Clamping
A02 Single Tip, Point Clamping
A03 Double Tip, Surface Clamping K8/K9
(Standard Profile 84A40, Wide Profile 84A50)
A04 Double Tip, Surface Clamping, Wide Profile for 84A50 only
Shown with Sensor Cables Order separately

A01 U-Arms Order No. Description
8EL-002-1 M12x1, Straight, 5-pin Connector w/5 m [16 ft.] Cable
8EL-003-1 M12x1, Angular, 4-pin Connector w/5 m [16 ft.] Cable
2° 2° Dual Arm Compensation

Tolerance
Compensation
• ° of tolerance
2
compensation
per clamp arm
• Compensates for variable
sheet metal thicknesses
• There is no need
for shimming
U-Arm Styles for 84A40
A01 A02 A03
U-Arm Styles for 84A50
A01 A02 A03 A04
84A40-1 84A50-1
84A Series
Dual-Arm Tolerance Compensation Power Clamps | Dimensions and Technical Specifications
84A40-100000 SW 11h9 [0.43h9]

[3.78] [2.48 max.]
96 63 max.
[0.71] [3.50] [0.91] [1.69]
Area of 18 89 23 43
[1.77±0.004] [1.81] [1.34]
Interference Area of
45±0,1 46 34
[0.35] ~R38 [~R1.50] Interference
9 ~R38 [~R1.50]
[3.94]
100
[1.18±0.004 for M8
±0.001 for Ø8H7] 4X M8 M6
[1.73±0.004] 30±0,02 for Ø8
±0,1 for M8
H7 8 [0.31]↧ Sensor
44±0,1
[2.72] Mounting
[6.97+0.04 ] 69
2X Ø8H7
177+1 8 [0.31]↧
[1.26±0.004]
32±0,1 [~0.12]
[1.85] ~3
[2.56]
[0.98±0.004] [0.55] 47
14
65
25±0,1 G1/8
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.79] [1.65] [1.65]

Safe “holding/clamping” only under pressurization.
20 42 42
The connector socket and the cable are not supplied with the unit. THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar operation with oil-free air is permissible. PROJECTION PROJECTION
84A50-100000 [4.57] [2.87 max.]

SW 16h9 [0.63h9]
116 73 max.
Area of [0.71] [4.29] [1.26] [1.85]
Interference 18 109 32 47
[1.89 ]
±0.004
[~R1.57] [2.60] [1.50]

48±0,1
~R40 66 Area of 38
[0.47] Interference
12 [~R1.57]
[4.72] ~R40
120
[2.36±0.004] [1.18±0.004 for M8

±0.001 for Ø8
]H7
4X M8
30±0,02 for Ø8
±0,1 for M8
60±0,1 10 [0.39]↧ M6
H7
Sensor
[3.35]
Mounting
85
[9.41 ] +0.04
2X Ø8H7
239+1 8 [0.31]↧
[1.26±0.004] [2.28]
32±0,1 58
[0.98±0.004]
25±0,1
G1/4
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.57] [2.87] [1.73]

Safe “holding/clamping” only under pressurization. 14.5 73 44
The connector socket and the cable are not supplied with the unit. THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar operation with oil-free air is permissible. PROJECTION PROJECTION
84A Series
Max. Holding Torque Max. Clamping Torque Air Consumption per double
Piston Ø ~Weight
Model Connection at 5 bar [72psi] at 5 bar [72psi]
mm [in] kg [lb]
stroke at 5 bar [72 psi]
Nm [in-lb] Nm [in-lb] liter [in3]
84A40-1..... G1/8 29 [257] 29 [257] 40 [1.57] 1,5 [3.31] 0,45 [27]

84A50-1..... G1/4 136 [1200] 136 [1200] 50 [1.97] 2,4 [5.29] 0,72 [44]
Nm in-lb Curve Progression for 84A40-1 Nm in-lb Curve Progression for 84A50-1
40 354 180 1593
“X”
35 310 160 1416
Clamping Torque
140 1239
Clamping Torque
30 266
120 1062
25 221
100 885
20 177
80 708
15 133
6 bar
60 531 6 bar
10 89 40 354
5 bar 5 bar
5 44 3 bar 20 177 3 bar
0 0 0 0
6.5 6.0 5.6 5.2 4.7 4.3 3.9 3.4 3.0 2.6 2.2 1.7 1.3 0.9 0.4 0 4.4 4.0 3.7 3.4 3.0 2.7 2.4 2.0 1.7 1.3 1.0 0.7 0.3 0
Opening angle “X” (°)
U-Type Central Clamping Arms (Aluminum) - For Size 84A40

"A01/AO3" "A02"
2X H
(A03 Only)
D D
E
J 2X H
C (A01 Only) C H [0.59] [1.57]
15 40
Area of Interference 90
Hold-down piece °
must not protrude
G G in the interior area Opening
B B "R38 [R1.50]" due to
the area of interference
F F
[Ø1.73]
A A Ø44
Pivot Points
[1.81±0.002] 2X o [0.43+0.0008
- 0.0004
]
A01/A03 A02 11+0,02
46±0,05 - 0,009
Arm Arm Weight A B C D E F G ØH ØJ

Model No. Order No. kg [lb] ±0,5 [±0.02] ±0,1 [±0.004] -0,05 [-0.002] +0,2 [+0.008]
A01 8AM801-40-066 30 [1.18] M8 8H7 [0.31H7]

±0,1 [±0.004]
0,17 [0.37] 45 [1.77]
[2.48] [2.62] [0.39] 30 [1.18] [1.78] [0.83] [0.24 H7]
A03 8AM803-40-001 9 [0.35]
63,1 66,5 10 ±0,02 [±0.008] 45,1 21 6H7
A02 8AM802-40-066 0,14 [0.31] 20 [0.79] -- M8 --
84A Series
U-Type Central Clamping Arms (Aluminum) - For Size 84A50

"A01" "A02"
A01 D J D Area of
E 2X H Interference
C C H K L
Hold-down piece
must not protrude
G in the interior area Opening
"R40 [R1.57]" due
to the area of 90
G interference °
F ]
B F B 1. 57
A02 0[
4
~R
[2.24]
A A Pivot Points 57
2X o [0.63+0.0008 ]
[2.60±0.002] - 0.0004
66±0,05 16+0,02
- 0,009
"A03"
J
E 2X H Area of L
C Interference K
90
Hold-down piece °
must not protrude Opening
A03 in the interior area
"R40 [R1.57]" due
B F 57]
to the area of 0 [1.
interference ~R4
A [2.24]
Pivot Points 57
2X o [0.63+0.0008 ]
[2.60±0.002] - 0.0004
66±0,05 16+0,02
- 0,009
"A04"
J Area of
E Interference
C 2X H Hold-down piece K L
must not protrude 90
°
in the interior area
"R40 [R1.57]" due Opening
A04
to the area of
B F interference 57]
0 [1.
~R4
[2.24]
A Pivot Points 57
2X o [0.63+0.0008 ]
[2.60±0.002] - 0.0004
66±0,05 16+0,02
- 0,009
Arm Arm Weight A B C D E F G ØH ØJ K L

Model No. Order No. kg [lb] ±0,5 [±0.02] ±0,1 [±0.004] -0,05 [-0.002] +0,2 [+0.008]
[0.97] [1.77] 30 [1.18] [0.31]

A01 8AM801-50-085
0,44 [3.35] [0.39] 45 ±0,1 [±0.004]
[0.98] 8H7 [2.60] [0.59]
M8
[0.9] 85 10 [0.79] 25 66 15
A02 8AM802-50-085 -- --
0,41 [2.80] 20 [1.89]
[1.1] 71 [2.07] [0.41] 48,1 [4.00] [0.82]
A03 8AM803-50-001
0,5 52,5 10,5 [0.24 H7] [0.35] 101.5 20.75
-- 30 [1.18] --
[0.79] [2.05] [0.39]
±0,02 [±0.008] 6H7 9 [2.64] [0.55]
A04 8AM804-50-001
0,36 52 10 67 14
84A Series
L8, N8 Inductive Sensing L9, N9 Inductive Sensing System K8, K9 Inductive Sensing
System with 90° Connector System with Pigtail
Connector
[1.85] [0.71]
47 18
[1.08] [1.18] [1.08] [1.18]
27,5 [0.63] 30 27,5 [0.31] 30 [0.63]
16 8 16
[0.28] [0.39] [0.63] [0.28] [1.18] [1.08]

7 9.8 16 7 30 27.5
[1.85] [0.71] [1.85] [4.72 + 0.20]

47 18 47 120 + 5
Inductive Sensor Wiring Diagram Sensor Cable Accessories

Sensing system immune to interference
from AC / DC arc welding. Sensor Cables (1 connector & 5m cable) Order no.
M12x1 connector, straight, 5-pin 8EL-002-1
+brown black -blue white M12x1 connector, 90° angular, 4-pin 8EL-003-1
1 4 3 2
M12 x 1 [1.04]
2 1 4 3 2 26,5
[Ø0.59]
Plug M12 x 1 3 1 yellow Ø15
4 green red [Ø0.59]
Ø15
M12 x 1
[1.65]
42 [1.24]
open close [Ø0.40] [Ø0.35] 31,5
Ø10,2 Ø8,8
S 0.1 S 0.2 [0.47] [0.47]
12 12
[Ø0.46]
[Ø0.46]
Ø11,6
Ø11,6
Straight Cable Angular Cable

8EL-002-1 8EL-003-1
84A Series
Notes
technical appendix
Manual Clamping Technology
Selecting The Proper DESTACO Clamp (A) the part material: such as, steel, wood, plastic
The information contained in this catalog is designed or glass, etc.
to help you select the right clamp to accomplish your (B) the surface finish of the part: such as, polished,
job. DESTACO distributor personnel, as well as hard or soft, etc.
DESTACO’s Technical Service department, are (C) the machining or assembly operation: such as,
qualified and willing to offer assistance in special or milling, welding, drilling, bonding, joining or
unusual applications. For most ordinary applications, sealing a mold, etc.
however, consideration of the following points will In order to ensure clamp strength is not compromised,
lead to the proper clamp selection use all the mounting holes provided.

• Size and shape of the parts to be held. Red handle grips are provided on each model. Users
•U niformity of part size (Should you consider a spring- should only locate their hand in this area when operat-
loaded spindle to compensate for uneven parts?) ing ttie clamp, thus reducing the possibility of injury.
• Holding capacity required
• Strength and dexterity of the operator
•O perator’s position (Should you use horizontal or Safety Handle
vertical handle models?) This ergonomic handle provides
•F requency of operation (Should you plan for a greater operator comfort.
temporary or permanent fixture?
•T ime cycle of operation (Should you consider
a turntable or conveyor set-up if curing time is
required?)
•C ycling time and sequence (Should you consider
air-operated models that can be operated faster Safety Feature
and in sequence?) This safety link prevents ac-
•E nvironment (Should a stainless steel model cidental injury to an operator
be considered?) when opening the clamp.
Clamp Series 201, 202, 207,

Processing Applications
210,247,267
Remember, the same toggle action force multiplying
principle can be applied to other tasks besides hold-
ing. Certain DESTACO models can be used to position Safety Distance
parts, power fixtures or perform mechanical functions Exclusive handle design gives
such as piercing sheet metal, staking rivets or locating. more hand clearance between
bar and handle when clamp is
OEM Applications in fully open position.
DESTACO clamps provide ready-made, compact
devices for moving or holding components. A little Clamp Series 213, 217, 227,
imagination will often show the product designer a 237, 245
way to obtain motion or locking force with no tooling
costs and often at less cost than custom designed
components. Thousands of DESTACO clamps will
be found installed as original equipment for cleanout
door latches, wheel locks, positioning devices, etc.
Safety
Our concern is not only the constant high quality
of our products, but also their fail-safe and foolproof
handling. The knowledge gathered since 1936
guarantees a developed, safe and high-quality
clamping unit.
A certain clamping force will be necessary to safely
hold a part. This force is determined by taking the
following into account:

MC-TEC | 1 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
technical appendix
DESTACO Toggle-Lock Plus Clamps

We have taken several of our most popular toggle clamps and have
added a locking release lever for improved safety. The locking release
lever helps ensure that the over-center locking condition is maintained.
Clamped
In order to unlock each clamp, the locking lever must first be released. position
The additional locking feature expands the range of applications where
DESTACO clamps can be used. If a clamp application warrants concerns Open
Position
over accidental or unintentional opening, then a DESTACO Toggle-Lock
Plus clamp is right for the job.
The most important models at a glance:
Vertical hold-down clamp Straight line action clamp

• Handle is vertical in clamped position •F
orward movement of the handle pushes the
• Holding capacities up to 22,25kN [5000lbf.] plunger into the forward position
• Opening angle between 65° and 215° •C
an be used as a push clamp and pull clamp,
locking in two positions
•H
olding capacities of 445N-71,2kN [100–6,000lbf.]
Horizontal hold-down clamp Latch clamp

• Very low profile •C onvenient one-hand operation due
• H
andle is horizontal in the clamped position to the patented thumb control lever
• H
olding capacities up to 7,5kN [1,680lbf.] • Compact models
• Opening angle between 90” and 105° •H olding capacities up
to 33,4kN [7,500lbf.]
Plier clamp
•F lexible clamping and fixturin
• Also equipped with quick release lever
• Holding capacities 450N-5340N [100-1200lbf.]
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-TEC | 2
technical appendix
How Toggle Action Works Toggle Action Principle

Toggle action clamps operate through a linkage system
of levers and pivots. The fixed-length levers, connected
by pivot pins, supply the action and clamping force.
Toggle action has an over-center lock point which Unclamped
is a fixed stop and linkage. Once in the over-center
position, the clamp cannot move or unlock unless the
linkage is moved. All types of toggle clamps have this
same action, just oriented differently.
Center position
Toggle Action Force Factors
The maximum clamping or exerting force developed
in any toggle action clamp is attained when the three
pivot points of the mechanism are in a straight line.
While this is theoretically true, it makes no allowance Over-center, clamped position
for vibration and intermittent load conditions found
in industrial applications. Such conditions would soon Toggle Action Clamps Compared with
unlock an improperly designed clamp. The proper Cam Action Clamps
amount of over-center travel to produce maximum Cam action uses frictional force to effect a locking
holding force and yet ensure positive locking is condition between the cam surface on the bar and
a carefully calculated and controlled dimension the follower on the handle. Toggle action clamps
developed by years of experimentation and experience. have many advantages over cam action clamps,
mainly because cam action clamps allow some
Throughout this catalog each clamp is rated with its movement while clamping. Toggle action clamps
“holding capacity.” This is the maximum load or force thus provide a more consistent clamping point, can
the clamp will sustain in the closed and locked position be manufactured from inexpensive materials, and
without permanent deflection. Exerting forces applied are available in stainless steel for outdoor or corrosive
as the clamp closes are less than the holding capacity, applications. If the material being clamped has a
and are dependent on variables such as the position variable thickness, however, a cam action clamp has
of the operator’s hand on the handle; amount of force the ability to better accommodate this application.
applied; and position of the spindle on the bar.
What about the forces? Holding Capacity

In the case of clamping products, a clear distinction The “holding capacity” of DESTACO toggle clamps
must be made between exerting forces and holding has been determined by actual tests. It is defined as
capacities. Here are the essential features: the maximum amount of force which may be applied
to the work holding bar, in the closed position,
Exerting or Clamping Force without creating permanent deformation of the clamp
The “exerting force” of our air toggle clamps is well components. This maximum force is measured at a
defined and can be found on page 7. Manually point closest to the base and diminishes as the spindle
operated clamps present a series of variables to approaches the end of the bar. The ratings for
determine actual exerting force. holding capacity are maximum
and should not
These variables are: be exceeded.
(a) the force exerted on the handle by the operator;
Manual force
(b) the point on the handle where this force is applied;
(c) the mechanical advantage in the linkage; and
(d) the point on the work holding bar where the
force will be measured. As a general rule, the
mechanical advantage available throughout
the line ranges 2:1 to 10:1
Exerting force Holding capacity
technical appendix
Calculating Exerting or Clamping Force

The table below depicts holding capacity (HC) and clamping force (EF) data for a typical manual clamp. The
clamping force (EF) is expressed as a ratio of the force that is applied to the clamp handle (AF). In this example,
either 10:1 or 5.3:1 depending upon position of the clamping point on the clamp arm. That is, at position X1,
the maximum clamping force (EF) that can be generated is 10 times the force that is applied to the clamp handle.
AF
Y Model X X1 X2 Y ‡HC1 ‡HC2 ‡EF(X1):AF ‡EF(X2):AF

[1.59] [1.95] [3.92] [5.16] [1000lbf.] [470lbf.]
EF EF 2007-( ) 40,5 49,5 99,5 131 4450N 2090N
10:1 5.3:1
HC HC
2 1 Refer to page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.
X
X1
X2
Examples:
1. F
ind the force (AF) the operator would have to apply to the clamp to generate a clamping force of
400N [90lbf.] at the end of the clamp arm (X1).
AF = 400 ÷ 10 = 40N [9lbf.]
2. W
hat is the maximum clamp force that can be generated at X2 if the operator is only able to apply
20N [4.5lbf.] to the clamp handle?
EF = 20 ∙ 5,3 = 106N [24lbf.]
Calculating Holding Capacity

The holding capacity (HC) ratings shown in the table are in relation to the pivot point of the clamping arm. This is
useful in estimating the holding capacity at an intermediate clamping point along the arm, or at a point beyond
the length of the standard clamping arm.
Examples:
1. F ind the maximum holding capacity if the clamping point is 40mm [1.5in.] from the front of the base of the clamp.
• Step 1 – find the clamping distance from the clamping point to the pivot poin
XC = 40mm + X = 40mm + 40,5mm = 80.5mm
• Step 2 – express the holding capacity as a moment
M = X1 ∙ HC1 = 49,5mm x 4450N = 220275 N∙mm
• Step 3 – calculate the holding capacity at XC
HC = M ÷ XC = 220275 ÷ 80,5 = 2736N [615lbf.]
2. F ind the maximum holding capacity if the clamp arm is extended by 25mm [1in.]
XC = 25+X2 = 25 + 99,5 = 124,5mm
M = X2 ∙ HC2 = 99,5mm ∙ 2090mm = 207955 N∙mm
HC = M ÷ XC = 207955 ÷ 124,5 = 1670N [375lbf.]
technical appendix
General Specification
Material, finishes, treatments, etc. of DESTACO Modification

products are changed from time-to-time to improve Making changes to the clamp may affect the
performance or reliability. These items are, naturally, performance of the product. The life expectancy of
subject to change without notice. In the interest of a clamp is dependent upon many factors, including
catalog longevity, they are not discussed in detail alterations to the clamping bar, handle, or the addition
throughout the catalog. As of the date of going to of any tooling. Manual clamps are rated using hand
press, however, the following specifications apply power to actuate them. The use of “cheater bars”
unless noted otherwise: or hammers to impact the opening or closing of
the clamp is expressly prohibited.
Materials
In general, light and medium duty clamp components Maintenance
are made from low carbon cold-rolled steel. Materials Manual clamps are generally maintenance free;
for other models vary depending upon the clamp however, lubrication of pivot points will extend the
model and specific engineering requirements. These life of the clamp dramatically. Clamps are shipped
materials include low to medium carbon steel castings from the factory with a light coating of oil, occasional
and forgings, heat treated as necessary to obtain the lubrication with a lightweight machine oil at pivot
desired mechanical properties. points is recommended. A typical oil specification
is ISO grade 22 or 46 (SAE No. 10W or 20).
Pivot pins for most light and medium duty clamps
are cold headed from precision cold drawn type 430, Temperature Limits
EN 1.4016 stainless steel. Pins for heavy duty models DESTACO manual clamps are intended to be used
are made from heat treated alloy steel. Bushings at normal ambient temperatures. These limits are
used in select models are made from low carbon, intended to be guidelines and you should contact
case-hardened steel for wear resistance and serrated DESTACO if you have a specific application concern.
on the outside diameter to prevent rotation. For low-carbon steel clamps: -65ºF(-54ºC) to
480ºF(250ºC); for stainless steel (type 304): up
Ergonomic grips are made from an oil-resistant to 750ºF (400ºC). These values are based upon
plasticized PVC compound, while some handles maintaining the tensile strength of the material,
and locking levers covered with plastisol dipping. due to the many variables associated with operating
clamps at elevated temperatures service life may be
Stainless Steel affected. Bear in mind that for low carbon steel parts
Stamped components in our stainless steel clamps that are zinc plated, the plating has a useful service
are made from type 302/304, 1.4300 or 1.4301 temperature of up to 250ºF(120ºC), but corrosion
(or comparable) stainless steel, annealed & cold rolled. inhibiting properties degrade above 140ºF(60ºC).
Machined stainless steel components are type 303, These temperatures are NOT inclusive of any plastic
EN1.4305 (or comparable). grip, vinyl dipping, rubber spindle accessory,
pneumatic, or hydraulic actuator.
Finishes
Most manual toggle clamps are electro-plated zinc
per ASTM B633-98, SC1, type2 (or comparable).
Most cast or forged components are finished black
oxide with light oil to add corrosion protection.
Mounting
To properly secure the clamp to the mounting surface
and achieve the clamp’s rating, all mounting holes
provided must be used.
technical appendix
Pneumatic Clamping Technology
End position sensing of pneumatic clamps Please consult the table and formulae on the next
for automated production. page. The Max M.A. is the highest mechanical
advantage the clamp can create at the optimum
spindle height while still toggle-locking.
Remote control and end position sensing

A particularly interesting advantage of DESTACO
power clamps is the fact that they may be mounted
on rather inaccessible places of clamping fixtures and
Model 807-S with 2 integral groove mounted sensors they nary be operated simultaneously while being
(order separately) controlled by a control valve. Power clamps with an
end position sensing system allow fully automated
operation with in controlled manufacturing processes.
Exerting Force vs. Holding Capacity
Due to the nature of the toggle action within the
Safety
clamping mechanism combined with the line pressure
DESTACO power clamps are based on the toggle
of the cylinder, care should be taken in setting up
action principle (exceptions will be mentioned
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps.
separately) and offer the same safety advantages
as DESTACO manual clamps: no risk of accidental
The clamping force of a given pneumatic toggle
opening of the clamp arm - even in case of a sudden
clamp is determined by two factors - adjustment
pressure drop.
of the clamping spindle and the line pressure in the
cylinder. If the line pressure remains constant, then
The toggle action principle with over-center locking
the clamping force is solely determined by the vertical
guarantees safety during operation and protects the
adjustment of the spindle. If the spindle is improperly
parts from damage. (Provided that the power clamps
adjusted, the clamp is capable of creating a clamping
are mounted correctly and the air supply is reliable.)
force that exceeds the rated holding capacity.
Note: Most pneumatic products are now supplied with
As a result of this condition care must be taken by
a magnetic ring on the piston as a standard feature for
properly adjusting the spindle OR by regulating the
sensing the position of the cylinder (open/closed).
inlet pressure to the cylinder in order to insure the
clamp does not exert a force higher than it’s rated
holding capacity.
Pneumatic diagram Schalldämpfer

silencer Wartungseinheit
maintenance unit
air supply
Druckluft-
manual
Hand-Steuerventil Verteilerstück
3-way connector
operated valve ausgang
Standard-Kraftspanner
standard power clamp
Kunststoffschlauch
plastic hose
Schnellverschraubung
quick connector
automation
power clamp
Automations-
Kraftspanner
Fuß-Steuerventil
foot operated
technical appendix
Specification
Cylinder Cylinder Max.

Model Cylinder Rod Area Area Mechanical Max Inlet Pressure Max. Clamping Force
Distance From Pivot Holding Capacity
no. Bore Diameter (Clamping (Opening Advantage at Max M.A* at 5 bar [72 psi]
Stroke) Stroke) (M.A.)
A B A B A B A B
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in2) (mm2) (in2) (mm2) A B
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (lbf.) (N) (lbf.) (N) (PSIG) (bar) (PSIG) (bar) (lbf.) (N) (lbf.) (N)
Hold DownClamps
802-U 1.26 32 0.47 12 1.25 804 1.07 691 5.0 2.6 1.25 31.8 2.25 57.2 200 890 110 489 32 2.2 34 2.3 450 2010 234 1045
807-S 1.26 32 0.47 12 1.25 804 1.07 691 6.0 2.0 2.00 50.8 5.00 127.0 500 2220 260 1160 67 4.6 104 7.2 540 2412 180 804
807-U 1.26 32 0.47 12 1.25 804 1.07 691 6.4 3.3 2.00 50.8 3.75 95.3 375 1670 275 1220 47 3.2 67 4.6 576 2573 297 1327
810-S 1.57 40 0.63 16.0 1.95 1257 1.64 1056 5.0 2.9 2.38 60.5 5.31 134.9 750 3340 500 2220 77 5.3 89 6.1 702 3143 407 1823
810-U 1.57 40 0.63 16.0 1.95 1257 1.64 1056 6.1 2.9 2.38 60.3 4.88 123.8 600 2670 290 1290 50 3.5 51 3.5 856 3834 407 1823
812-U 0.75 19 0.25 6.4 0.4 258 0.39 253 4.3 2.9 1.25 31.8 2.25 57.2 100 440 55 245 53 3.6 43 3.0 136 613 92 413
846 1.57 40 0.63 16.0 1.95 1257 1.64 1056 5.6 3.5 2.25 57.2 3.25 82.6 750 3340 520 2310 69 4.7 76 5.3 786 3520 491 2200
847-S 2.05 50 0.63 16.0 3.29 2124 2.98 1923 4.0 1.8 3.25 82.6 6.50 165.1 1000 1118 650 2890 76 5.2 110 7.6 948 4248 426 1912
847-U 2.05 50 0.63 16.0 3.29 2124 2.98 1923 4.0 1.9 3.25 82.6 6.25 158.8 1000 4450 480 2135 76 5.2 77 5.3 948 4248 450 2018
858 2.48 63 0.98 25.0 4.83 3117 4.07 2626 4.4 2.3 3.00 76.2 7.00 177.8 4000 17800 2000 8900 145** 10.0** 145** 10.0** 1530 6857 800 3585
8021 1.26 32 0.47 12.0 1.07 691 1.25 8.4 2.2 1.3 1.70 43.2 2.60 66.0 390 1735 255 1135 145** 10.0** 145** 10.0•• 169 760 100 449
8071 1.57 40 0.63 16.0 1.64 1056 1.95 1257 4.2 2.4 2.25 57.2 3.25 82.6 450 2000 310 1380 65 4.5 79 5.4 496 2218 283 1267
8101 2.05 50 0.63 16.0 2.98 1923 3.29 2124 2.3 1.2 2.35 59.7 4.45 113.0 700 3110 370 1645 103 7.1 105 7.3 491 2202 253 1135
817-S 1.26 32 0.47 12.0 1.25 804 1.07 691 4 2.25 2.75 69.9 4.94 125.5 450 2000 200 890 90 6.2 64 4.4 360 1608 225 1005
817-U 1.26 32 0.47 12.0 1.25 804 1.07 691 4.1 2.5 2.75 69.9 5.00 127.0 375 1670 200 890 73 5.1 64 4.4 369 1648 225 1005
827-S 1.57 40 .063 16.0 1.95 1257 1.64 1056 3.5 2 2.50 63.5 5.30 134.6 700 3110 330 1470 103 7.1 85 5.8 491 2200 281 1257
827-U 1.57 40 0.63 16.0 1.95 1257 1.64 1026 3.5 2.2 2.13 54.1 3.25 82.6 600 2670 390 1735 88 6.1 91 6.3 491 2200 309 1383
868 2.48 63 0.98 25.0 4.83 3117 4.07 2626 4.9 2.3 5.00 127.0 8.25 209.6 4000 17800 2400 10675 145** 10.0** 145** 10.0** 1704 7637 800 3585
Cylinder Cylinder Max.

Model Cylinder Rod Area Area Mechanical Max Inlet Pressure
no. Holding Capacity
Bore Diameter (Clamping (Opening Advantage at Max M.A
Stroke) Stroke) (M.A.)
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in2) (mm2) (in2) (mm2) (lbf.) (N) (PSIG) (bar)

803 1.26 32.0 0.47 12.0 1.25 804 1.07 691.2 7.5 600 2670 64 4.4 675 3015
816 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.44 285 0.39 253.4 7.7 100 400 30 2.0 244 1097
830 1.57 40.0 0.63 16.0 1.95 1257 1.64 1055.6 5.7 2500 11100 145** 10.0** 800 3582
850 2.05 52.0 0.63 16.0 3.29 2124 2.98 1922.7 5.2 16000 71200 145** 10.0** 1232 5522
8031 1.13 28.6 0.38 9.5 0.99 641 0.88 570.0 10.25 2000 890 145** 10.0** 731 3285
* Maximum cylinder pressure is 145 PSIG (10 bar). Never exceed this value
**Maximum inlet pressure in conjunction with maximum mechanical advantage does not exceed holding capacity. Do not exceed maximum cylinder pressure
Formula for calculating maximum allowable inlet pressure:

Maximum Line Pressure = Holding Capacity ÷ (Cylinder Area X Mechanical Advantage)
Formula for calculating max. exerting force:

Exerting Force = Inlet Pressure X Mechanical Advantage X Cylinder Area
B A
Example for Model 830

Holding Capacity = 11100N [2500lbf.]
Inlet Pressure 5bar (0,5 N/mm2) [72psig]
Cylinder Area = 1257mm2 [1.95in2] Spindle position to determine
Maximum Line Pressure = 11100 ÷ (1257 X 5.7) = 1,5 N/mm2 = 15bar mechanical advantage.
NOTE: This exceeds the maximum allowable cylinder pressure of 10bar
technical appendix
Notes
hydraulic power clamps
Table of Contents
Page Page
Hydraulic Clamping Hydraulic Clamping
MC-HYD-# MC-HYD-#
010-210-400
010-210-501
030-1-S-475
010-210-702
010-211-002 7
3-4
010-211-004
030-1-D-475
010-211-502
010-211-504
010-212-004
030-1-S-1100
8
052-Series 4
030-1-D-1100
030-1-S-2400
051-Series 4
9
030-1-D-2400
020-011-011DE
020-012-021DE 5
030-1-S-4000 10
020-013-031DE
030-1-D-4000 10
031-S-475
031-L-475
031-S-1100
031-L-1100
11-12
031-S-2400
031-L-2400
031-S-4000
031-L-4000
039-101-000DE
13
039-104-000DE
MC-HYD | 1 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
Building safe hydraulic systems
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Safety
Safety means paying attention to the smallest details. “hardware store” fittings are intended only for low
A hastily assembled workholding system can result pressure plumbing. Never use water pipe fittings or
in a hazardous operator environment. Hydraulic copper tubing and brass fittings for hydraulic service.
workholding is not a generic technique where most
anything will work, nor is there one right or best Use proper tools when
answer for all situations. Each application is differ- bending tubing, and
ent and can be approached in many different ways. maintain proper mini-
Because of this versatility, there is no rule-of-thumb mum bend radii for hoses
to follow to guarantee safety. A careful balance of and tubing. If a hose
knowledge, fixture design and common sense are or tube is ever kinked,
key to avoiding injuries. replace it. Don’t risk a
rupture. Fluid escaping
Plan your fixture installation with operator safety in under high pressure is dangerous. The resulting loss in
mind. By nature, most clamping devices have pinch pressure could release the workpiece from the fixture
points. Many times the fixture can be designed to shield and cause serious injury and equipment damage by
the operator from a pinching hazard. Often the place- being ejected from the machine or breaking tooling.
ment of the clamping device in the fixture can minimize
the gap between the clamp and the workpiece, thus Tubing and hoses do
reducing or eliminating the pinch point. Perhaps the flex when pressurized.
clamping control valve or switch can be located such Allow for that movement
that the operator cannot reach the fixture and the con- by supporting the flui
trol at the same time. Dual palm buttons on electrically- lines away from surfac-
actuated systems serve the same purpose. es which could abrade
the surface and eventu-
Do not require the oper- ally cause damage. Avoid
ator to hold the work- straight lengths of hose and tubing. A bend will
piece in position during allow for this deflection without putting too much stress
the clamping operation. on the line.
Make sure that the work-
piece is self-supporting Even if proper hydraulic
and self-locating so that tubing and fittings are
operator hands are out of specified, be sure to pro-
danger when the hydraulic system is actuated. Often a tect them from abuse.
simple spring plunger is all that is necessary. Components damaged
from abrasion or acci-
The lowest pressure rating dental dropping of a
of any component in the workpiece will no longer
clamping system sets the have the strength and safety of the original design.
maximum pressure rating
for the entire system. Use proper mounting
hardware when install-
Most hydraulic workholding workholding clamps
ing components are rated and other components.
at 5,000 PSI maximum. Always use the largest
However, some components are rated at less than bolt available to fit in
5,000 PSI. The maximum pressure is listed on each the mounting hole. In
product page of this catalog. Never exceed this rating. many cases, the recom-
mended cap screw or thread is specified on the product
Just having a clamp that page of this catalog. Sometimes the mounting
is rated at 5,000 PSI is hardware is included with the component. Always use
not enough. Every hose, supplied hardware.
fitting, valve, adapter and
tube exposed to pressure Safety means
must be rated at or above paying attention to
the maximum hydraulic
the smallest details.
system pressure. Most
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-HYD | 2
010 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Threaded Body Cylinders Product Overview
The single-action, spring-return hydraulic power

cylinders are small pistons that can be used singly
or combined. They offer tremendous force in a small,
easily mounted package that can be used in any
attitude and requires only a single inlet port. They are
often used grouped together by a common manifold
to provide as much force as needed for the opera-
tion. For a relatively small volume of oil, they provide
exceptional exerting force, and are generally the
best choice if stroke lengths can be kept short.
Features:
• Threaded body for easy mounting
• Small size permits “low profile” workholding
• Accessories available for easy mounting
• Available in metric or inch sizes (Metric on special request)
• Hardened piston and rod
• Single-acting for simple plumbing
• Wide variety of sizes and strokes
• Pressure capacity up to 5,000 PSIG,
provided piston does not bottom out
Threaded Force at Oil Effective Area

Model no. SAE Ports Stoke Jam Nuts
Body 3,000 PSIG Displacement For Clamping
010-210-400 #2 1/2-20 0.22 277 lbs. 0.020 cu. in. 0.092 Furnished
010-210-501 #4 3/4-16 0.31 588 lbs. 0.061 cu. in. 0.196 Furnished
010-210-702 #4 1-12 0.50 1,326 lbs. 0.221 cu. in. 0.442 Furnished
010-211-002 #4 1 5/16-16 0.50 2,355 lbs. 0.393 cu. in. 0.785 Optional
010 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Threaded Body Cylinders Product Overview
H (PORTING) F (THREAD)
D
E OG
B C J (FEMALE THREAD)
Dimensions (In Inches)

Model no.
A B C D E F G H J
010-210-400 1.66 1.41 0.19 0.22 .044 Hex 1/2-20 0.15 SAE #2 –
010-210-501 2.25 1.97 0.22 0.31 .062 Hex 3/4-16 0.22 SAE #4 –
010-210-702 2.56 2.31 0.31 0.50 .075 Hex 1-12 .024 SAE #4 –
010-211-002 2.63 2.25 0.13 0.50 1.00 Hex 1 5/16-16 0.64 SAE #4 1/4-20
010-211-004 3.63 3.25 0.12 1.00 1.00 Hex 1 5/16-16 0.64 SAE #4 1/4-20
010-211-502 2.94 2.57 0.13 0.50 1.50 Hex 1 7/8ß-16 1.00 SAE #4 5/16-18
010-211-504 4.59 4.22 0.14 1.00 1.50 Hex 1 7/8-16 1.00 SAE #4 5/16-18
010-212-004 4.13 3.76 0.13 1.00 2.00 Hex 2 1/2-16 1.50 SAE #4 5/16-18
Series 052 Flange Mount

Dimensions (In Inches)
B C
Model no. ØD
A B C øD E
052-112-160 1 1/8-16 UN 2B 1.50 0.50 0.22 1.030
052-131-160 1 5/16-16 UN 2B 1.69 0.50 0.27 1.250
E
052-137-180 1 3/8-16 UN 2B 1.75 0.50 0.27 1.340 A
052-187-160 1 7/8-16 UN 2B 2.25 1.00 0.34 1.770

052-250-160 2 1/2-16 UN 2B 3.00 1.00 0.34 2.170
Series 051 Jam Nut

Dimensions (In Inches) D C
Model no.
A B C D E A E
051-112-160 1 1/8-16 UN 2B 1.500 0.31 0.250 0.250

051-131-160 1 5/16-16 UN 2B 1.688 0.31 0.250 0.250
051-137-180 1 3/8-16 UN 2B 1.875 0.31 0.250 0.250
051-187-160 1 7/8-16 UN 2B 2.625 0.38 0.312 0.132
051-250-160 2 1/2-16 UN 2B 3.250 0.50 0.312 0.312 ØB
020 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Thru-Hole Hydraulic Ram Product Overview
By inserting a rod through the hollow piston, these

cylinders can be used to push or pull depending on
the orientation of the ram. They will actuate a rod of Symbol
any length or shape and are extremely effective in
translating power to a remote location. Greater forces
are generated in these thru-hole rams because of their
larger piston area.
Features:
• Larger piston diameter for greater clamping forces
• Hardened steel piston and rod
• Single-acting for simple plumbing B
• Optional threaded inserts
• Optional mounting plate
(permits mounting ram with a single cap screw)
C
RAM Force at Oil Dimensions

Model no. Port Stroke
I.D.* 3,000 PSIG Displacement A B C
020-011-011DE 0.38 SAE #2 0.38 4,380 lbs. 0.547 cu. in. 2.13 1.88 2.25 A
020-012-021DE 0.50 SAE #4 0.50 8,100 lbs. 1.35 cu. in. 3.00 2.63 2.88
020-013-031DE 0.63 SAE #4 0.63 12,066 lbs. 2.51 cu. in. 3.25 3.00 3.63
* Clearance for rod or bolt of given dimension. Maximum input pressure 3,500 PSIG.
Accessories
All size thru-hole rams are supplied with Thru-Hole Insert
a thru-hole insert threaded into the top. RAM no.
(supplied)
Optional threaded inserts, inch or metric, 020-011-011DE 705384
are also available. 020-012-021DE 705512
020-013-031DE 705634
A thru-hole ram easily converts a manual strap clamp into

Loads Trasmitted by Various Diameter Screws an automatic hydraulic powered clamp. Usually a longer
bolt is the only part needed to make this conversion.
Bolt Size Wrench Length F-lbs. (Average)
1/4 UNF 4.00 2,400 lbs.
1/4 UNF 4.00 1,920 lbs.
3/8 UNF 5.75 3,000 lbs.
3/8 UNF 5.75 2,920 lbs.
1/2 UNF 8.00 4,200 lbs.
1/2 UNF 8.00 3,640 lbs.
5/8 UNF 9.00 5,600 lbs.
5/8 UNF 9.00 5,600 lbs.
3/4 UNF 9.00 4,800 lbs.
3/4 UNF 11.00 4,200 lbs.
7/8 UNF 12.00 50,400 lbs.
To determine how much force is needed to replace a manual clamp,
use this chart as a guide.
020 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Thru-Hole Hydraulic Rams Technical Information
Calculation of Forces Using Straps and Levers
Figure #1 Figure #2 Figure #3

When the distance AB is equal to The downward force “A” is equal to the When Force “B” from Model 020-011-011DE
the distance BC the force upward upward force “C” times a ratio of the Hollow Bore is divided between “A” & “C”, the
from Model 020-011-011DE Ram distance BC:AB. forces at “A” & “C” are in inverse ratio to the dis-
“C” is equal to the downward Example: tance AB & BC respectively.
force AB = 2”, BC = 4”, Force “C” = 1,000 lbs.
Force “A” = Force “B” x BC
“A” on the part. AB
Force “A” = Force “C” x BC
AB
Force “C” = Force “B” x AB
AC
“A” = 1,000 lbs. x 4
2
Example:
“A” = 2,000 lbs. AB = 2”, BC = 4,” Force “B” = 1,000 lbs.
Force “A” = 1,000 lbs. x 4 = 666.7 lbs.
6
2 = 333.3 lbs.
Force “C” = 1,000 lbs. x
6

Power Sources
Thru-hole Rams can be powered by automatic pumps, hand pumps, boosters or existing machine hydraulics.
Used with automatic pump

Used with
booster
Used with
hand pump
Multiple Uses
Thru-hole Rams can be used to push or pull depending on the position of the ram.
Pull Pull Push Pull
030 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Swing/Pull Clamps – 475 lb.
The DESTACO Threaded Body Swing/Pull Clamps are avail- 030-1-S-475

able in both single-acting and double-acting versions. They
incorporate the latest hydraulic swing clamp technology. The
top port design allows easy access for plumbing connections.
They are available with 90° left or right hand rotation, or
with guided straight pull. The breather port on single-acting
models may be replaced with tubing for remote venting. The
optional arms clamp securely to the piston rod to reduce
fatigue and deflection. Arms may be easily modified or
custom arms may be substituted.
Features:
• Advanced seals and wipers utilize a special, highly wear-resistant
construction for long cycle life and 5,000 PSI operation
030-1-D-475
• Triple track piston rod design for field adjustable swing direction
• Hardened and hard chrome plated piston rod for increased E Port
T
U
strength and wear resistance
• Advanced metal treated body for superior wear and 25
corrosion resistance S 50
• MRO interchange design

• Straight pull capacity 600 lbs. at 5,000 PSI max
D Port
L
600
500
K
For 475 lb.
Clamping Force (Lbs.)
400
Swing/Pull Clamp Arms
300 see Page MC-HYD-11 A
B
200 N R
C
100 Q
J
0 M
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 P
Hydraulic Pressure (PSI) H
G
Performance F
With 031-L-475 Arm (3.25" long)

With 0-31-S-475 Arm (1.22" long)
Straight Pull
Ordering Notes:
Specifications Max • Left hand swing (ccw) is standard–
Oil Flow no suffi
Cat. no. Swing *Force Eff. Area (sq. In.) Oil Cap. (cu. In.) • Add –R suffix for right hand swing
in3/m • Add –S suffix for straight guided pull
Oper. Direction (lbs.) Clamp Unclamp Clamp Unclamp in
Single- Left Hand
030-1-S-475 (-X) Acting
– –
(Counter Clockwise)
475 0.12 0.08 12
Double- Right Hand (Clockwise)
030-1-D-475 (-X) Straight Pull 0.24 0.15
acting
Specification
Cat. no. A B D E
Total Clamping Clamp Unclamp
Stroke Stroke C Port Port F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U
030-1-S-475 0.65 0.210 0.59
1-1/8-
SAE-2 SAE-2 1.929 2.086 3.07 4.429 0.8 M6x1 0.157 0.393 4.96 0.495 1.3 1.55 0.61
16UN
030-1-D-475 0.65 0.32 0.59
NOTE: *With 1.22” long arm at 5,000 PSI maximum operating pressure.
 This item is available upon request Do not pressurize – single-acting only
† See page MC-HYD-11 for arms, accessories and custom arm mounting
030 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Swing/Pull Clamps – 1,100lb.
The DESTACO Threaded Body Swing/Pull Clamps are avail-

able in both single-acting and double-acting versions. They 030-1-S-1100
Features:
030-1-D-1100
• Triple track piston rod design for field adjustable swing direction E Port
T
• Hardened and hard chrome plated piston rod for increased U

25
• Advanced metal treated body for superior wear and S 50
corrosion resistance
• Straight pull capacity 1,400 lbs. at 5,000 PSI max D Port
L
1600
1400 K
For 1,100 lb.
1200 Swing/Pull Clamp Arms
A
see Page MC-HYD-12 B
800
N R
400 C
Q
J
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
M P
Hydraulic Pressure (PSI)
H
Performance
G F
With 031-L-1100 Arm (5.31" long)
With 031-S-1100 Arm (1.89" long)
Straight Pull
Ordering Notes:
no suffi
Oil Flow
Cat. no. Swing *Force Eff. Area (sq. In.) Oil Cap. (cu. In.)
• Add –R suffix for right hand swing

Single- Left Hand
030-1-S-1000 (-X) Acting
– –
(Counter Clockwise)
1100 0.28 0.25 25
030-1-D-1000 (-X) Straight Pull 0.59 0.52
acting
Specification
Cat. no. A B D E
030-1-S-1100
M8 x 1-3/8-
0.89 0.39 0.6 SAE-4 SAE-4 2.4 2.6 3.58 5.305 0.94 0.196 0.629 5.965 0.400 1.5 1.87 0.75
1.25 18UN
030-1-D-1100
030 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Swing/Pull Clamps – 2,400 lb.
The DESTACO Threaded Body Swing/Pull Clamps are avail- 030-1-S-2400

Features:
030-1-D-2400
• Triple track piston rod design for field adjustable swing direction
T
• Hardened and hard chrome plated piston rod for increased E Port
U
• Advanced metal treated body for superior wear and 25
corrosion resistance S 50

• Straight pull capacity 3,150 lbs. at 5,000 PSI max
D Port
3500 L
3000
For 2,400 lb. K
2500 Swing/Pull Clamp Arms

see Page MC-HYD-11
2000 A
B
1500
N R
1000 Q
C
J
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 M P
Hydraulic Pressure (PSI)
H
Performance G F
With 031-L-2400 Arm (6.36" long)

With 031-S-2400 Arm (2.43" long)
Straight Pull
Ordering Notes:
Oil Flow no suffi
Single- Left Hand
030-1-S-2400 (-X) Acting
– –
(Counter Clockwise)
2400 0.63 0.7 100
030-1-D-2400 (-X) Straight Pull 1.23 1.10
acting
Specification
Cat. no. A B D E
030-1-S-2400
M10x 1-7/8-
1.12 0.5 0.62 SAE-4 SAE-4 t 3.38 4.38 6.8 1.28 0.196 0.87 7.543 0.517 2.0 2.38 1.0
1.5 16UN
030-1-D-2400
030 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Swing/Pull Clamps – 4,000 lb.
The DESTACO Threaded Body Swing/Pull Clamps are avail-

incorporate the latest hydraulic swing clamp technology. The 030-1-S-4000
Features:
• Triple track piston rod design for field adjustable swing direction 030-1-D-4000
• Hardened and hard chrome plated piston rod for increased
strength and wear resistance T
• Advanced metal treated body for superior wear and U
corrosion resistance
• Straight pull capacity 5,500 lbs. at 5,000 PSI max 25°
50° S
5000
4500
L
4000
Clamping Force (l bs.)
3500
For 4,000 lb.
3000
Swing/Pull Clamp Arms K
2500
see Page MC-HYD-11
2000
1500
0N B
1000 A
500
Q C
0 J R
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
Hydraulic Pressure (PSI) H
M
G
Performance F
With 031-L-4000 Arm (X.XX" long)
With 031-S-4000 Arm (X.XX" long)
(7.01” long)
Straight Pull (2.75” long) P
Ordering Notes:
Oil Flow no suffi
Single- Left Hand
030-1-S-4000 (-X) Acting
– –
(Counter Clockwise)
4000 1.10 1.22 140
030-1-D-4000 (-X) Straight Pull 2.35 2.60
acting
Specification
Cat. no. A B D E
030-1-S-4000 2-
1.07 0.45 0.75 SAE#4 SAE#4 2.70 2.83 4.09 6.67 0.64 1.61 0.14 1.26 1/2-16 7.30 0.33 2.56 2.99 1.28
030-1-D-4000 UN
030 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Swing/Pull Clamps 475-2,400 lb. Arms
Custom built arms of any length must clamp to the T P
swing/pull clamp’s piston rod in a manner similar to

G
the DESTACO arms or some derating of the clamp D
will be necessary.
U
The design feature “K,” in the chart and drawing at the C
A
bottom of this page, is recommended for all applications Q
of custom, single arms. See the accompanying chart for H
design details. In applications where there is no bending
stress being transferred into the piston rod (like push/
I K
pull linkages and equalizing double arms), this design N
J
detail may be eliminated. In these applications, the

clamp’s full capacity (referred to as “straight pull” L
capacity) is available. O
M
Specification
Cat. no. Weight
A B C D G H I J K L M N O P Q T U (lbs.)
031-S-475 1.929 0.709 M6 0.63 1.139 0.394 0.630 0.394 0.394 0.256 0.984 M6 0.236 1.220 0.159
031-L-475 3.959 0.709 – 0.63 1.166 0.394 0.630 0.394 0.394 0.256 – M6 – 3.250 0.348
031-S-1100 2.598 0.709 M8 0.748 1.294 0.433 0.748 0.630 0.472 0.33 1.575 M6 0.315 1.889 0.286
0.126 0.236 0.217
031-L-1100 6.019 0.709 – 0.748 1.412 0.433 0.748 0.630 0.472 0.335 – M6 – 5.310 0.721
031-S-2400 0.634
3.268 0.866 M10 1.125 1.459 0.633 1.00 0.866 0.709 0.413 1.969 M8 0.433 2.402
031-L-2400 7.226 0.866 – 1.125 1.696 0.633 1.00 0.866 0.709 0.413 – M8 – 6.360 1.564
IMPORTANT: Any clamp using a modified or custom arm that is longer or heavier than DESTACO’s
standard arms must be derated to prevent internal damage.
Do not exceed the maximum speed and pressure ratings for DESTACO’s standard arms.
For maximum hydraulic pressure and speed ratings, see the accompanying charts
Do not use meter-out circuitry for controlling double-acting clamp speeds
Contact DESTACO if further design assistance is required E
Custom Arm Mounting Dimensions for Swing/Pull Clamps D

F
Shaft Specification
Dia. A B C D E F G H J K M
B M
10 MM 0.394 0.256 0.63 0.63 0.709 0.394 0.236 0.217 M6 x 1.0 K
16MM 0.630 0.335 0.748 0.748 0.709 1.26 0.472 0.236 0.217 0.30 M6 x 1.0
C
22 MM 0.866 0.413 1.00 1.00 0.866 0.709 0.236 0.217 M8 x 1.25 G
H
A J
Chart Legend
Max. Allowable Arm Weight = .35 Lbs Max. Allowable Arm Weight = .73 Lbs Max. Allowable Arm Weight = 1.6 Lbs Maximum Length / Pressure
Pressure (psi) 5000 Pressure (psi) Pressure (psi)
5000 3575 2500 2000 1785 1570 1360 3850 2700 2150 1775 1425 5000 3625 2900 2465 1960 1450 Operating Range
600 1250 3000 Clamps must operate at or below maximum
500 2500 arm length/pressure curve:

1000
400 2000 To approximate clamping force with any arm
300 750 1500 at less than maximum pressure:
200 1000
250
FORCE = P x A x [1-(P/M x .23)]
100 500
0 0 P = Hyd. system operating pressure (PSI)
0
.98 1.00 1.50 2.50 3.00 1.57 2.50 3.50 4.50 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 A = Clamp effective area (sq. in.)
Arm Length (In.) Arm Length (In.)
12 6 24
Arm Length (In.)
12
98 49 M = Max. rated pressure of chosen arm
Max Flow (in3/min.) Max Flow (in3/min.)
Max Flow (in3/min.)
length (PSI)
030 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Swing/Pull Clamps – 4,000 lb. Arms
Custom built arms of any length must clamp to the U

C T P B
swing/pull clamp’s piston rod in a manner similar to
the DESTACO arms or some derating of the clamp
will be necessary. V D
G
The design feature “K,” in the chart and drawing at the
bottom of this page, is recommended for all applications 0M
of custom, single arms. See the accompanying chart A
for design details. In applications where there is no (031-S-4000)
Q
bending stress being transferred into the piston rod (like H
push/pull linkages and equalizing double arms), this
design detail may be eliminated. In these applications,
the clamp’s full capacity (referred to as “straight pull” I J
K
capacity) is available.
L
A
(031-L-4000)
Specification
Cat no. Weight
A B C D G H I J K L M P Q T U V
(lbs.)
031-S-4000
4.17 1.42 1/2-13 1.89 0.138 2.56 0.83 1.18 0.55 0.43 1.26 2.17 M12 0.58 2.75 0.98 1.80
031-L-4000 8.43 1.42 1/2-13 1.89 0.138 2.56 0.83 1.18 0.55 0.43 1.26 – M12 – 7.01 0.98 2.80
IMPORTANT: Any clamp using a modified or custom arm that is longer or heavier than DESTACO’s
standard arms must be derated to prevent internal damage.
Do not exceed the maximum speed and pressure ratings for DESTACO’s standard arms.
For maximum hydraulic pressure and speed ratings, see the accompanying charts
Do not use meter-out circuitry for controlling double-acting clamp speeds
Contact DESTACO if further design assistance is required
Custom Arm Mounting Dimensions for 4,000 lb. Swing/Pull Clamps

Specification
Cat no.
A B C D E F G H
32MM 1.26 1.18 1.89 1.42 0.138 0.55 0.43 M12 x 1.75
E 031-S-4000 • 031-L-4000 Chart Legend

C Max. Allowable Arm Weight = 2.8 Lbs Maximum Length / Pressure
Pressure (psi)
5000 3625 3100 2540 2175 1885 1740 Operating Range
4500
4000 Clamps must operate at or below maximum
3500 arm length/pressure curve:

3000 To approximate clamping force with any arm
H 2500 at less than maximum pressure:
D 2000 FORCE = P x A x [1-(P/M x .23)]
1500
P = Hyd. system operating pressure (PSI)
1000
A = Clamp effective area (sq. in.)
500
B M = Max. rated pressure of chosen arm
0
F 2.17 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 length (PSI)
152 Arm Length (In.) 91
Max Flow (in3/min.)
A G
039 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Air/Hydraulic Power Boosters
The DESTACO Air/Hydraulic Power Booster converts normal

shop-line air pressure to high-pressure hydraulic power. The
two models available provide oil displacements ranging from
1 cu. in. to 4 cu. in. per stroke.
With the system filled, the volume of oil required to actuate a
cylinder or pressure point is only equal to the cubic content of
the piston displacement. The small booster, producing 1 cu. in.
of usable oil per stroke, can operate 50 of the tiny 1/2-20
pressure points a full .22 max. stroke, and even more when
strokes are kept to a minimum.
Features: 039-104-000DE
• Built-in manifold
• Complete automatic bleeding with each Y
return stroke
• Automatic relief of system overcharge
• Automatic bleeding feature eliminates pre-fillin
• Large volume visible oil reservoir automatically
X
replenishes the system with reserve oil capacity
• Corrosion and wear-resistant materials
• Wear rings on hydraulic piston tube
SAE
• Unique self-centering air piston assures long life HYDRAULIC
• Increases hydraulic pressure to 3,000 PSIG from PORTS
100 PSIG air-line pressure
• All models supplied with SAE hydraulic ports
• NPT hydraulic ports available on request
Displace- Nominal
1/4 NPT
Press Dimensions AIR PORTS
Model no. ment Reservoir Weight Ports
Ratio A B
Per Stroke Capacity
(Square)
039-101-000DE 33.87:1 1 cu. in. 10.4 cu. in. 9 lbs. 10.88 4.50 SAE #4
A
039-104-000DE 32.41:1 4 cu. in. 42 cu. in. 23 lbs. 16.38 6.50 SAE #4
(100 PSIG max. input air pressure)
Note: Special High Temperature Seals available for applications where Viton® Seals are required. Order as H/T option.
hydraulic power clamps
Notes
Clamping Technology
Product Index
Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page

035-125-190 MC-PSC-32 2002-U-LS-BLK MC-VHD-3 2027-UR MC-HHD-7
035-125-290 MC-PSC-32 2002-U207 MC-VHD-3 202943 MC-ACC-4
035-132-190 MC-PSC-32 2002-UB MC-VHD-3 202943-M MC-ACC-4
035-132-290 MC-PSC-32 2002-UB-LS-BLK MC-VHD-3 205-S MC-HHD-19
035-140-190 MC-PSC-32 2002-UBR MC-VHD-3 205-SB MC-HHD-19
035-140-290 MC-PSC-32 2002-UR MC-VHD-3 205-SL MC-HHD-19
035-150-190 MC-PSC-32 2002-UR207 MC-VHD-3 205-SR MC-HHD-19
035-150-290 MC-PSC-32 2002115-E MC-ACC-6 205-SSS MC-HHD-19
035-225-190 MC-PSC-32 2007-S MC-VHD-7 205-U MC-HHD-19
035-225-290 MC-PSC-32 2007-SB MC-VHD-7 205-UB MC-HHD-19
035-232-190 MC-PSC-32 2007-SBR MC-VHD-7 205-UL MC-HHD-19
035-232-290 MC-PSC-32 2007-SR MC-VHD-7 205-UR MC-HHD-19
035-240-190 MC-PSC-32 2007-U MC-VHD-7 205-USS MC-HHD-19
035-240-290 MC-PSC-32 2007-U-LS-BLK MC-VHD-7 205203 MC-ACC-4
035-250-190 MC-PSC-32 2007-UB MC-VHD-7 205203-M MC-ACC-4
035-250-290 MC-PSC-32 2007-UB-LS-BLK MC-VHD-7 205208-M MC-ACC-2
036-551-01 MC-PSC-35 2007-UBR MC-VHD-7 205943 MC-ACC-4
036-551-02 MC-PSC-35 2007-UR MC-VHD-7 205943-M MC-ACC-4
036-630-01 MC-PSC-35 2007115-E MC-ACC-6 206-HSS MC-HHD-29
036-630-02 MC-PSC-35 2007208-M MC-ACC-2 206-SS MC-HHD-29
036-787-01 MC-PSC-35 201-TU MC-VHD-11 207-L MC-VHD-17
036-787-02 MC-PSC-35 201-U MC-VHD-11 207-LB MC-VHD-17
039-101-000DE MC-HYD-13 201-UB MC-VHD-11 207-LBR MC-VHD-17
039-104-000DE MC-HYD-13 201-USS MC-VHD-11 207-LR MC-VHD-17
051-112-160 MC-HYD-4 2010-S MC-VHD-9 207-S MC-VHD-17
051-131-160 MC-HYD-4 2010-SB MC-VHD-9 207-SB MC-VHD-17
051-137-180 MC-HYD-4 2010-SBR MC-VHD-9 207-SF MC-VHD-17
051-150-160 MC-PSC-36 2010-SR MC-VHD-9 207-TU MC-VHD-17
051-187-160 MC-PSC-36, 2010-U MC-VHD-9 207-TUL MC-VHD-17
MC-HYD-4 2010-UB MC-VHD-9 207-U MC-VHD-17
051-225-160 MC-PSC-36 2010-UBR MC-VHD-9 207-U-L MC-VHD-17
051-250-160 MC-PSC-36, 2010-UR MC-VHD-9 207-U-L-BLK MC-VHD-17
MC-HYD-4 2010115-E MC-ACC-6 207-UB MC-VHD-17
052-112-160 MC-HYD-4 201208 MC-ACC-2 207-UB-L MC-VHD-17
052-131-160 MC-HYD-4 201208-M MC-ACC-2 207-UB-L-BLK MC-VHD-17
052-137-180 MC-HYD-4 2013-U MC-HHD-3 207-UF MC-VHD-17
052-187-160 MC-HYD-4 2013-U-LS-BLK MC-HHD-3 207-UL MC-VHD-17
052-250-160 MC-HYD-4 2013-UR MC-HHD-3 207-ULB MC-VHD-17
1000 PC-PPC-65 2013208-M MC-ACC-2 207-UR MC-VHD-17
1001 PC-PPC-65 2017-U MC-HHD-5 207-USS MC-VHD-17
10010100 PC-PPC-65 2017-U-LS-BLK MC-HHD-5 207105 MC-ACC-6
1005133-MR PC-PPC-65 2017-UR MC-HHD-5 207105-M MC-ACC-6
1005134-MR PC-PPC-65 201943 MC-ACC-4 207203 MC-ACC-4
102111 MC-ACC-6 201943-M MC-ACC-4 207203-M MC-ACC-4
102208 MC-ACC-2 202 MC-VHD-13 207206 MC-ACC-3
102911 MC-ACC-6 202-B MC-VHD-13 207206-M MC-ACC-3
105106 MC-ACC-6 202-SS MC-VHD-13 207209 MC-ACC-3
105203 MC-ACC-4 202-T MC-VHD-13 207305 MC-VHD-17
105208 MC-ACC-2 202-TU MC-VHD-13 207426-Q MC-ACC-10
105906 MC-ACC-6 202-U MC-VHD-13 207943 MC-ACC-4
12/100 MC-VSC-4 202-U-L MC-VHD-13 207943-M MC-ACC-4
12/200 MC-VSC-4 202-U-L-BLK MC-VHD-13 210-S MC-VHD-21
12/300 MC-VSC-4 202-UB MC-VHD-13 210-SB MC-VHD-21
1200 MC-PTC-29 202-UB-L MC-VHD-13 210-SR MC-VHD-21
1200-E MC-PTC-29 202-UB-L-BLK MC-VHD-13 210-TU MC-VHD-21
16/100 MC-VSC-4, 7 202-UL MC-VHD-13 210-U MC-VHD-21
16/200 MC-VSC-4, 7 202-USS MC-VHD-13 210-UB MC-VHD-21
16/300 MC-VSC-4, 7 202203 MC-ACC-4 210-UR MC-VHD-21
2002-S MC-VHD-3 202208 MC-ACC-2 210-USS MC-VHD-21
2002-SB MC-VHD-3 202208-M MC-ACC-2 210114 MC-ACC-6
2002-SBR MC-VHD-3 202305 MC-VHD-13 210114-M MC-ACC-6
2002-SR MC-VHD-3 2027-U MC-HHD-7 210203 MC-ACC-4
2002-U MC-VHD-3 2027-U-LS-BLK MC-HHD-7 210203-M MC-ACC-4
MC-IND | 1 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
Clamping Technology
Product Index

210206 MC-ACC-3 235-UR MC-HHD-25 307208-M MC-ACC-2
210206-M MC-ACC-3 235-USS MC-HHD-25 309-U MC-HHD-27
210208 MC-ACC-3 235106 MC-ACC-6 309-UR MC-HHD-27
210209 MC-ACC-3 235110 MC-ACC-5 309-USS MC-HHD-27
210440-Q MC-ACC-10 235119 MC-ACC-5 311 MC-PAL-22
213-U MC-HHD-9 235208 MC-ACC-2 317-S MC-VHD-37
213-U-L MC-HHD-9 235208-M MC-ACC-2 317-U MC-VHD-37
213-U-LS-BLK MC-HHD-9 235219 MC-ACC-5 323 MC-PAL-9
213-UB MC-HHD-9 235219-M MC-ACC-5 323-R MC-PAL-9
213-UB-L MC-HHD-9 235319 MC-ACC-5 323-RSS MC-PAL-9
213-UB-LS-BLK MC-HHD-9 235906 MC-ACC-6 323-SS MC-PAL-9
213-USS MC-HHD-9 237-U MC-HHD-15 323215 MC-PAL-12
213208 MC-ACC-3 237-USS MC-HHD-15 323215-M-100 MC-PAL-12
213208-M MC-ACC-2 237943 MC-ACC-4 323215-M-25 MC-PAL-12
213208-M-L MC-ACC-2 237943-M MC-ACC-4 323215-M-50 MC-PAL-12
215-S MC-HHD-21 240203 MC-ACC-4 323915 MC-PAL-12
215-U MC-HHD-21 240203-M MC-ACC-4 323915-M-100 MC-PAL-12
215-UB MC-HHD-21 240208 MC-ACC-2 323915-M-25 MC-PAL-12
215-USS MC-HHD-21 240208-M MC-ACC-2 323915-M-50 MC-PAL-12
215105 MC-ACC-6 245-U MC-HHD-17 324 MC-PAL-18
215119 MC-ACC-5 245943 MC-ACC-4 324-R MC-PAL-18
215208 MC-ACC-2 245943-M MC-ACC-4 324-RSS MC-PAL-18
215208-M MC-ACC-2 247-S MC-VHD-23 324-SS MC-PAL-18
215219 MC-ACC-5 247-U MC-VHD-23 324-ZB1 MC-PAL-12, 21
215219-M MC-ACC-5 247-UB MC-VHD-23 324215 MC-PAL-21
215319 MC-ACC-5 247109 MC-ACC-6 324215-M-100 MC-PAL-21
215905 MC-ACC-6 247110 MC-ACC-6 324215-M-25 MC-PAL-21
217-U MC-HHD-11 247110-M MC-ACC-6 324215-M-50 MC-PAL-21
217-U-L MC-HHD-11 247208 MC-ACC-2 324915 MC-PAL-21
217-U-L-BLK MC-HHD-11 247208-M MC-ACC-2 324915-M-100 MC-PAL-21
217-U-LS-BLK MC-HHD-11 247909 MC-ACC-6 324915-M-25 MC-PAL-21
217-UB MC-HHD-11 250121 MC-ACC-6 324915-M-50 MC-PAL-21
217-UB-L MC-HHD-11 250203 MC-ACC-4 325 MC-SAP-2
217-UB-L-BLK MC-HHD-11 250206 MC-ACC-3 325-SS MC-SAP-2
217-UB-LS-BLK MC-HHD-11 250206-M MC-ACC-3 325203 MC-ACC-4
217-USS MC-HHD-11 267-S MC-VHD-23 32MM MC-VSC-11
22/100 MC-VSC-4 267-U MC-VHD-23 330 MC-PAL-5
22/200 MC-VSC-4 267102 MC-ACC-6 330-SS MC-PAL-5
22/300 MC-VSC-4 267203-M MC-ACC-4 330-ZB1 MC-PAL-8,12
220203 MC-ACC-4 267208 MC-ACC-2 330215 MC-PAL-8
220203-M MC-ACC-4 267902 MC-ACC-6 330215-M-100 MC-PAL-8
225-U MC-HHD-23 301 MC-PAL-22 330215-M-25 MC-PAL-8
225-UB MC-HHD-23 301-SS MC-PAL-22 330215-M-50 MC-PAL-8
225-UBSS MC-HHD-23 3011 MC-PAL-23 330915 MC-PAL-8
225-UR MC-HHD-23 3031 MC-PAL-3 330915-M-100 MC-PAL-8
225-USS MC-HHD-23 3031-R MC-PAL-3 330915-M-25 MC-PAL-8
225119 MC-ACC-5 3031-SS MC-PAL-3 330915-M-50 MC-PAL-8
225208 MC-ACC-2 3031-RSS MC-PAL-3 331 MC-PAL-9
225208-M MC-ACC-2 3031208 MC-PAL-3 331-R MC-PAL-9
225219 MC-ACC-5 305-U MC-HHD-27 331-RSS MC-PAL-9
225219-M MC-ACC-5 305-UR MC-HHD-27 331-SS MC-PAL-9
225319 MC-ACC-5 305-USS MC-HHD-27 331215 MC-PAL-12
227-U MC-HHD-13 3051 MC-PAL-3 331215-M-100 MC-PAL-12
227-U-L MC-HHD-13 3051-R MC-PAL-3 331215-M-25 MC-PAL-12
227-U-L-BLK MC-HHD-13 3051-SS MC-PAL-3 331215-M-50 MC-PAL-12
227-UB MC-HHD-13 3051-RSS MC-PAL-3 331915 MC-PAL-12
227-UB-L MC-HHD-13 3051208 MC-PAL-3 331915-M-100 MC-PAL-12
227-UB-L-BLK MC-HHD-13 305203 MC-ACC-4 331915-M-25 MC-PAL-12
227-UB-LS-BLK MC-HHD-13 305208 MC-ACC-3 331915-M-50 MC-PAL-12
227-USS MC-HHD-13 305208-M MC-ACC-2 334 MC-PAL-18
229 MC-VHD-41 307-U MC-HHD-27 334-R MC-PAL-18
235-U MC-HHD-25 307-UR MC-HHD-27 334-RSS MC-PAL-18
235-UB MC-HHD-25 307-USS MC-HHD-27 334-SS MC-PAL-18
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-IND | 2
Clamping Technology
Product Index

334-ZB1 MC-PAL-18, 21 371215-M-50 MC-PAL-8 482 MC-SAP-7
334215 MC-PAL-21 371915 MC-PAL-8 484 MC-SAP-7
334215-M-100 MC-PAL-21 371915-M-100 MC-PAL-8 486 MC-SAP-7
334215-M-25 MC-PAL-21 371915-M-25 MC-PAL-8 491203 MC-ACC-4
334215-M-50 MC-PAL-21 371915-M-50 MC-PAL-8 491203-M MC-ACC-4
334915 MC-PAL-21 374 MC-PAL-18 501-B MC-VHD-43
334915-M-100 MC-PAL-21 374215 MC-PAL-21 501-LB MC-VHD-43
334915-M-25 MC-PAL-21 374215-M-100 MC-PAL-21 501501 MC-VHD-46
341 MC-PAL-9 374215-M-50 MC-PAL-21 503-MB MC-VHD-43
341-R MC-PAL-9 375 MC-PAL-13 503-MBLSC MC-VHD-43
341-RSS MC-PAL-9 375-B MC-PAL-13 503-MLB MC-VHD-43
341-SS MC-PAL-9 375-BR MC-PAL-13 503-MLBLSC MC-VHD-43
341-ZB1 MC-PAL-12 375-R MC-PAL-13 503501 MC-VHD-46
341215 MC-PAL-12 375-ZB1 MC-PAL-14, 21 503502 MC-VHD-46
341215-M-100 MC-PAL-12 375215 MC-PAL-14 503503-L MC-VHD-46
341215-M-25 MC-PAL-12 375509 MC-PAL-13, 18 505-MB MC-VHD-43
341215-M-50 MC-PAL-12 381 MC-PAL-4 505-MBLSC MC-VHD-43
341915 MC-PAL-12 381-SS MC-PAL-4 505-MLB MC-VHD-43
341915-M-100 MC-PAL-12 381-ZB1 MC-PAL-4 505-MLBLSC MC-VHD-43
341915-M-25 MC-PAL-12 381215 MC-PAL-8 505501 MC-VHD-46
344 MC-PAL-18 381215-M-25 MC-PAL-8 505503-L MC-VHD-46
344-R MC-PAL-18 381215-M-50 MC-PAL-8 506-MB MC-VHD-43
344-RSS MC-PAL-18 381915 MC-PAL-8 506-MBLSC MC-VHD-43
344-SS MC-PAL-18 381915-M-100 MC-PAL-8 506-MLB MC-VHD-43
344-ZB1 MC-PAL-18, 21 381915-M-25 MC-PAL-8 506-MLBLSC MC-VHD-43
344215 MC-PAL-21 381915-M-50 MC-PAL-8 506501 MC-VHD-46
344215-M-100 MC-PAL-21 385 MC-PAL-15 506502 MC-VHD-46
344215-M-25 MC-PAL-21 385-L MC-PAL-15 506503-L MC-VHD-46
344215-M-50 MC-PAL-21 385-R MC-PAL-15 507107 MC-ACC-6
344915 MC-PAL-21 385-RSS MC-PAL-15 507206 MC-ACC-3
344915-M-100 MC-PAL-21 385-SS MC-PAL-15 507206-M MC-ACC-3
344915-M-25 MC-PAL-21 385-ZB1 MC-PAL-17 507208 MC-ACC-2
344915-M-50 MC-PAL-21 385102 MC-PAL-15, 17 507208-M MC-ACC-2
345 MC-SAP-3 385215 MC-PAL-17 507209 MC-ACC-3
345-G MC-SAP-3 385215-M-100 MC-PAL-17 507907 MC-ACC-6
351 MC-PAL-4 385215-M-25 MC-PAL-17 509208 MC-ACC-3
351-B MC-PAL-4 385215-M-50 MC-PAL-17 5105 MC-VHD-29
351-BSS MC-PAL-4 385915 MC-PAL-17 5110 MC-VHD-29
351-R MC-PAL-4 385915-M-100 MC-PAL-17 5130 MC-SLA-21
351-RSS MC-PAL-4 385915-M-25 MC-PAL-17 5130-B MC-SLA-21
351-SS MC-PAL-4 385915-M-50 MC-PAL-17 5130-M MC-SLA-21
351-ZB1 MC-PAL-6 424 MC-SAP-4 5130-MB MC-SLA-21
351215 MC-PAL-8 424-2 MC-SAP-4 5131 MC-SLA-21
351215-M-100 MC-PAL-8 424107 MC-ACC-5 5131-B MC-SLA-21
351215-M-25 MC-PAL-8 424208 MC-ACC-2 5131-M MC-SLA-21
351215-M-50 MC-PAL-8 424208-M MC-ACC-2 5131-MB MC-SLA-21
351915 MC-PAL-8 425 MC-SAP-6 5133 MC-SLA-21
351915-M-100 MC-PAL-8 431 MC-SAP-5 5133-B MC-SLA-21
351915-M-25 MC-PAL-8 431208 MC-ACC-2 5133-M MC-SLA-21
351915-M-50 MC-PAL-8 431208-M MC-ACC-2 5133-MB MC-SLA-21
353-35 MC-PAL-24 435 MC-SAP-6 5150 MC-SLA-23
353-65 MC-PAL-24 441 MC-SAP-4 5150-B MC-SLA-23
353004 MC-PAL-24 441-2 MC-SAP-4 5150-M MC-SLA-23
371 MC-PAL-5 441203 MC-ACC-4 5150-MB MC-SLA-23
371-R MC-PAL-5 461203 MC-ACC-4 519208 MC-ACC-3
371-RSS MC-PAL-5 461203-M MC-ACC-4 527 MC-VHD-39
371-SS MC-PAL-5 462 MC-SAP-7 527-F MC-VHD-39
371-ZB1 MC-PAL-7 462-2 MC-SAP-7 527203 MC-ACC-4
371215 MC-PAL-8 463 MC-SAP-7 527208 MC-ACC-2
371215-M-100 MC-PAL-8 468206 MC-ACC-3 528 MC-VHD-31
371215-M-25 MC-PAL-8 468206-M MC-ACC-3 528-F MC-VHD-31
Clamping Technology
Product Index

52H-3E...50 PC-PPC-53 610-M MC-SLA-13 810158 MC-PSC-40
52H-3E...63 PC-PPC-53 614-M MC-SLA-29 810169 MC-PSC-40
5305 MC-HHD-31 615 MC-SLA-14 810170 MC-PSC-40
5310 MC-HHD-31 620 MC-SLA-15 810171 MC-PSC-40
533-L MC-VHD-33 620-M MC-SLA-15 810173 MC-PSC-40
533-LB MC-VHD-33 624 MC-SLA-25 810174 MC-PSC-40
535-L MC-VHD-33 624-MM MC-SLA-25 8115 MC-PSC-19
535-LB MC-VHD-33 624-SS MC-SLA-25 8116 MC-PSC-19
548 MC-VHD-32 624106-M MC-SLA-28 812-U MC-PTC-3
558 MC-VHD-35 630 MC-SLA-16 817-S MC-PTC-21
578 MC-VHD-32 630-M MC-SLA-16 817-SE MC-PTC-21
5905 MC-VHD-27 630-MR MC-SLA-16 817-U MC-PTC-21
5910 MC-VHD-27 630-R MC-SLA-16 817-UE MC-PTC-21
5915 MC-VHD-27 640 MC-SLA-17 81L-12-1.... PC-PPC-3
6001 MC-SLA-3 640-M MC-SLA-17 81L-16-1.... PC-PPC-3
6001-M MC-SLA-3 640-MR MC-SLA-17 81L-20-1.... PC-PPC-3
6001-MSS MC-SLA-3 640-R MC-SLA-17 81L-25-1.... PC-PPC-3
6001-SS MC-SLA-3 650 MC-SLA-18 8215 MC-PSC-28
6004 MC-SLA-27 650-M MC-SLA-18 821512 MC-PSC-22, 31
6004-MM MC-SLA-27 670-1MBPLS MC-SLA-31 821513 MC-PSC-22, 31
6004-MMR MC-SLA-27 675-1MBPLS MC-SLA-31 821553 MC-PSC-31
6004-R MC-SLA-27 690-1MBPLS MC-SLA-31 821556 MC-PSC-22, 31
601 MC-SLA-4 695-1MBPLS MC-SLA-31 8216 MC-PSC-28
601-M MC-SLA-4 7-101 MC-VHD-40 827-S MC-PTC-21
601-O MC-SLA-4 7/1/58 MC-VHD-40 827-SE MC-PTC-21
601-OSS MC-SLA-4 7/1/59 MC-VHD-40 827-U MC-PTC-21
601-SS MC-SLA-4 7/1/60 MC-VHD-40 827-UE MC-PTC-21
6015 MC-SLA-5 705384 MC-HYD-5 82D40-2... PC-PPC-67
6015-M MC-SLA-5 705512 MC-HYD-5 82D63-5... PC-PPC-67
6015-MR MC-SLA-5 705634 MC-HYD-5 82L-12-4... PC-PPC-7
6015-MSS MC-SLA-5 800 MC-PTC-29 82L-16-4... PC-PPC-7
6015-R MC-SLA-5 800-E MC-PTC-29 82L-20-4... PC-PPC-7
6015-SS MC-SLA-5 8007-E MC-PTC-13 82L-25-4... PC-PPC-7
602 MC-SLA-25 8007-EHL MC-PTC-13 82L2G-2... PC-PPC-15
602-MM MC-SLA-25 8007-EHR MC-PTC-13 82L3G-2... PC-PPC-15
602-MMSS MC-SLA-25 8015 MC-PSC-28 82L3N-2... PC-PPC-15
602-SS MC-SLA-25 801528 MC-PSC-22, 31 82L4G-2... PC-PPC-15
602106-M MC-SLA-28 801529 MC-PSC-22, 31 82L4N-2... PC-PPC-15
603 MC-SLA-7 801532 MC-PSC-22, 31 82M-3E....40 PC-PPC-29
603-M MC-SLA-7 801553 MC-PSC-31 82M-3E...5. PC-PPC-29
603-MR MC-SLA-7 8016 MC-PSC-28 82M-3E...6. PC-PPC-29
603-MSS MC-SLA-7 802-U MC-PTC-5 82M-3E...8. PC-PPC-29
603-R MC-SLA-7 802-UE MC-PTC-5 82M-3E..H040.. PC-PPC-41
603-SS MC-SLA-7 8021 MC-PTC-19 82M-3E..H05... PC-PPC-41
604 MC-SLA-25 8021-UE MC-PTC-19 82M-3E..H06.. PC-PPC-41
604-MM MC-SLA-25 803 MC-PTC-25 82M-3E..H08.. PC-PPC-41
604-MMSS MC-SLA-25 803-ME MC-PTC-25 82ZB-004-1 PC-PPC-4, 8
604-SS MC-SLA-25 8031 MC-PTC-26 82ZB-036-1 PC-PPC-22
604106 MC-SLA-28 807-S MC-PTC-7 82ZB-037-1 PC-PPC-22
604106-M MC-SLA-28 807-SE MC-PTC-7 82ZB-038-1 PC-PPC-22
605 MC-SLA-9 807-U MC-PTC-7 82ZB-039-1 PC-PPC-42
605-M MC-SLA-9 807-UE MC-PTC-7 82ZB-084-1 PC-PPC-42
606 MC-SLA-10 8071 MC-PTC-19 82ZB-162-1 PC-PPC-42
606-M MC-SLA-10 8071-UE MC-PTC-19 82ZB-SH4001 PC-PPC-23, 74
607 MC-SLA-11 810-S MC-PTC-9 82ZB-SH4002 PC-PPC-23, 74
607-M MC-SLA-11 810-SE MC-PTC-9 82ZB-SH4005 PC-PPC-23, 74
607-SQ MC-SLA-11 810-U MC-PTC-9 82ZB-SH4010 PC-PPC-23, 74
607-SQM MC-SLA-11 810-UE MC-PTC-9 82ZB-SH4020 PC-PPC-23, 74
608 MC-SLA-7 810151 MC-PSC-40 82ZB-SH4050 PC-PPC-74
608-M MC-SLA-7 810153 MC-PSC-40 82ZB-SH5001 PC-PPC-74
609-B MC-SLA-12 810156 MC-PSC-40 82ZB-SH5005 PC-PPC-74
Clamping Technology
Product Index

82ZB-SH5020 PC-PPC-74 89R40-010-2 MC-PSC-8 8JG-169-2-01 PC-PPC-44
82ZB-SH5050 PC-PPC-74 89R40-025-2 MC-PSC-8 8JG-17(•)-2-01 PC-PPC-46
830 MC-PTC-27 89R50-025-2 MC-PSC-8 8JG-215-1 MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
830-ME MC-PTC-27 89R63-025-2 MC-PSC-8 8JG-217-1 MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
8315 MC-PSC-19 8AB-151-1 PC-PPC-42 8JG-218-1 MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
841550 MC-PSC-31 8AB-154-1 PC-PPC-42 8JG-363-1-01 PC-PPC-21, 23
8416 MC-PSC-28 8CE-282-1 PC-PPC-23 8JG-364-1-01 MC-SLA-21, 23
846 MC-PTC-11 8CE-284-1 PC-PPC-23 8JG-401-1-01 PC-PPC-13
847-S MC-PTC-15 8CE-286-1 PC-PPC-23 8JG-402-1-01 PC-PPC-13
847-U MC-PTC-15 8CE-288-1 PC-PPC-23 8JG-403-1-01 PC-PPC-13
850 MC-PTC-28 8CE-290-1 PC-PPC-23 8JG-404-1-01 PC-PPC-13
850-ME MC-PTC-28 8CE-292-1 PC-PPC-23 8KB-031-1 MC-SLA-23
858 MC-PTC-17 8CE-296-1 PC-PPC-23 8KB-032-1 MC-SLA-23
858-E MC-PTC-17 8CE-298-1 PC-PPC-23 8MA-061-1 MC-PSC-13
860 MC-PPC-59 8CE-300-1 PC-PPC-23 8MA-063-1 MC-PSC-13
865132-MR MC-PPC-59 8CE-306-1 PC-PPC-23 8MA-066-1 MC-PSC-13
865133-MR MC-PPC-59 8CE-310-1 PC-PPC-23 8MA-084-1 MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
868 MC-PTC-23 8CE-312-1 PC-PPC-23 8MA-086-1 MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
868-E MC-PTC-23 8CE-314-1 PC-PPC-23 8MA-087-1 MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
870-2 MC-PPC-57 8CE-316-1 PC-PPC-23 8MA-088-1 MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
871-2 MC-PPC-57 8CE-318-1 PC-PPC-23 8MA-089-1 MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
8725 MC-PSC-37 8CE-320-1 PC-PPC-23 8MA-089-1 MC-PSC-12
8732G MC-PSC-37 8CE-332-1 PC-PPC-74 8MA-096-1 MC-PSC-27
8740G MC-PSC-37 8CE-338-1 PC-PPC-74 8MA-221-1 MC-PSC-27
8750G MC-PSC-37 8CE-346-1 PC-PPC-74 8MW-018-1 MC-PSC-12
890 MC-PPC-59 8CE-348-1 PC-PPC-74 8MW-020-1 MC-PSC-12
895132-MR MC-PPC-59 8CE-354-1 PC-PPC-74 8MW-023-1 MC-PSC-12
895133-MR MC-PPC-59 8CE-356-1 PC-PPC-74 8PW-016-1 PC-PPC-74
89B20-010-1L MC-PSC-14 8CE-358-1 PC-PPC-74 8PW-016-1-00 MC-PSC-12
89B20-010-1R MC-PSC-14 8CE-360-1 PC-PPC-74 8PW-024-1-00 MC-PSC-12
89B30-010-1L MC-PSC-14 8CE-362-1 PC-PPC-74 8PW-024-2 MC-PSC-12
89B30-010-1R MC-PSC-14 8EA-024-2 PC-PPC-74 8PW-095-1-00 PC-PPC-23
89B40-010-1L MC-PSC-14 8EA-109-1 MC-PSC-40, SLA-3, 7 8PW-095-2 PC-PPC-23
89B40-010-1R MC-PSC-14 8EA-120-1 MC-PSC-40 8PW-096-1-00 PC-PPC-23
89B50-025-1L MC-PSC-14 8EA-137-1 PC-PPC-23 8PW-096-2 PC-PPC-23
89B50-025-1R MC-PSC-14 8EA-138-1 PC-PPC-23 8PW-097-1-00 PC-PPC-23
89B63-008-1L MC-PSC-14 8EA-139-1 PC-PPC-23 8PW-097-2 PC-PPC-23
89B63-008-1R MC-PSC-14 8EL-002-1 PC-PPC-23, 42, 73 8PW-102-2 PC-PPC-23
89E20-010-1L MC-PSC-23 8EL-003-1 PC-PPC-23, 42, 73 8PW-103-2 PC-PPC-23
89E20-010-1R MC-PSC-23 8EL-007-1 PC-PPC-23 8S401-15-117 PC-PPC-47
89E30-010-1L MC-PSC-23 8EL-009-1 PC-PPC-23 8S501-25-144 PC-PPC-47, 59
89E30-010-1R MC-PSC-23 8JG-065-2-01 PC-PPC-20, 23, 71, 74 8S631-25-144 PC-PPC-48, 59
89E40-010-1L MC-PSC-23 8JG-066-1-01 PC-PPC-20, 23, 71, 74 8S631-45-144 PC-PPC-48, 59
89E40-010-1R MC-PSC-23 8JG-067-2-01 PC-PPC-20, 23 8S631-75-204 PC-PPC-48, 59
89E50-025-1L MC-PSC-23 8JG-068-1-01 PC-PPC-20, 23 8S801-45-204 PC-PPC-48
89E50-025-1R MC-PSC-23 8JG-069-1-01 PC-PPC-70,74 8U(•)405-00-117 PC-PPC-45
89E63-008-1L MC-PSC-23 8JG-070-1-01 PC-PPC-47, 59, 72, 74 8U(•)405-15-117 PC-PPC-45
89E63-008-1R MC-PSC-23 8JG-075-3-01 PC-PPC-20, 23 8U(•)405-25-117 PC-PPC-45
89R20-010-2 MC-PSC-8 8JG-080-1-01 PC-PPC-48, 59 8U(•)405-45-107 PC-PPC-45
89R32-010-2 MC-PSC-8 8JG-1179-1-01 PC-PPC-48 8U(•)501-25-144 PC-PPC-47, 59
Clamping Technology
Product Index

8U(•)504-15-144 PC-PPC-45, 59 B8JG-1011-1 PC-PPC-51, 62 B8JG-1227-1 PC-PPC-49, 60
8UM405-00-117 PC-PPC-43 B8JG-1024-1 PC-PPC-51, 62 B8JG-1512-1 PC-PPC-50, 61
8UM501-15-144 PC-PPC-43, 57 B8JG-1034-1 PC-PPC-51, 62 B8JG-1522-1 PC-PPC-50, 61
905 MC-ACC-3 B8JG-1048-1 PC-PPC-51, 62 B8JG-1536-1 PC-PPC-50, 61
905-M MC-ACC-3 B8JG-1110-1 PC-PPC-52 B8JG-1543-1 PC-PPC-50, 61
91090 MC-VHD-36 B8JG-1111-1 PC-PPC-52 B8JG-1544-1 PC-PPC-50, 61
920 MC-ACC-3 B8JG-1112-1 PC-PPC-52 B8JG-1545-1 PC-PPC-50, 61
920-M MC-ACC-3 B8JG-1113-1 PC-PPC-52 B8JG-1546-1 PC-PPC-50, 61
95030 MC-SLA-19 B8JG-1114-1 PC-PPC-52 B8JG-1547-1 PC-PPC-50, 61
9522-2L MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1118-1 PC-PPC-52 B8JG-3238-1 PC-PPC-49, 60
9522-2R MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1130-1 PC-PPC-52 B8JG-3246-1 PC-PPC-49, 60
9522150 MC-PSC-7 B8JG-1131-1 PC-PPC-52 B8JG-3247-1 PC-PPC-49, 60
9530-2GL MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1136-1 PC-PPC-52 BIM-IKE-AP MC-SLA-47
9530-2GR MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1137-1 PC-PPC-52 BK-R25-82L25-1 PC-PPC-21
9530-2L MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1138-1 PC-PPC-52 BK-R25-82L32-1 PC-PPC-21
9530-2R MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1150-1 PC-PPC-52 BK-R25-82L40-1 PC-PPC-21
953060 MC-PSC-6 B8JG-1151-1 PC-PPC-52 CABL-010 MC-PSC-41
953061 MC-PSC-6 B8JG-1152-1 PC-PPC-52 CABL-013 MC-PSC-41
953062 MC-PSC-6 B8JG-1153-1 PC-PPC-52 F-160 MC-VSC-3
9540-2GL MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1154-1 PC-PPC-52 FL-120/-- MC-VSC-3
9540-2GR MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1155-1 PC-PPC-52 FL-121/45 MC-VSC-3
9540-2L MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1156-1 PC-PPC-52 FL-122/45 MC-VSC-3
9540-2R MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1157-1 PC-PPC-52 FL-160/-- MC-VSC-3
9540150 MC-PSC-7 B8JG-1158-1 PC-PPC-52 FL-161/60 MC-VSC-3
9540153 MC-PSC-7 B8JG-1170-1 PC-PPC-52 FL-162/60 MC-VSC-3
954060 MC-PSC-6 B8JG-1171-1 PC-PPC-52 FO-082/40 MC-VSC-3
954061 MC-PSC-6 B8JG-1172-1 PC-PPC-52 FO-120/-- MC-VSC-3
9550-2GL MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1173-1 PC-PPC-52 FO-121/45 MC-VSC-3
9550-2GR MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1174-1 PC-PPC-52 FO-122/45 MC-VSC-3
9550-2L MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1175-1 PC-PPC-52 FO-160/-- MC-VSC-3
9550-2R MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1176-1 PC-PPC-52 FO-161/60 MC-VSC-3
9550150 MC-PSC-7 B8JG-1177-1 PC-PPC-52 FO-162/60 MC-VSC-3
9550153 MC-PSC-7 B8JG-1178-1 PC-PPC-52 FO-220/-- MC-VSC-3
955060 MC-PSC-6 B8JG-1206-1 PC-PPC-49, 60 FO-221/80 MC-VSC-3
955061 MC-PSC-6 B8JG-1207-1 PC-PPC-49, 60 G-082/40 MC-VSC-3
955062 MC-PSC-6 B8JG-1208-1 PC-PPC-49, 60 G-120/-- MC-VSC-3
B8JG-1007-1 PC-PPC-51, 62 B8JG-1216-1 PC-PPC-49, 60 G-121-45 MC-VSC-3
B8JG-1008-1 PC-PPC-51, 62 B8JG-1217-1 PC-PPC-49, 60 G-122-45 MC-VSC-3
B8JG-1009-1 PC-PPC-51, 62 B8JG-1218-1 PC-PPC-49, 60 K XXXX-...-A MC-PPC-10
B8JG-1010-1 PC-PPC-51, 62 B8JG-1226-1 PC-PPC-49, 60 K XXXX-...-K MC-PPC-11
Clamping Technology
Product Index
Model No. Page Model No. Page

K-1222 MC-VSC-7 WK1000-200-7-1 MC-PPC-6
K-508 MC-VSC-7 WK1000-30-7-1 MC-PPC-6
K-612 MC-VSC-7 WK1000-50-7-1 MC-PPC-6
K-816 MC-VSC-7 WK1000-70-7-1 MC-PPC-6
K1000-120-7-1 MC-PPC-3 WK3000-120-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K1000-15-7-1 MC-PPC-3 WK3000-15-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K1000-200-7-1 MC-PPC-3 WK3000-200-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K1000-30-7-1 MC-PPC-3 WK3000-30-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K1000-50-7-1 MC-PPC-3 WK3000-50-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K1000-70-7-1 MC-PPC-3 WK3000-70-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K3000-120-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WK400-120-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K3000-15-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WK400-15-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K3000-200-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WK400-200-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K3000-30-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WK400-30-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K3000-50-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WK400-50-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K3000-70-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WK400-70-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K400-120-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WK4500-120-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K400-15-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WK4500-15-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K400-200-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WK4500-200-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K400-30-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WK4500-30-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K400-50-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WK4500-50-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K400-70-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WK4500-70-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K4500-120-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WK600-120-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K4500-15-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WK600-15-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K4500-200-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WK600-200-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K4500-30-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WK600-30-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K4500-50-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WK600-50-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K4500-70-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WK600-70-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K600-120-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WK6000-120-6 MC-PPC-6
K600-15-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WK6000-30-6 MC-PPC-6
K600-200-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WK6000-50-6 MC-PPC-6
K600-30-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WK6000-70-6 MC-PPC-6
K600-50-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WR 2000-120-7 MC-PPC-9
K600-70-6-1 MC-PPC-3 WR 2000-15-7 MC-PPC-9
L-213-1-01 MC-ACC-8 WR 2000-30-7 MC-PPC-9
L-213-1-02 MC-ACC-8 WR 2000-50-7 MC-PPC-9
L-213-2-01 MC-ACC-8 WR 2000-70-7 MC-PPC-9
L-213-2-02 MC-ACC-8
L-213-3-01 MC-ACC-9
L-213-4-01 MC-ACC-10
L-217-1-01 MC-ACC-8
L-217-1-02 MC-ACC-8
L-217-1-03 MC-ACC-8
L-217-2-01 MC-ACC-8
L-217-2-02 MC-ACC-8
L-217-3-01 MC-ACC-9
L-217-4-01 MC-ACC-10
L-227-1-01 MC-ACC-8
L-227-1-02 MC-ACC-8
L-227-1-03 MC-ACC-8
L-227-1-04 MC-ACC-8
L-227-2-01 MC-ACC-8
L-227-2-02 MC-ACC-8
L-227-3-01 MC-ACC-9
L-227-4-01 MC-ACC-10
SMB-102157 MC-PPC-10
TCC-2.....4. PC-PPC-25
TCC-2E....5. PC-PPC-25
TCC-2.....6. PC-PPC-25
WK XXXX-...-A MC-PPC-10
WK XXXX-...-K MC-PPC-11
WK1000-120-7-1 MC-PPC-5
WK1000-15-7-1 MC-PPC-6
Clamping Technology
Notes
Clamping Technology
Notes
Clamping Technology
Notes
Clamping Technology
Notes
1
our portfolio of products
End Effectors (EE) Grippers (GR)
• Tool Changers • Electric Grippers

• End-of-Arm Tooling • Pneumatic and Sheet Metal Grippers
• Vacuum Products • Rotates
• Palletizing Solutions • Slides
Indexers (IN) Power Clamps (PC)
• Precision Conveyors • Power Clamps

• Dial Indexers • Pin Clamps and Packages
• Shaft and Flange Indexers • Pivot Units
• Part Handlers • Power Cylinders
Manual Clamps (MC) Remote Handling (RH)
• Hold Down • Gloveport Systems

• Squeeze Action • Transfer Systems
• Plunger, Hook and Latch • Telemanipulators
• Pneumatic Toggle and Swing • Waste Drum Systems
Netherlands
UK
Auburn Hills, MI USA
Red Wing, MN USA
Mt. Juliet, TN USA France
Germany
Wheeling, IL USA
China
Spain
India
Thailand
Global Locations
NORTH AMERICA ASIA
Corporate Headquarters Bangkok, Thailand
Auburn Hills, Michigan Tel: +66-2-326-0812
Toll Free: 1.888.DESTACO Customer Service: info@destaco.com
Marketing: marketing@destaco.com
Shanghai, China
Global Technology Center Tel: +86-21-6081-2888
Auburn Hills, Michigan Customer Service: china@destaco.com
Tel: 1.248.836.6700
Bangalore, India
Customer Service: customerservice@destaco.com
Tel: +91-80-41123421-426
Mt. Juliet, Tennessee Customer Service: india@destaco.com
Tel: 1.888.DESTACO
Customer Service: customerservice@destaco.com
EUROPE
Wheeling, Illinois
Oberursel, Germany
Tel: 1.800.645.5207
Tel: +49-6171-705-0
Customer Service: camco@destaco.com
Customer Service: europe@destaco.com
Red Wing, Minnesota (Central Research Laboratories)
Sainte Florine, France
Tel: 651.385.2142
Tel: +33-4-73545001
Customer Service: sales@centres.com
Customer Service: france@destaco.com
Wolverhampton, United Kingdom
Tel: +44-1902-797980
Customer Service: uk@destaco.com
Sant Boi de LLobregat, Spain
Tel: +34-936361680
Customer Service: spain@destaco.com
Uithoorn, Netherlands
Tel: +31-297285332
Customer Service: benelux@destaco.com
© Copyright, 2018 DESTACO. All rights for layout, photos and text rest with the publisher
DESTACO. All photomechanical or other reproductions only with our express permission.
All sales are based on our terms and conditions of sale, delivery and payment. MC_CTV1-C_0718_US

Destaco 2848

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Destaco 2848

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Automating Tomorrow™

Clamping Technology Vol.1: Manual, Pneumatic, Hydraulic

Indexers, Positioners, and Conveyors

Manual and Pneumatic Clamps Power Clamping and Locating

Remote Handling and Containment

For more than 100 years, we’ve focused

Vertical Hold Down Clamps................................................................ MC-VHD

Horizontal Hold Down Clamps...........................................................MC-HHD

Straight Line Action Clamps................................................................. MC-SLA

Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps......................................... MC-VSC

Pull Action Latch Clamps......................................................................MC-PAL

Squeeze Action Clamps....................................................................... MC-SAP

Pneumatic Toggle Clamps.................................................................... MC-PTC

Pneumatic Swing Clamps.................................................................... MC-PSC

Pneumatic Power Cylinders.................................................................. MC-PPC

Pneumatic Power Clamps..................................................................... PC-PPC

Hydraulic Clamping Technology.......................................................... MC-HYD

Product Index...................................................................................... MC-IND

Model 330 Model 2002-U Model 604

330-201 Stainless steel clamp with

2002-200 with bar cut and 604-229 Stainless steel straight

Contact us today to get started on your custom application: clamps@destaco.com

Industrial Aerospace Food & Packaging Transportation Consumer Goods

Assembly Welding Fixture and Testing CNC/Machining White Goods/ Woodworking

202-200 without grip,

Level 2 Modifications: Model 2002-U

2002-201 with special T-handle

Level 3 Modifications: Model 624/624-MM

624-MM-872 with modified handle and

802-U219 with handle for manual operation

2000 to 3000 [450 to 675]

5000 to 7000 [1125 to 1575]

7000 to 10000 [1575 to 2250]

85 to 100 [3.35 to 3.94]

200 to 225 [7.87 to 8.86]

225 to 250 [8.86 to 9.84]

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Accom. Workpiece Variation

80 to 100 [3.15 to 3.94]

Solid Arm Version

Toggle Lock Plus

Features: Applications: Also Available:

2002-U 2002-U-LS-BLK 2002-S 2002-UB 2002-UB-LS-BLK

2002-SB 2002-UR 2002-SR 2002-UBR 2002-SBR

 This item is available upon request

 This item is available upon request

Model X X1 X2 Y ‡HC1 ‡HC2 ‡EF(X1):AF ‡EF(X2):AF

THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE

Features: Applications: Also Available:

2007-U 2007-U-LS-BLK 2007-S 2007-UB 2007-UB-LS-BLK

2007-SB 2007-UR 2007-SR 2007-UBR 2007-SBR

2007-UR -- 2007208-M 507107

Model X X1 X2 Y ‡HC1 ‡HC2 ‡EF(X1):AF ‡EF(X2):AF

Features: Applications: Also Available:

2010-U 2010-S 2010-UB 2010-SB

2010-UR 2010-SR 2010-UBR 2010-SBR

2010-SB 2010115-E --- ---

Model X X1 X2 Y ‡HC1 ‡HC2 ‡EF(X1):AF ‡EF(X2):AF

Features: Applications: Also Available:

201-U 201-UB 201-TU 201-USS

Features: Applications: Also Available:

202-U 202-UL 202-USS 202 202-SS

202-UB 202-B 202-TU 202-T 202-U-L

Covered under one or more U.S./International Patents